Sunfish Are Fun to Catch and Good to Eat

DALLAS — It’s sunfish time. In many parts of the United States, including Texas, May and June are prime months for catching the most common of freshwater game fish and arguably the fish that’s the most fun to catch, at least from a nostalgia viewpoint.

Bob Lusk understands the excitement.

For 29 years, Lusk has managed private lakes. Fishing in the best private lakes is like deer hunting in the king’s reserve, a distinct career bonus more relaxing than stock options for an overpaid CEO.

“What I really enjoy is catching bluegills on light spinning tackle _ four-pound test line or lighter,” Lusk said.

“Put a glob of night crawler on the hook, clip a bobber to the line and watch it disappear when a hungry fish takes it out of sight. That’s how I learned to fish when I was a kid. That’s how most anglers learn to fish.”

Lake managers appreciate bluegills because the prolific sunfish are considered the building block of forage species necessary to feed the largemouth bass that most lake owners covet as trophy game fish. Though this is the traditional spawning season for bluegills, Lusk said bluegills will spawn as many as five times a year, and he’s witnessed spawns in every season.

He’s also witnessed the hierarchy of sunfish spawning that starts with the dominant male bluegill.

“The dominant males start the spawning process by moving quickly in counter-clockwise circles to form a crater-shaped spawning nest,” Lusk said. “They spawn in colonies and prefer a gravel bottom or other hard bottom. I’ve seen colonies of more than 100 nests in one spot. They look like cattle hoof prints, one after another.”

Savvy anglers know to look for the dinner plate-sized spawning beds, which show up lighter than the surrounding bottom. What many anglers don’t know is that sunfish spawn in stages and use the same spawning beds over and over. Their timing is apparently an adaptation designed to limit hybridization of the various species.

Lusk said redear sunfish follow on the heels of the bluegills, then come green sunfish and longeared sunfish.

Sunfish the size of a man’s hand are considered the benchmark for big ones, but sunfish don’t weigh as much as most anglers think. The biggest one Lusk has caught was a 14-inch redear from the South Llano River. It weighed 1 pound, 5 ounces. The biggest bluegill Lusk has seen caught weighed 1 pound, 9 ounces and was caught in a private lake.

Using a shocking boat to sample lakes, he has handled about 10 bluegills that weighed 1 pound, 12 ounces apiece, a hundred others than weighed 1 { pounds and thousands that weighed between one pound and 1 \ pounds.

Though Texas fish records for public and private waters reveal the occasional sunfish with a thyroid problem, Lusk’s experience indicates that an honest one-pounder is a very big fish. Fish that size are routinely caught in private lakes.

The fastest-growing bluegills are those that have access to fish food. Lake managers use automatic feeders (like a deer feeder) to distribute feed multiple times daily. Lusk said bluegills that have ready access to supplemental feed will grow to one pound in three years. A bluegill in a totally wild environment may take twice as long to reach a pound.

Six years is the maximum life expectancy for bluegills, which explains why few giants are caught in public waters.

___

SUNFISH CATCHING TIPS

Use a long shank wire hook and flatten the barb for easier hook removal.

Carry surgical forceps to help remove a hook from the small mouth of a sunfish.

Bedding sunfish will bite small lures like jigs or in-line spinners designed for trout but you’ll catch more fish on natural baits like worms or crickets.

Fly fishing is very effective for bedding sunfish. Use a light rod like a 3-weight or a 4-weight. Sunfish will bite a variety of flies, including nymphs, streamers, small poppers and floating or sinking spiders with rubber legs.

Wear polarized sunglasses to cut glare off the water and make it easier to spot spawning beds.

Keep enough sunfish for a fish dinner. They’re terrific to eat.

The Use of Video Tutorials in a Mathematical Modeling Course

By Ellington, Aimee J Hardin, Jill R

INTRODUCTION Representation is one of the Process Standards that the Principles and Standards for School Mathematics [4] lists as useful for obtaining and applying mathematical skills and concepts. The ability to clearly and accurately represent mathematical ideas is key to analyzing real world problem situations. The National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM) advocates that K-12 mathematics courses should incorporate all aspects of mathematical representation. One significant aspect is to “use representations to model and interpret physical, social, and mathematical phenomena” [4, p. 67]. This is fundamental to understanding the connections between concepts and applications and is the heart of mathematical modeling. The Committee on the Undergraduate Program in Mathematics (2004) [2] has recommended that a mathematics degree include a course that focuses on real-world mathematical applications. They recommend that the course emphasize all aspects of the solution process from the development of a model to the interpretation of the numerical values the process yields.

Mathematical Modeling is a semester-long course at Virginia Commonwealth University that emphasizes building accurate models and analyzing model solutions. With a focus on problems that reflect real-world situations, this college course incorporates many of the NCTM (2000) guidelines on the development and use of mathematical models. To meet state certification requirements, this is a required course in the degree tracks for pre-service middle and high school mathematics teachers. Each semester, the class is also comprised of students preparing for careers in operations research, engineering, or other mathematics-related fields. This diverse population provides for a dynamic learning environment and an opportunity for all students to realize the importance of mathematical modeling to a variety of career paths.

To present students with a more accurate picture of the role technology plays in modern applications of mathematical models, student versions of state-of-the-art software play an integral role in our course. This use of technology adds its own set of challenges to course instruction, however, and previous offerings of the course have shown that emphasis unintentionally shifts from the modeling process to software specifics. Certain subgroups of the student population tend to have more difficulty with the technical aspects of working with software programs than others. For example, in our experience pre-service teachers tend to exhibit higher levels of computer-related frustration than Engineering majors. With an interest in keeping the focus of our course on the important aspects of the modeling process, we designed a series of video tutorials to help students master the software details (i.e. the entry locations for numerical values, the steps to perform a certain function, etc.) that must be understood before they can successfully use the software to develop mathematical models. The modeling course, the video tutorials, and an assessment of the usefulness of the tutorials are described below. We hope that our work will inspire others to design tutorials for courses in which software plays a significant role and there is a need to get students up-to-speed quickly on the technical details of how to use a software tool.

MATHEMATICAL MODELING COURSE

The textbook for the course is Spreadsheet Modeling and Applications – Essentials of Practical Management Science1 [1]. As the title reflects, a spreadsheet software program – Microsoft Excel – is the tool used to develop mathematical models. The course is taught in a computer lab where all class presentations, examples, and assignments take place with the use of technology. Each student has access to a computer for the entire class period. Occasionally the instructor uses Microsoft PowerPoint presentations to highlight important aspects of the mathematical content being covered in a class session. However, lecture plays a small role as most class time is spent with students engaged in developing and evaluating mathematical models. Specific details about the syllabus and topics covered can be found on the course website: www.people.vcu.edu/ ~jrhardin/MathematicalModeling.htm.

By design, the course emphasizes model development and solution analysis, and properties of various model classes are discussed. Students have ample opportunity in other mathematics courses to study methods of problem solving; often in these courses, there is insufficient time for detailed model development and solution analysis. We place emphasis on these things to balance students’ perspectives. Nevertheless, solutions cannot be analyzed until they are provided. This is where software enters the picture.

Microsoft Excel and Excel add-in programs are used for all examples as well as for in-class and out-of-class assignments. Solver is an add-in that is included in the Excel software but before use must be loaded through the Tools menu. It allows the user to optimize a target function subject to constraints on the variables provided within the spreadsheet. The other addins used in the course (PrecisionTree and @Risk) were designed by Palisade Corporation, and student versions are included on a CD-ROM that accompanies the textbook. They are also available for purchase at www.palisade.com. PrecisionTree generates a tree diagram with probabilities and payoff values for each stage of a decision process. With user-provided information for a given scenario, the tool generates an analysis of the mathematical model and provides the user with information on the ideal decision making path through the tree. @Risk is a tool used to perform Monte Carlo simulation generating a sample of possible outcomes based on a user-provided probability distribution. These add-in modeling tools are powerful for analyzing and building mathematical models. While they represent the state of the art in solution methodology, they are not the only software options available. Thus it is important to note that the course is not dependent on using these specific software packages, but rather on building the kinds of models they are intended to solve and on interpreting the model solutions they provide. Since these were the tools we wanted students to be able to use with minimal difficulty as soon as they were needed in the course, they were the programs for which video tutorials were constructed.

When teaching Mathematical Modeling in spring 2003, the instructor (also an author of this paper) noted several technical aspects of Microsoft Excel and the add-ins with which students repeatedly had difficulty. Working with undergraduates who have not had much exposure to the course software, the instructor found she was spending excessive amounts of time answering software questions – valuable time that could have been used to help students develop the skills to build mathematical models or to understand modeling concepts. Furthermore, many of the questions were repetitious and focused on basic software functions (e.g. “Which button starts the simulation?”) rather than on modeling issues. A set of video tutorials were developed to cover the technical skills students need to successfully run the software and free class time for the important aspects of mathematical modeling inherent in the recommendations provided by various mathematical organizations [2,4].

VIDEO TUTORIALS

Four tutorials were designed, one for each of the Excel add-ins (Solver, PrecisionTree, and @Risk) and one on building a data table. Many of the course assignments required students to build data tables – an advanced Excel capability that requires several user steps and does not have its own “wizard”. Students were having trouble with the Excel commands needed to build a data table, and thus this skill was covered in a tutorial. Each tutorial was created using freely available software, Microsoft Producer, which is an add- in to PowerPoint. This software allows the user to enhance a PowerPoint presentation with video screen capture and audio voice- over. Readers may view the tutorials at

www.people.vcu.edu/~jrhardin/MathematicalModeling.htm.

In the case of the tutorials, video screen captures of the creation of a data table or use of an Excel add-in were added alongside a series of PowerPoint slides listing the steps needed to perform the skill upon which the tutorial was based. To tie the images together, a script describing the important details of each stage of the tutorial was written. The script was recorded as an audio voice-over and added to the presentation to provide explanation and support for the visual details provided by the slides and the video images. When incorporating all of the pieces (PowerPoint slides, video screen shots, and audio voice-over), thoughtful consideration was given to the ideal order for the flow of information and the timing of the audio and video pieces. A detailed discussion of the design and limitations of the tutorials can be found in Hardin and Ellington [3].

Figure 1 is a screen shot of the Solver tutorial that was constructed with Microsoft Producer. The PowerPoint slides appear on the left of the screen. The video runs on the right side of the screen. With respect to the Solver tutorial, the video is of the Solver Excel add-in being used to work through a particular problem. The tutorials were posted on the Mathematical Modeling course website. The students were required to access a particular tutorial one week before the skill covered by mat tutorial was needed in class. Students completed the tutorial before they used the software in class. Therefore, when they began the tutorial, they were completely unfamiliar with the software and the modeling concepts the software would help them explore. In fact, they did not need to be familiar with any type of mathematical modeling for the tutorial to be useful. For example, before viewing the Solver tutorial they were not expected to be able to build a linear program, but the tutorial was based on an example of a linear program and worked through the steps of how to enter it into Solver with the latter being the primary purpose of the tutorial. The tutorials remained available throughout the semester so that students could refer to them as needed. Data tables were required early in the semester, so the data tables tutorial was available the first week of class. The other Excel add-in tutorials were introduced throughout the course, each at least a week before the corresponding software was used in class. Since technical difficulties occasionally arise with different computer platforms (i.e. Windows-based machines vs. Macintosh) students had access to a computer laboratory from which the tutorials could be viewed any time campus buildings were open.

As is often the case when using freely available software, the tutorials created with Microsoft Producer are not as polished as they might be if they had been designed with an expensive program or by someone with extensive experience in instructional technology. We had no budget for the design of these tutorials. In spite of the program’s limitations, we were pleased with the finished product and with the students’ experiences in using the tutorials. With access to these same tools (Microsoft Producer and PowerPoint), we believe that other educators wishing to create similar tutorials for their courses would find the results useful and effective. In the case of our project, one person designed and constructed the tutorials. Once she was comfortable with the tools involved, it took two days to complete a tutorial from constructing the PowerPoint slides, to writing and recording the audio segments and putting all of the pieces together.

To further illustrate how a tutorial might be useful, we describe the Solver tutorial in relation to an example given to students in the mathematical modeling course. Students were given the following example of such a problem:

Suppose you go to your local hamburger restaurant for lunch. You have determined that, in order to stay awake for your afternoon classes, you need at least 1150 calories and 35 grams of protein. A burger costs $3 and has 450 calories and 25 grams of protein. A serving of fries costs $1 and has 350 calories and 5 grams of protein. You are a college student on a budget, so you want to spend as little money as possible. How many burgers and how many servings of fries should you buy?

If the number of burgers and servings of fries to buy are labeled x^sub 1^ and x^sub 2^, respectively, then the resulting linear program is:

Minimize 3x^sub 1^ + x^sub 2^

Subject to 450x^sub 1^ + 350x^sub 2^ >/= 1150

25x^sub 1^ + 5x^sub 2^ >/= 35

x^sub 1^, x^sub 2^ >/= 0

Solving this linear program graphically and algebraically would allow a student to arrive at an optimal solution. However, if any of the numerical values change, then all of the work would need to be done again. After several iterations to explore the changes that result in the solution set, the process has been reduced to an exercise in algebraic manipulation. By using Solver, students quickly see differences in solutions based on changes to the mathematical model.

As is the case with many software programs, Solver requires that the information be provided in a specific format. While the algebraic method requires solving a set of equations in two variables, finding the optimal solution to this situation using Solver involves changing cells (instead of labeling variables), a target cell (i.e. the objective value for the situation), and the declaration of problem constraints in a Solver dialog box (instead of constructing and solving linear inequalities). These details are covered by the Solver tutorial which students view before the class period in which this example is worked and discussed.

When first viewing this tutorial, students do not know how to build a linear program. This is their first exposure to taking a scenario and translating it to a mathematical model. They do not do this on their own. The tutorial guides them through the process and covers the example outlined above. As the course progresses, students continue to have access to the tutorial in case they need to refer to it whenever Solver is appropriate for working a problem. Since the tutorial helped students become familiar with how to designate changing cells and the target cell in Excel and how to use the Solver dialog box to specify the constraints, the instructor is able to spend less time on these details in class. As a result, more examples are covered during the class period and there is more time for discussion of the properties of linear programs and how to interpret resulting solutions. We believe others will have similar results designing tutorials for other software products that students typically have difficulty mastering.

ASSESSMENT OF THE USEFULNESS OF THE TUTORIALS

Anecdotal evidence of the amount of time spent fielding software- related questions revealed that the tutorials provide students with the technical details needed to develop a basic data table and run the Excel add-in tools. However, we conducted a formal analysis with an assessment instrument designed to determine whether the tutorials were effective in helping students learn the basic features of the software. The questions were developed to assess if students understood the software features covered by the tutorials, recognized output from specific point-and-click commands, and understood the purpose of the Excel add-ins they were using. They did not assess student understanding of mathematical modeling concepts or other course content. Two examples of the assessment questions are:

1) A Target Cell

a) Contains the value you are trying to attain with your solution

b) Holds the quantity you are trying to maximize or minimize

c) Is an optional part of a Solver model

d) None of the above

2) A Two-way Data Table

a) Computes the value of two outputs for any number of unknowns

b) Computes the value of an output for two different unknowns

c) Computes the value of an output for two different values of the same unknown

d) All of the above

All 22 multiple choice questions were given as a pre-test during the first week of the semester. Students were encouraged to answer the questions to the best of their ability in spite the fact that the questions addressed software components which were most likely unfamiliar to them. After being given time to view a tutorial, students were given the same pretest questions related to that particular tutorial as a post-quiz. The post-quiz was given before the software features covered by the questions were used or discussed in class. A code word was embedded in the audio of the tutorial and students were asked to provide it on the post-quiz to ensure that they had viewed the tutorial.

Table 1 contains a statistical summary of the number of questions answered correctly on the pre-test and post-quiz for each tutorial. This assessment was conducted with students in the spring 2004 and spring 2005 sections of Mathematical Modeling. Data for a student was used in the calculation of these statistics if the student answered all of the questions on the pre-test and on each of the post-quizzes. Of the students enrolled in each section, 80% completed all assessment items in spring 2004 and 67% completed all items in spring 2005 which resulted in complete data for 38 students. Five questions each were devoted to the Data Tables and Solver tutorials. The remaining two tutorials (Precision Tree and @Risk) were each evaluated with student responses to six questions.

Students began the semester with the ability to answer approximately one question related to each tutorial correctly. A /- test of the pre-test/postquiz differences at the 1% level of significance was used to determine whether the students correctly answered more than one question after viewing the tutorials. The statistical analysis revealed that for each tutorial the mean number of correct post-quiz questions was significantly larger than the mean number of correct pre-test questions. Based on this assessment, the tutorials were successful at helping students become familiar with the software features for which the tutorials were developed.

While the results reflect a significant increase in pre-test/ post-quiz responses for the Data Tables tutorial, the average number of questions answered correctly on this tutorial was smaller than the average number of post-quiz responses for the other three tutorials. This was the first tutorial the students viewed. Therefore, we suspect that students were uncertain of what was expected of them on the post-quiz and this resulted in the lower number of correct responses.

CONCLUSION

A solid understanding of mathematical modeling requires a blend of mathematical skills and conceptual understanding. The technology available today may reduce, but does not eliminate the need for mathematical skills. The mathematical modeling course described provides an appropriate balance of skills and concepts and places significant emphasis on the use of technology. To ensure that they are equipped with a well balanced mix, this type of course is important for mathematics majors. Future analysts need a solid understanding of mathematical modeling when they enter the workforce. Future teachers will need to prepare lessons that – in this technological era – are heavily application and concept-based. They also need the ability to appropriately demonstrate mathematical modeling for their students. We found that the design and use of video tutorials to help students with the technical skills needed to successfully use the software were helpful with time management and skill practice issues. As a result, the course instructor was able to focus on the important aspects of mathematical modeling – the development and study of models. We believe that teachers at all levels of the education hierarchy with software skill development needs will find similar tutorials helpful for their situations. Every instructor will be presented with unique difficulties based on the software used in a course, as well as the student population. However, designing a tutorial will provide students a reference for their technical questions and free the instructor to focus on the more important aspects of the course including concept building and problem solving. 1 The textbook for the course when this project began was Practical Management Science: Spreadsheet Modeling and Applications by Winston & Albright (2001). We note that it is very similar to the textbook we discuss here in its choice of mathematical models, its choice of software packages, and its emphasis on the use of spreadsheets.

REFERENCES

1. S. C. Albright and W. Winston, Spreadsheet Modeling and Applications – Essentials of Practical Management Science, Duxbury Press, Pacific Grove, CA, ISBN: 0534380328 (2005).

2. Committee on the Undergraduate Program in Mathematics, Undergraduate Programs and Courses in the Mathematical Sciences: CUPM Curriculum Guide 2004, Mathematical Association of America, Washington, DC, ISBN: 0883858142 (2004).

3. J. R. Hardin and A. J. Ellington, “Using Multimedia to Facilitate Software Instruction in an Introductory Modeling Course,” INFORMS Transactions on Education, Vol. 5, No. 2, http:// ite.pubs.informs.org/Vol5No2/HardinEllington/(2005),

4. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. Principles and Standards for School Mathematics, National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, Reston, VA, ISBN: 0873534808 (2000).

5. W. Winston and S. C. Albright, Practical Management Science: Spreadsheet Modeling and Applications, Duxbury Press, Pacific Grove, CA, ISBN: 053442435X (2001).

Aimee J. Ellington, Department of Mathematics

Jill R. Hardin, Department of Statistical Sciences and Operations Research

Virginia Commonwealth University

P. O. Box 842014

1001 West Main Street

Richmond, Virginia 23284-2014

[email protected]

Copyright Mathematics and Computer Education Spring 2008

(c) 2008 Mathematics and Computer Education. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Brain Region Linked to Rocking Motion in Autism

A New York researcher has pinpointed for the first time brain regions in children with autism linked to “ritualistic repetitive behavior,” the insatiable desire to rock back and forth for hours or tirelessly march in place.

Collaborating with investigators at Duke University and the University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill, Dr. Keith Shafritz, an assistant professor of psychology at Hofstra University, unmasked brain regions in children with autism typified by reduced neural activity. In a series of high-tech mapping studies, he compared brain images of children with autism to those of neurologically normal youngsters.

Repetitive behavior is one of autism’s core traits and has driven some parents to extremes as they try to distract a child to engage in other activities.

Shafritz and colleagues used a form of magnetic resonance imaging _ MRI _ to explore sites in the brain. They report their findings in the current issue of Biological Psychiatry.

Mapping the brain constitutes a journey into the inner labyrinths of a 3-pound cosmos where countless frontiers have yet to be explored. In children with autism, Shafritz found deficits in specific regions of the cerebral cortex, the outer layer of gray matter linked to all higher human functions, including repetitive behavior. He also mapped deficits in the basal ganglia, a region deep below the cerebral hemispheres.

“We like to think about the research process as discovering clues why people engage in certain behaviors,” Shafritz said last week. “We were able to identify a series of brain regions that showed diminished activity when people were asked to alter certain behaviors, and were not able to do so.”

Autism is a neurodevelopmental disorder that is rapidly becoming a major public policy issue. Federal health officials estimate it affects 1 in every 150 children, impacting not only individual families but communities. School systems lack a sufficient number of appropriately trained teachers; social services departments are overwhelmed by parents in need of support and respite care.

Amid social concerns are the plodding attempts to understand the disorder’s basic biology. Some scientists are scanning the human genome in search of suspect DNA. Others like Shafritz, are exploring the geography of the brain.

Edward Carr, a psychology professor at Stony Brook University, said the Shafritz discovery is important because it helps demystify repetitive behavior.

“Repetitive behavior is sometimes called self-stimulatory behavior. A very common form of it is body rocking, a child will do it for hours,” Carr said. “Another child may wave his or her hands back and forth in front of their eyes. This is very common and it’s called hand-flapping. They extend their arms forward and wave their hands in front of them. It’s like a light show.

“Some kids will take 100 crayons and line them up over and over. If you move one of the crayons they get very upset. It might lead to a tantrum, a major outburst of problem behavior.”

Even though the brain mapping revealed sites associated with repetitious behavior, Shafritz emphasized these areas are not associated with injurious acts, which may occur as a result of dysfunctions elsewhere in the brain. Some children repeatedly slam their heads against a wall and indulge in other self-injurious behavior.

Still, Shafritz found a relationship between the newly identified brain areas and overlapping regions linked to schizophrenia, obsessive compulsive disorder and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.

Dr. Anil Malhotra, director of psychiatric research at Zucker Hillside Hospital, said he is not surprised. He, too, is studying links between autism and schizophrenia, and autism and obsessive compulsive disorder.

“This is an area of great interest,” Malhotra said, adding that autism and schizophrenia are related because both disorders are marked by problems with social interaction.

“We also see an overlap between (obsessive compulsive disorder) and autism,” Malhotra said.

Ohio Association of Health Plans Names ‘Pinnacle’ Awards to Programs That Improve Health Care for Ohioans

COLUMBUS, Ohio, May 27 /PRNewswire/ — The Ohio Association of Health Plans (OAHP) is pleased to announce the 2008 winners of its annual Pinnacle Awards, which recognize the efforts of Ohio’s health plans to improve the quality of health care for Ohioans.

“Health plans are a vital partner in Ohio’s health care system,” said Kelly McGivern, OAHP President and CEO. “Not only are these companies the source of a more than 51,000 insurance-related jobs for Ohioans and more than $2 billion in wages, they also create and implement innovative initiatives to improve the health of Ohioans and the efficiency of providing health care benefits. Unfortunately, these important contributions continue to go unrecognized by those outside of the health plan industry, so the Pinnacle Awards are one way we help highlight the important contributions these plans are making.”

This year’s winning programs included initiatives that optimized vaccinations to help reduce the severity infections in high risk infants, promoted better coordination of care for Medicaid consumers, established primary care medical services for consumers with behavioral health issues, and increased specific preventative care measures for high-risk pregnant mothers. The winners of the awards were as follows:

   Category:  Improvements in Business/Operational Performance   Winner:    CareSource, RSV Management: Process Improvements & Health               Outcomes    Category:  Community Outreach and Partnerships   Winners:   AMERIGROUP Community Care, Medical and Behavioral Health               Coordination for Medicaid Consumers              and              Buckeye Community Health Plan, Community Care: A Partnership in               Nurturing    Category:  Health Care Programs   Winner:    Buckeye Community Health Plan, 17-P    

OAHP invited all member plans to participate in the competition, which provided an opportunity for health plans to demonstrate what they are doing to provide exemplary care and service for their members and community. A panel of experts representing hospitals, doctors, businesses, consumer advocates, and regulators judged the submissions and selected the winners.

“The award-winning programs underscore the valuable role health plans play in providing quality health care for Ohioans, while helping to stimulating Ohio’s economy through innovations and jobs,” McGivern said. “Through programs that utilize medically-proven best practices to identify cost-saving measures, increase preventative care in high-risk populations and create opportunities for partnerships with providers, Ohio’s health plans not only improve access to care for Ohioans, but also ensure that the care they receive is of the highest quality possible.”

OAHP is a statewide trade association of companies providing health care benefits to more than 7 million Ohioans. The mission of the OAHP is to promote and advocate quality health care and access to a variety of affordable health care benefits for all Ohioans.

Ohio Association of Health Plans

CONTACT: Kelly McGivern, President and CEO of Ohio Association of HealthPlans, +1-614-228-4662, [email protected]

Web site: http://www.oahp.org/

Introducing Kibo, The Lexus of Space Labs

Japan has built a space station lab that is being called the Lexus of space stations for its size and sophistication.

The station will launch Saturday with the space shuttle Discovery. It is called Kibo (which means “hope” in Japanese) and costs a whopping $1 billion. Kibo will be the biggest and, by far, the most elaborate room at the international space station – a 37-foot-long scientific workshop as large as a school bus, with its own hatch to the outside for experiments and a pair of robot arms. It also contains a closet and porch.

The station is so big that three shuttle flights were needed to get the whole thing up.

Kibo (pronounced KEE’-boh) is much larger than the two labs already in orbit””NASA’s modest-size Destiny and the even smaller European Space Agency’s Columbus.

“It’s usually the other way around, isn’t it? Japanese products should be smaller, but this time it’s the other way around,” said Japanese astronaut Akihiko Hoshide.

The 16-ton Kibo is 9 feet longer than the U.S. Destiny lab, which was launched in 2001, and more than 14 feet longer than Europe’s Columbus, which flew to the space station in February. It took twenty years to complete the station.

Shuttle commander Mark Kelly calls it “the Lexus of the space station modules.”

It’s big and it’s capable, said Kelly. “I mean, it’s got its own dedicated robotic arm. It’s got its own air lock. Eventually, it’s going to have an external platform for experiments. It’s got a lot of capable science racks that are going in. So yeah, I think it’s pretty impressive.”

Kelly and his crew will install Kibo during the 14-day shuttle flight. In March, they will attach the Japanese storage compartment that was left in a temporary parking position.

The crew will undergo three spacewalks to hook up Kibo and handle other space station work, like replacing an empty nitrogen gas tank and seeing how best to clean a jammed solar-wing rotary joint.

NASA’s space operations chief Bill Gerstenmaier, said it won’t be as simple as it sounds.

“When you get into the details of what’s actually involved … it’s an extremely complicated mission,” he said.

While up there, one of the Discovery astronauts, Gregory Chamitoff, will swap places with the space station’s current U.S. resident, Garrett Reisman, who will return to Earth on the shuttle following a three-month stay. Chamitoff will spend six months up there.

NASA decided last week to proceed with its shuttle mission as planned, even as the Russians continue to investigate April’s rocky landing by a Soyuz spacecraft carrying three astronauts home from the space station. A Soyuz constantly is docked at the orbiting outpost for use as a lifeboat in an evacuation.

Discovery’s flight will set a variety of milestones for NASA.

This will be the 10th shuttle mission since the Columbia tragedy in 2003, leaving just 10 more shuttle flights before the fleet is retired in 2010″”marking the end of space station construction.

The fuel tank on Discovery is the first to incorporate all the post-Columbia changes from the start of construction instead of later in the construction phase. While shuttle managers expect this fuel tank to be the best one yet. It will have minimal insulating-foam loss. Still, a full inspection of the spaceship’s thermal skin still will be required.

That inspection will be done later in the flight than usual because Kelly and his crew won’t get their inspection boom until they arrive at the space station. The previous shuttle visitors left the 50-foot laser-tipped pole in March; it couldn’t fit in Discovery’s payload bay given the size of Kibo.

Astronaut Karen Nyberg, the lone woman on the crew, will become the 50th woman to fly in space””setting another important milestone for the upcoming Discovery mission.

Nyberg will be rocketing into orbit just a few weeks before the 45th anniversary of the first woman in space, Soviet cosmonaut Valentina Tereshkova, and the 25th anniversary of the first American woman in space, Sally Ride.

“What I’m really looking forward to is the time when we’re not counting anymore,” Nyberg said.

Image Caption: Pressurized Module of the International Space Station element — Japanese Experiment Module (JEM) “Kibo” is seen at Mitsubishi Heavy Industries in Nagoya, Japan. That country’s National Space Development Agency (NASDA) will start the total systems test of JEM on Oct. 20, 2001. Photo courtesy of NASDA.

On the Net:

NASA SpaceFlight

Japanese Space Agency

Some Psychiatrists Volunteer Time to Help Soldiers

For every thousand active-duty military personnel, one active-duty mental health professional is available. According to Terry Jones, a Pentagon health spokesman, among the nation’s 1.4 million active-duty military personnel there are only 1,431 health professionals.

America’s armed forces and veterans are having a more difficult time than ever dealing with suicide, depression, marital, family, and job problems. This problem is so large scale that it competes with the aftermath of Vietnam. The government is doing everything they can do as far as hiring and recruiting health care professionals goes, including pleading with incentives and borrowing professionals from other agencies. The efforts of the government are not quite enough, however, to halt a shortage of this stature.

Retired Army Brig. Gen. Stephen Xenakis, a psychiatrist, said of the efforts: “Honestly, much is being done by the Department of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs, but the need to help these men and women goes far beyond whatever any government agency can do.”

Even with the addition of the 20,000 health care professionals providing services to the Pentagon and the Veterans Administration ““ the psychiatrists, psychologists, psychiatric nurses, substance abuse counselors, and social workers ““ the need for help and the lack of enough is still glaring.

Of those who served in Afghanistan and Iraq, about 300,000 are estimated to have post-traumatic stress or anxiety. But the numbers don’t stop there. Children who have been without their parents over long periods and spouses left home alone to manage families without their partners are also in dire need to help ““ elevating the number to over one million with problems.

According to the Veterans Administration, 120,000 military personnel with mental health problems from Afghanistan and Iraq have been seen. Rates are high for the two wars, but a majority of the 400,000 patients seen by the Veterans Administration last year were Vietnam veterans.

According to Barbara V. Romberg, a clinical psychologist practicing in Washington who founded the volunteer group called Give an Hour there are over 400,000 mental health professionals in our country, so “Clearly, we have the resources  to meet this challenge.
The shortage of help has caused 1200 private counselors to offer an hour a week of free services to troops returning with mental health problems from Afghanistan and Iraq through Romberg’s Give an Hour. These volunteers, such as psychologist Brenna Chirby who owns a private practice in Virginia, are happy to give. Chirby remarks that it is not much to ask, quipping, “How can you not give that to these men and women that … are going oversees and fighting for us?”

Even with the 1200 volunteers committed to helping for a year, the numbers are staggering.

According to Romberg, her group, the largest of the help-groups across the nation, is still too small. She hopes to find 40,000 volunteers over the next three years ““ which would only be a measly 10 percent of the country’s health care professionals.

Other groups are also bringing in volunteers. San Francisco’s Coming Home Project has several dozen volunteers which range from interfaith leaders to psychotherapists to veterans and offers anything from stress management and yoga classes to retreats and workshops as well as counseling.

Another group, the Soldiers Project, started by psychiatrists at the Ernest S. Lawrence Trauma Center of the Los Angeles Institute and Society of Psychoanalytic Studies and operating in New York, Seattle, and Chicago, has almost 200 volunteers.

At a recent news conference announcing the Lilly Foundation’s donation of one million dollars to get the word out to those who need help, Xenakis said, “Thousands of therapists across the country are donating their time to give vital treatment and support to our soldiers, sailors, airmen, Marines, veterans and families. These young men and women volunteered to defend our nation, and now our nation can volunteer to serve them.”

Terry Jones, a Pentagon spokesman on health issues is a believer that there might be an important place for these groups. “While the military health system does not endorse volunteer health care organizations, we recognize that groups such as this one offer more options for our warriors and their families,” Jones said. “If these mental health caregivers are willing to give and learn about our warriors, they may be more willing to become TRICARE providers.” TRICARE is a network of 300,000 specialists, physicians, and pharmacies which support the department’s military medical corps and facilities.
In Jones’ words there are, in addition to the 1,431 mental health professionals in uniform, 3,000 mental health professionals available under TRICARE. The services are attempting to hire around 575 more, and according to Jones, about 200 mental health officers will be temporarily sent to the Pentagon to work in military facilities. The arrangement should be finalized in a few weeks.

This military health care system serves somewhere around 9.2 million people; some are reserves, some active, and some are families and retirees. Staffing has been an issue, but not the only one. The military culture has an established stigma in regards to seeking help. Many fear that seeking help will harm their military career.

The military health care system continues to try to make health care more accessible, offering suicide prevention training, training on how to recognize mental problems, assessing mental health with screenings prior to and following deployments, sending health teams to the front to boost and measure morale, creating programs to help with housing and child care, and teaching families about common problems to expect at home during readjusting periods.

Emotional problems are a normal reaction to war, but needs in these areas have not been fully met. 

Maid for Trouble

By P. Selvarani; Audrey Vijaindren

THEY are here to take care of our children and elderly parents, to cook and to clean. But some of these foreign domestic help may be doing us more harm than good, write P. SELVARANI and AUDREY VIJAINDREN.

You may think your maid’s doing a great job caring for your children or aged parents

But have you had a good look at her? Perhaps you should. In fact, it may be to your benefit to take her for a medical check-up.

This is because thousands of domestic maids are among the 42,000 foreign workers who entered the country last year with a host of diseases.

Ministry of Health statistics show that the workers had TB (16,697), hepatitis B (10,953) and syphilis (2,824).

Those who had HIV/AIDS numbered 683 while 147 were found to be suffering from psychiatric problems.

In addition, 2,329 workers were found to be pregnant.

Some 1.36 million legal foreign workers sought employment in Malaysia last year.

Dr Ramlee said the cases were detected through the Fomema medical screening, which all foreign workers have to undergo within a month of their arrival in Malaysia.

The screening was introduced three years ago after health officials here discovered that many foreign workers had infectious diseases although they had been declared medically fit by health authorities in their country.

But a number of these workers, especially maids, were also certified as disease-free by the Mal-aysian authorities.

The actual figure cannot be determined as no one is keeping track but complaints from employers are on the rise.

In fact, there is an increasing trend of employers sending maids for second-opinion medical tests because they do not trust the screening done in the country of origin and by Malaysian authorities.

Industry sources say that despite “stringent screening” by Fomema, the independent agency appointed by the government to monitor and supervise the mandatory health-screening programme, many unfit foreign workers continue to work here.

A doctor who spoke on condition of anonymity said some Fomema panel doctors were “certifying” foreign workers as fit without even physically examining them.

“Many employers, especially those in the manufacturing sector, do not want to suffer losses.

“If they bring in 60 workers and 20 of them are found to be medically unfit, they are not going to send the 20 back.

“They will work their way around the situation to obtain the medical clearance.

“I have seen foreign workers who were declared medically unfit working in some of these places.”

He said some clinics approved medical reports for a fee.

“This is why we have so many cases of infectious diseases such as malaria and tuberculosis, which had been eradicated or reduced decades ago.”

He said some Fomema-appointed labs were not doing the tests properly.

Another source said some employment agencies were making matters worse by “recycling” unfit workers instead of sending them back to their home country.

Health Ministry deputy director-general Datuk Dr Ramlee Rahmat said action would be taken against any doctor found to have falsified medical results.

He said 39 of the 3,432 Fomema panel clinics were suspended last year for various reasons, including the failure of doctors to examine foreign workers in their clinics and to verify the identity of foreign workers.

“We are not as worried about the legal foreign workers in the country as we are over the thousands of illegal workers here who may be carrying these highly-infectious diseases.”

Dr Ramlee said there was little chance of medically-unfit legal workers gaining legal entry into the country now because of Fomema’s strict entry requirements.

“Even if they present falsified documents from their host country, our medical tests here will detect them.”

However, he said, Fomema tests did not include screening for diseases such as herpes and hepatitis A and C.

“If it’s a case of non-sexually transmitted herpes or hepatitis which is not contagious, we do not include them in the compulsory medical check.

“We don’t look for these because they are not infectious.

“Our concern is more for the population at large and not just an individual employer or worker,” he said in response to the plight of employers who were saddled with medically-unfit maids.

The Malaysian Association of Foreign Maid Agencies said that although there were many rules in place, the qualification of panel doctors overseas was suspect.

Association vice-president Jeffrey Foo said: “There may be a lot of (deception) going on overseas.”

Dr Ramlee said before 2005, the ministry and its counterparts in Indonesia would accredit designated clinics in the republic to conduct medical tests for those applying to work in Malaysia.

“We randomly tested the workers at the point of entry and found that up to four per cent of the 10 per cent whom we tested did not pass our medical screening.

“But we could not act against their clinics for giving them the go-ahead.”

As a result, the ministry introduced a new system where every foreign worker had to undergo a second medical test within one month of entering the country. This test is repeated at the end of their first and second years of service.

“This has helped to weed out the problem of forged medical documents.”

Under this screening system, which is done at Fomema-appointed clinics, the worker is tested for infectious diseases such as HIV, TB and hepatitis. They are also screened for hypertension, heart disease, asthma and diabetes.

Dr Ramlee said Fomema was stringent in its medical examination and would not accept any foreign worker who had even the slightest hint of carrying a highly-infectious disease.

“Even someone whose X-ray screenings reveal old TB scars and who does not appear to have the disease will be rejected. We cannot take chances as the disease can flare up again.”

FAMILIES PAID THROUGH THE NOSE, AND NOW PAY DEARLY FOR IT

AFTER having two maids with medical problems within two months, Jason thought he would be third-time lucky.

Instead, the help turned out to be a nuisance. Her unreasonable attitude and actions led him to suspect that she was mentally unstable.

“It was the last straw for me, especially so soon after having one maid who had hepatitis C and another who had a lung infection,” said the 32-year-old businessman from Puchong, Kuala Lumpur

Jason’s problems began when, in anticipation of the arrival of their third child, he and his wife applied for a new domestic maid early this year to replace the one who was leaving.

“When the first maid arrived on March 4, we were happy with her until we received a call from the agency five days later saying that she had failed her medical test because she had hepatitis C.”

The agency offered to replace the maid with another and Jason picked up the second maid on March 10.

“We had her for about three weeks when we noticed that she tired easily. She would turn pale after doing heavy chores and even her breathing was laboured.”

He took the maid for a second medical test, although she had been given a clean bill of health by the authorities.

The X-ray revealed that she had a lung infection and half her lungs were badly scarred.

“The doctor told me that there was an old and new infection. How could this have gone undetected, considering the maid had supposedly had an X-ray taken in Indonesia and another one here?”

Jason’s woes got worse when the third maid began to act up, causing much distress to his wife who was eight months pregnant.

“We are now without a maid and I feel so cheated because we have been given one problematic maid after another despite paying so much for these maids.”

Ong, also of Puchong, was just as unlucky. His two maids tested positive for herpes.

The first maid arrived in October, after being certified medically fit by the Indonesian authorities and Fomema.

To be doubly sure, Ong sent her for an independent blood test and X-ray. The results showed she had herpes types 1 and 2.

“I informed the maid agency and wrote to Fomema in November highlighting the discrepancy in the medical report.

“Fomema said she was medically unfit and the agency agreed to give a replacement maid.”

When the second maid arrived in February, Ong sent her for a medical test.

She also tested positive for herpes type 1.

“But what was frustrating was that the maid agency initially said it could not replace the maid or ensure that any future maid I got would be free of herpes.”

The Malaysian Association of Foreign Maid Agencies could not give Ong an assurance about the medical condition of foreign maids either.

“I am now afraid to get another maid… A lot of people are not aware of the need to have a second medical test done.

“I do not understand why the authorities cannot include all types of herpes and other medical problems in the health screening.”

Ong has now opted to hire a babysitter for his children.

MCA WANTS MORE TESTS FOR DISEASES

MCA public service and complaints department head Datuk Michael Chong never fails to give this advice to maid employers: “Send your maid for an independent medical check-up as soon as you bring her home, even though she has been given a clean bill of health by the authorities.”

Chong’s department has received three complaints of medically- unfit maids this year.

Last year, the department received four complaints, one of which was about a maid who was found to have lupus eight months after she had started work here.

(Systemic lupus erythema-tosus or SLE is a chronic auto-immune disease that can be fatal.

It attacks the body’s cells and tissue, resulting in inflammation and tissue damage.)

In most of the other cases, the maids were reported to have herpes or hepatitis.

“I don’t understand why this happens.

“The medical report from the source country says the maids are medically fit and then they are also cleared by Fomema.

“But when their employers send them for an independent test, they are found to be carrying diseases which should have been detected during these tests.

“So, how do these cases escape their attention?

“Granted, herpes may flare up now and then so it may not be that easy to detect. But what about hepatitis, TB or venereal diseases?

“That (the reports not indicating these infections) is difficult for me to accept.

“This is worrying, more so when you have maids with infectious diseases such as tuberculosis, herpes or hepatitis, caring for children or elderly folk.

“So, who do you blame? The Indonesian authorities or us?”

But Chong was generally pleased with the stringent requirements of Fomema which, he said, would not compromise on the health of the foreign workers despite appeals.

He said he had had a few run-ins with the agency over this.

“We had cases where the family was willing to retain a maid who had a previous infection or illness but Fomema was adamant about rejecting the application on the grounds that the disease could flare up.”

However, he said, the fact that there were many legal foreign workers walking around with infectious diseases showed that the medical tests were not entirely fool-proof.

“To overcome this, I think the Ministry of Health should consider including tests for more diseases and ailments in the foreign workers’ medical examination.”

Meanwhile, the Human Resources Ministry advised employers who had problems with their maids or maid agencies to file complaints with its manpower department.

The department’s deputy director-general, Sheikh Yahya Sheikh Mohamed, said in many cases, unfit maids were supplied by unlicensed agencies.

LOSING YOUR MIND OVER THEIR MENTAL HEALTH

WITH more than 12 years of experience as the managing director of a maid employment agency in Subang Jaya, Selangor, Teresa Tong has learnt that mental illness can be more dangerous than physical diseases.

“Most employers ask about the physical health of a foreign domestic help, but they fail to think about the mental health of the maid they are going to get.

“There have been many cases where I have had to send back four out of five maids because they were mentally unstable. This type of illness is difficult to detect,” said Tong.

Some of these maids, she said, also viewed their two-year contract in Malaysia as a jail sentence and could crack under pressure.

But in the last two years, she has seen more stringent testing by Fomema.

“Lately, Fomema has been strict with its health-screening tests. It includes psychiatric illness in its list. But a lot of times most illnesses don’t flare up until much later.”

Hepatitis A and C, she said, were two common diseases that employers were concerned about.

She said most foreign domestic help failed the chest X-ray examination during the Fomema screening examination.

Malaysian Association of Foreign Maid Agencies vice-president Jeffrey Foo said: “There is no full-proof system. If you ask a doctor to perform a test, you expect him to be ethical. What more can you do?”

Asked about herpes being a cause for worry among employers, Foo said: “The herpes issue has been brought up many times by the association. It is not new to us.

“We have received many complaints about this disease. But it is still not included in the health screening list. Why?

“If it is a contagious disease, it should be included in the list, unless the Ministry of Health can assure the public that herpes is not a contagious disease.

“The ministry should be protecting Malaysians.”

FOMEMA SILENT ON GROUSES

SO what does Fomema have to say about the complaints?

A spokesman said it could only talk if it got the green light from the Health Ministry.

The following information taken from Fomema’s website answers some questions from employers.

One reply is about inconsistent medical reports.

Fomema said doctors who were not on their panel for the foreign workers’ health-screening programme may not have the criteria for certification for suitability for employment in this country.

It said a doctor may have the opinion that the worker was fit to work despite having detected the likelihood of a communicable disease.

In such cases, the benefit of the doubt is given to the country and not the worker.

On the possibility of tests performed on one patient by different doctors yielding conflicting results, Fomema said this could happen when X-ray findings or lab test results showed abnormalities.

In such cases, the worker’s status will be amended to “unsuitable” upon investigation.

(c) 2008 New Straits Times. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Role of Dads’ Sperm in Birth Defects Unknown

SAN JOSE, Calif. — When Barbora Bell wanted to have kids, she ditched the birth control pills, popped prenatal vitamins, and got more iron and calcium. Her husband’s pre-conception regimen was much easier: “He had a glass of wine,” Bell said, laughing.

The Los Gatos, Calif., couple didn’t hear a single dietary suggestion to help prospective fathers have healthy kids. If they had, Bell said, “we would have been doing it.”

Women contribute just half their children’s genes. Yet would-be dads are rarely bombarded with pre-pregnancy tips on diet missteps and toxic exposures, even though sperm DNA is vulnerable to defects that can cause possible health problems for their children.

There’s a growing push to better understand the male half of reproductive health. New technologies are allowing scientists to delve further into male fertility. Dads’ role in birth defects was the focus of a symposium this year at the American Association for the Advancement of Science meeting. And a recent University of California-Berkeley study was the first to link men’s diets to sperm DNA errors.

But much of this information never makes it to men.

The relative silence reflects a cultural reluctance to question men’s virility and potency, said Cynthia Daniels, a Rutgers University professor who studies the crossroads of science and culture.

“We assume the male reproductive system is like a simple machine,” Daniels said. Men’s role in fertilization seems so straightforward, it’s easy to forget things can go wrong with sperm DNA, she said. And there’s an assumption that defective sperm isn’t strong enough to get the job done anyway.

But some defective sperm do succeed in fertilizing eggs, potentially causing birth defects or childhood disease. One in 33 California children is born with a birth defect. And scientists still don’t know what causes most defects.

Despite the unanswered questions, there’s relatively little research on prospective fathers.

“People in the field have had a great deal of difficulty getting funding,” said Gladys Friedler, an emeritus professor of Boston University’s medical school. Throughout her career from the 1960s to the 1990s, Friedler often was told to abandon studies of male reproduction on the grounds that such research was unnecessary, she said.

A small amount of research has trickled out over the decades. Pesticides were scrutinized after Vietnam War veterans exposed to Agent Orange fathered many children with spina bifida. Older men’s sperm was found to have more DNA errors that cause dwarfism. And men who received chemotherapy for testicular cancer temporarily produced defective sperm, which could cause problems if conception occurred too soon after treatment.

In March, UC-Berkeley added to the growing knowledge. In a study utilizing new technology to label sperm DNA, men who ate little folate, a B-vitamin abundant in orange juice and green veggies, had more sperm with the wrong number of chromosomes. That could lead to miscarriages and birth defects like Down syndrome.

The study didn’t pinpoint an ideal folate dose, said author Brenda Eskenazi. “But we can still advise that men considering fathering a child should take a multi-vitamin and get enough leafy green vegetables,” she said.

Sperm develop over 10 weeks, giving men a defined window before conception to make healthier sperm, said San Jose urologist David Nudell. Women, in contrast, are born with a finite number of eggs. This means men’s genes, constantly dividing into new sperm, may be even more vulnerable than women’s.

Unlike women who often take vitamins while cutting out caffeine, sushi and pedicures before trying to conceive, “I’ve never seen a guy come in and say, `I started this three months before we tried,’ ” Nudell said. “It’s how our society is about getting pregnant.”

One reason for the uneven information is that most women can regularly ask for advice at their annual ob-gyn visits.

“Most men in their 20s and 30s are probably not seeing doctors at all,” Nudell said. “Who are they going to ask?”

But men are beginning to wake up to the problem, said professor Daniels.

“Younger men are quite incensed that these issues have not been addressed,” she said. “I’m hopeful that we might have raised a generation of young men willing to open their eyes, look at the evidence, and ask the questions that need to be answered.”

Because the science of male fertility is sparse, Nudell gives common-sense advice to the few men who bother asking about pre-conception health: avoid heavy alcohol and drug use, take vitamins and stop smoking _ even though studies of those lifestyle factors have been inconclusive.

And he emphasizes that couples having trouble conceiving should get both partners checked out. “A lot of women get unnecessary treatments,” he said. “Men are generally not that proactive about their health.”

That’s even true for devoted dads who attend every prenatal appointment.

“I didn’t talk to my doctor at all,” said Los Gatos father Dave Dooley, who fondly remembers his wife’s pregnancy ultrasounds. Like most couples, Dave and Melissa Dooley, whose children are now 4 and 2, assumed only mothers needed to consider pre-pregnancy health.

“We’re the ones who have to deal with the nine months,” said Melissa Dooley.

Helipad Planned for Roof of Hospital

By Daniel Barbarisi

Rhode Island Hospital currently has a helipad one block away in a parking lot.

PROVIDENCE — Medical helicopters might soon touch down on the roof of Rhode Island Hospital, bringing patients to the emergency room faster and likely luring more helicopters to land there, rather than flying over on their way to Massachusetts hospitals.

The hospital has a helipad now, but it is a block away in a surface parking lot. When a helicopter lands, the hospital must close several streets and call an ambulance to bring the patient from the helicopter to the emergency room. The transfer takes 15 minutes, an eternity when dealing with the types of severe cases the helicopter brings in.

The hospital plans to build a helipad on the roof of one of its main buildings, cutting the transfer time to only a couple minutes. A ramp will lead from the pad to the elevator used by the so-called trauma alley.

“We have a trauma elevator that goes right into trauma alley, or into the [operating room],” said Charles Olmstead, director of shared services for the hospital.

Reducing the time it takes to transfer a patient from a chopper to the emergency room should result in more helicopter landings at the hospital, hospital officials say.

Helicopters are used for rapid transport in heart cases and life- threatening trauma. Helicopters are also used to fly in organs for transplants.

The hospital is served by four private helicopter companies and the Coast Guard. As the only level-one trauma center in Rhode Island, the hospital draws many helicopters from southern Rhode Island and Southeastern Massachusetts and Connecticut — but some helicopters pass over Rhode Island Hospital and take patients to hospitals in Massachusetts instead.

The flight surgeon determines where the helicopter should land, depending on the severity of the injury or illness, each hospital’s specialties and the time and distance involved.

Hospital spokeswoman Nancy Cawley said Rhode Island Hospital now lands one or two helicopters weekly. The hospital expects that number to rise with the new helipad.

“All five of the helicopter transport agencies thought this would be a huge improvement and because of that, we anticipate a higher usage,” Cawley said.

That’s consistent with the hospital’s goal of becoming more of a regional medical center. The helipad and the emergency department are in the Bridge Building, a brick structure built in 2005 over Dudley Street at a cost of $70 million.

“It fits with our mission. We want to be out there in the forefront of patient care,” Olmstead said.

The 54-foot-by-54-foot helipad will sit six feet off the roof and cover one-fifth of the roof of the Bridge Building, two stories above street level. It will feature an advanced fire suppression system and five feet of safety netting around each side.

The construction plan required an exemption on the number of exits used, which the hospital received from the Providence Building Board of Review on Thursday. Approval from the state fire marshal is still required, as are building permits from the city. None of those is expected to be a roadblock.

If the permitting process begins soon, the pad could be landing helicopters by early fall. The helipad would cost roughly $1 million to construct, Cawley said.

The location of the current helipad also makes for difficult landings — helicopters must fly over the site and then drop nearly straight down to the pad. The new helipad will allow for a more gradual landing, Olmstead said. [email protected] / (401) 277- 8062

Originally published by Daniel Barbarisi, Journal Staff Writer.

(c) 2008 Providence Journal. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Echelon Capital Corporation Announces Proposed Qualifying Transaction

NOT FOR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Echelon Capital Corporation (“Echelon”)(TSX VENTURE: ECO.P), a capital pool company, is pleased to announce that it has entered into a letter agreement to complete a business combination (the “Qualifying Transaction”) with MBVax Bioscience Inc. (“MBVax”). If completed, the business combination will constitute Echelon’s qualifying transaction pursuant to the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange (the “Exchange”).

Information Concerning Echelon

Echelon is a company existing under the laws of Ontario and is a reporting issuer in British Columbia, Alberta and Ontario. Echelon currently has 2,360,000 common shares (“Echelon Shares”) outstanding, of which 1,160,000 are currently held in escrow pursuant to the policies of the Exchange.

Echelon has granted stock options to acquire up to an aggregate of 188,800 Echelon Shares at a price of $0.25 per share (the “Echelon Options”) to directors and officers. Echelon has also issued broker warrants to acquire up to an aggregate of 100,000 Echelon Shares at a price of $0.25 per share (the “Echelon Warrants”) as part of the compensation payable to the agent in connection with Echelon’s initial public offering. Other than these Echelon Shares, Echelon Options and Echelon Warrants, no other securities of Echelon are outstanding.

Further information concerning Echelon can be found in the prospectus of Echelon dated June 14, 2007, which is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

Information Concerning MBVax

MBVax is a private company existing under the laws of Canada. MBVax currently has 4,829,376 common shares (“MBVax Shares”) outstanding. MBVax has no other securities outstanding.

MBVax manufactures Coley Fluid, a bacterial immune therapy for advanced cancer developed in 1893. Coley Fluid is not an approved therapy in the United States or Canada, but is a legal therapy in many countries. Clinics and hospitals approved to use Coley Fluid are located in Austria, Bahamas, China, Germany, Ireland, Israel, Mexico, Serbia, South Africa, Switzerland and Uzbekistan. In addition, individual patients have received Coley Fluid therapy as a compassionate therapy for advanced cancer in Albania, Australia and the United States.

Patients with advanced cancer have end-stage disease that can no longer be controlled by conventional therapies. Of the more than 650,000 annual cancer deaths in the United States and Canada, all 650,000 patients have advanced cancer prior to death. In addition to progressive cancer, most advanced cancer patients also have an extremely poor quality of life due to cancer pain, depression, extreme weakness, and/or immobility. By definition, there are no current treatments that regress the disease or improve the quality of life in advanced cancer patients.

To date, 44 advanced cancer patients have received between three weeks and 10 months of MBVax Coley Fluid therapy. Generally, these patients had severely compromised immune systems due to previous therapies and all were treated on a compassionate basis rather than in connection with a controlled clinical study. Physicians reported to MBVax that 42 of 44 patients appeared to benefit from the therapy and the majority of such patients experienced tumor regression. In three cases of advanced breast cancer, patients currently show no evidence of breast cancer.

During its long history, more than twenty formulations of Coley Fluid have been administered to patients by various manufacturers. These formulations used different proportions of the bacterial ingredients used in the manufacture of Coley Fluid and employed various methodologies to grow the bacteria and to sterilize the finished product. There were significant differences in potency between the various historical formulations and there were also variations in potency between batches of identical formulations.

MBVax’s intellectual property (United States patent application 2006/0292173, published December 28, 2006) protects its proprietary methods of manufacturing MBVax Coley Fluid. These methods eliminate batch-to-batch variations and ensure equivalent potency to the best historical formulation of Coley Fluid. MBVax plans to file more patents. In addition, because Coley Fluid targets orphan indications, MBVax plans to file for marketing exclusivity with the FDA.

In 2009, MBVax plans to commence clinical trials in Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, Canada, and in the United States at Harvard Medical School. It is anticipated that the planned clinical trials will be conducted with research collaborators who will bear all or most of the clinical trial costs.

Based on unaudited financial statements for the six months ended March 31, 2008, MBVax had total assets of $141,998 (2007 – $191,900) and total liabilities of $13,998 (2007 – $15,032), revenue of $143 (2007 – $5,152) and a loss of $48,868 (2007 – $95,909).

Based on audited financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2007, MBVax had total assets of $191,900 (2006 – $354,148) and total liabilities of $15,032 (2006 – $8,776), revenue of $7,720 (2006 – $8,507) and a loss of $168,504 (2006 – $235,131).

The MBVax Shares are principally held by Donald MacAdam and Rick Durst, both residents of Ontario, and Stephen Hoption Cann, a resident of British Columbia, each of whom holds 1,300,000 (26.9%), 937,800 (19.4%) and 600,000 (12.4%) MBVax Shares, respectively. The remaining 41.3% of the shares are held by 43 people who are investors or advisors to MBVax.

Information Concerning the Proposed Qualifying Transaction

Echelon and MBVax have entered into a letter agreement dated May 23, 2008 (the “Letter Agreement”) setting out certain terms and conditions pursuant to which the proposed Qualifying Transaction will be completed. The Qualifying Transaction is subject to the parties successfully negotiating and entering into a definitive amalgamation agreement, share exchange agreement or other similar agreement such that the Qualifying Transaction may be completed on a tax preferred basis to the parties thereto.

Pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Echelon has agreed to issue 10,000,000 Echelon Shares to the current shareholders of MBVax at a deemed value of $0.33 per share in consideration for the MBVax Shares.

The completion of the Qualifying Transaction is also subject to an arm’s length financing of a minimum of $2.0 million (the “Financing”). It is anticipated that under the Financing, MBVax will issue a minimum of 5,000,000 subscription receipts at a price of $0.40 per subscription receipt, with each subscription receipt being exchangeable upon completion of the Qualifying Transaction for one common share and one-half of one common share purchase warrant of Echelon (or the resulting issuer, as the case may be). Each whole warrant will be exercisable to acquire one common share of Echelon (or the resulting issuer, as the case may be) at a price of $0.50 per share for a period of two years from closing of the Financing. The proceeds from the Financing will be placed in escrow pending the closing of the Qualifying Transaction. The final negotiated terms of the Financing will be disclosed in a subsequent press release of Echelon and in the filing statement or management information circular, as the case may be, to be prepared by Echelon in respect of the Qualifying Transaction.

Assuming the completion of the minimum Financing and the Qualifying Transaction, current Echelon shareholders, current MBVax shareholders and purchasers pursuant to the Financing would hold approximately 13.6%, 57.6% and 28.8% of the then outstanding Echelon Shares (or shares of the resulting issuer), respectively.

The proceeds of the Financing will be used to fund the production of product for the multi-center clinical trial of the MBVax Coley Fluid and for working capital purposes.

The completion of the Qualifying Transaction is subject to the approval of the Exchange and all other necessary regulatory approvals. It is also subject to additional conditions precedent, including shareholder approvals of Echelon and MBVax as required under applicable corporate or securities laws, satisfactory completion of due diligence reviews by both parties, approvals of the boards of directors of Echelon and MBVax and certain other conditions customary for transactions of this nature.

Trading in the Echelon Shares will remain halted pending the review of the proposed Qualifying Transaction by the Exchange. There can be no assurance that trading in the Echelon Shares will resume prior to the completion of the Qualifying Transaction.

Sponsor

The proposed Qualifying Transaction is subject to the sponsorship requirements of the Exchange. The parties intend to apply for an exemption from the sponsorship requirements of the Exchange on the basis that the Financing will be brokered. In the event that an exemption is not available, a sponsor will be identified at a later date and will be announced in a subsequent press release of Echelon. An agreement to sponsor should not be construed as an assurance with respect to the merits of the transaction or the likelihood of completion of the proposed Qualifying Transaction.

Management and Board of Directors of Resulting Issuer

Upon completion of the Qualifying Transaction, it is anticipated that management of the resulting issuer will consist of the persons identified below.

Donald MacAdam – President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mr. MacAdam has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of MBVax since October 2005. Prior to that, Mr. MacAdam was the President of A360 Inc, a private company. Mr. MacAdam has served as a director of Hammond Power Solutions Inc. (TSX: HPSA) since 2001. Mr. MacAdam has served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of several other Canadian corporations, and was President and Chief Financial Officer of CRS Robotics Corporation (TSX: ROB) from 1993 until 1996, and was President and Chief Executive Officer of Tm Bioscience Corporation (TSX: TMC) from 1996 until 1999, and was President and Chief Executive Officer of L. A. Varah Ltd. (TSX) from 1984 until 1986. He is the inventor of several patents and the author of two books: Spontaneous Regression: Cancer and the Immune System and Startup to IPO: How to Build and Finance a Technology Company. Stephen Hoption Cann, Ph.D. – Chief Scientific Officer

Mr. Hoption Cann, Ph.D., is an assistant professor in the Department of Health Care & Epidemiology at the University of British Columbia. Dr. Hoption Cann has published 23 peer-reviewed papers, is a reviewer for several medical journals, and is a member of the American Association for Cancer Research. His research interests include the epidemiology of cancer, the phenomenon of spontaneous regression of cancer, and the work of Dr. William Coley.

David Wales, CMA – Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Wales, B. Comm., CMA, has held a number of high-level positions in finance including senior roles at Tm Bioscience Corporation (TSX: TMC) and CRS Robotics Corporation (TSX: ROB). In addition to extensive financial experience, Mr. Wales is highly proficient in corporate infrastructure development and business system implementation.

John Unsworth – Director

Mr. Unsworth is president of Vasotech Corp., a medical devices company. A biotechnology entrepreneur, Mr. Unsworth was formerly president of BioFrost Inc. and Hypercube Inc., and was a founder and director of GLYCODesign Inc (formerly listed on the TSX).

Ted Mayers – Director

Mr. Mayers is the Executive Vice President, Business Development of GBS Gold International Inc. (TSX: GBS). He served on its board of directors from August 2005, as a founding director, to May 2008 and as Chair of the Audit Committee until August 2006. Immediately prior to his executive appointment at GBS Gold in October 2007, Mr. Mayers served as Chief Financial Officer of LionOre Mining International Limited, from its inception in 1996 to its sale to Norilsk Nickel for $6.9 billion in 2007. LionOre was listed on the TSX, the Australian Stock Exchange, and on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange. From September 2000 to August 2005, Mr. Mayers served as a director of Zaruma Resources Inc. and as Chair of its Audit Committee. Zaruma is an emerging copper producer listed on the TSX. Mr. Mayers is a Chartered Accountant and obtained an MBA from the University of Western Ontario. Mr. Mayers has a BSc in biochemistry from McGill University, and on graduation, conducted research at McGill in the laboratory of Dr. Murray Fraser on enzymes that split DNA.

John Eckert – Director

Mr. Eckert is the President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Echelon, and the co-founder of McLean Watson Capital Inc., a Canadian based venture capital firm, funding high-growth entrepreneurial ventures. He has been a Managing Partner of McLean Watson Capital Inc. since October 1993. Prior to establishing McLean Watson Capital Inc., Mr. Eckert financed and advised Softimage Inc., a Montreal based 3D animation and post-production software company that was listed on NASDAQ in 1992 and sold to Microsoft Corporation in 1994. He served as the Joint Chief Operating Officer for Softimage Inc. from 1993 to its sale. Prior to 1992, Mr. Eckert had extensive experience in corporate finance, having served as a Vice President and Director in Corporate Finance and Capital Markets of Wood Gundy Inc. and CIBC Wood Gundy in Canada. He also served as Managing Director of CIBC Wood Gundy (Australia), a merchant bank. Mr. Eckert served on the board of the Canadian Venture Capital Association for five years, having previously held the positions of President (2000-2002) and Chairman (2002-2003). He also serves on the boards of directors of several private companies, including SkyWave Mobile Communications, SiteBrand.com Inc., Activplant Corporation and Fortiva Inc. Mr. Eckert holds a B.A. and an M.B.A from the University of Western Ontario.

Immunology Expertise

In addition to the proposed management of the resulting issuer following completion of the Qualifying Transaction, it is anticipated that the following individuals will form the Scientific Advisory Board of the resulting issuer:

Eric D. Brown, Ph.D., is an associate professor and holds the Canada research chair in microbial biochemistry at McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, and has published 26 scientific papers in peer-reviewed journals.

Jack Gauldie, Ph.D., is chairman of pathology and molecular medicine at McMaster University. Dr. Gauldie is a fellow of the Royal Society of Canada and recipient of the Canadian Medical Association medal of honour.

Peter N. Green, Ph.D., F.I. Biol., is Curator of the National Collection of Industrial and Marine Bacteria (NCIMB), the largest public service collection of bacteria in the United Kingdom. Dr Green has 31 peer-reviewed publications.

Thomas E. Ichim, Ph.D., is Chief Executive Officer Medistem Laboratories Inc, a stem cell therapy company. Dr. Ichim is an immunologist and has been extensively published in the fields of cell therapy and immunology.

Michael J. Lane, Ph.D., is a professor at SUNY – Upstate Medical University in Syracuse, New York. Dr. Lane was a founder of Genmap, Inc., of New Haven, CT, and Tm Bioscience Corporation, Toronto, Canada.

Xiang-Dong Lei, Ph.D., is a molecular biologist. Dr Lei has published 15 peer-reviewed papers, and was head of cancer vaccine development at a leading biotechnology company.

Liping Liu, Ph.D., is a bioorganic chemist with 19 peer-reviewed papers. Dr. Liu led a team of researchers that discovered more than one thousand novel tumor associated antigens in three years.

Johannes van Netten, Ph.D., is adjunct associate professor at the University of Victoria; director of research, Special Developmental Laboratory, Royal Jubilee Hospital; and a member of the consulting staff, Vancouver Island Cancer Centre, British Columbia Cancer Agency.

In addition to the proposed Scientific Advisory Board of the resulting issuer following completion of the Qualifying Transaction, it is anticipated that the following individuals will form the Clinical Advisory Board of the resulting issuer:

Leonid Bajenov, Ph.D., M.D., is a professor at the Vakhidov Research Center, Tashkent, Republic of Uzbekistan. Dr. Bajenov has published more than 300 scientific works, and is currently conducting clinical trials of Coley Fluid.

Zuhal Butuner, O.D., MSc, MBA, is a clinical and regulatory advisor. Previously Senior Clinical Program Manager at Biogen Inc., she led and managed the team responsible for obtaining FDA approval for the drug Avonex(R).

Peter Coy, M.D., is a retired radiation oncologist and formerly clinical assistant professor at the University of British Columbia. Dr. Coy was chair of the lung cancer sub-committee of the National Cancer Institute of Canada Clinical Trials Committee.

Hal Gunn, M.D., is co-founder of InspireHealth, Vancouver. Dr. Gunn is an authority in the field of bacterial cancer vaccines, and has a clinical appointment with the University of British Columbia School of Medicine.

Kenneth Wilson, M.D., is a medical oncologist at the Vancouver Island Cancer Centre and a clinical associate professor at the University of British Columbia. Dr. Wilson has published more than 150 papers and communications.

As noted above, completion of the Qualifying Transaction is subject to a number of conditions, including, but not limited to, acceptance by the Exchange. The Qualifying Transaction cannot close until the required approvals have been obtained. There can be no assurance that the Qualifying Transaction will be completed as proposed or at all.

Investors are cautioned that, except as disclosed in the filing statement or management information circular of Echelon to be prepared in connection with the proposed Qualifying Transaction, any information released or received with respect to the proposed Qualifying Transaction may not be accurate or complete and should not be relied upon. Trading in the securities of Echelon should be considered to be highly speculative.

This press release contains projections and forward-looking information that involve various risks and uncertainties regarding future events. Such forward-looking information can include without limitation statements based on current expectations involving a number of risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance of Echelon or MBVax. These risks and uncertainties could cause actual results and Echelon or MBVax’s plans and objectives to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking information. Actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such information. These and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking information are based on estimates and opinions of management on the dates they are made and expressly qualified in their entirety by this notice. Echelon assumes no obligation to update forward-looking information should circumstances or management’s estimates or opinions change.

The Exchange has in no way passed upon the merits of the proposed Qualifying Transaction and has neither approved nor disapproved the contents of this release.

 Contacts: Echelon Capital Corporation John Eckert President and Chief Executive Officer (416) 363-2000  MBVax Bioscience Inc. Donald MacAdam President (905) 304-8680  

SOURCE: Echelon Capital Corporation

Chemicals in Paint May Cause Fertility Problems in Men

A British study suggests that men routinely exposed to chemicals found in paint may be more likely to experience fertility problems.

The research found that men, such as painters and decorators, who work with glycol solvents are two-and-a-half times more likely to produce lower levels of “normal” sperm.

The study, a joint research project between the Universities of Manchester and Sheffield, examined more than 2,000 men attending 14 fertility clinics. The research found identified a wide variety of other chemicals that did not impact fertility.

In the study, the scientists examined two groups of men attending fertility clinics –those with sperm motility problems, and those without them. There had been previous concerns that exposure to many workplace chemicals might affect a man’s fertility, of which sperm motility is a critical variable.

The men were surveyed about their lifestyles, occupations and potential exposure to chemicals. The researchers found a 250% increase in risk of sperm motility issues among the men exposed to glycol ethers, chemicals widely used as solvents in water-based paints. This risk existed even after considering other lifestyle factors, such as smoking, testicular surgery, wearing tight underpants and manual work.

“We know that certain glycol ethers can affect male fertility and the use of these has reduced over the past two decades,” Dr Andy Povey of University of Manchester told BBC News.

“However, our work suggests they are still a workplace hazard and further work is needed to reduce such exposure,” he said.

However, the study found that this was the only chemical linked to fertility problems in men, which should put men’s minds at ease, said Dr Allan Pacey, a Sheffield University fertility specialist.

“Infertile men are often concerned about whether chemicals they are exposed to in the workplace are harming their fertility,” he told BBC News.

“Therefore it is reassuring to know that on the whole, the risk seems to be quite low.”

On the Net:

Occupational and Environmental Medicine

Health and Safety Executive

British Fertility Society

Mild Virus Causes 5 Baby Deaths in the U.S.

The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention said on Thursday that a virus that typically causes a mild infection killed at least five babies in the United States last year.

The CDC said the virus was involved in an unusually high number of severe infections in newborns last year, but they are not certain of the reason.

Coxsackievirus B1 (CVB1) is an enterovirus that usually does not cause serious infections but is capable of severe and potentially life-threatening illness in newborns.

“Tens of thousands of children are infected with this virus annually,” said Steve Oberste, who headed a laboratory that helped track the infections.

Oberste said people should probably not be very concerned about the virus.  He also said there is no sign it has mutated into a more dangerous form.

The virus has been the culprit in the deaths of two babies in California and one in Illinois, Colorado and New Mexico. Oberste said it was possible there could be more deaths that the CDC is unaware of.

According to the CDC, all five newborns had symptoms of the virus within the first week of life, and in four of the cases, there was evidence of possible mother-to-infant transmission of the virus.

The agency said, “CVB1-associated deaths are reported rarely, and had not been reported previously” to the formal enterovirus surveillance system in place since 1970.

Oberste said the enteroviruses don’t cause much disease and probably less than 1 percent of all infections result in any illness at all. “An even smaller percentage is serious illness. They’re mostly quite mild,” he added.

Usual symptoms for this infection include fever, respiratory problems and sore throat. It can spread through sneezing or touching contaminated fecal matter. There is no specific treatment for the infection.

The CDC said Health-care providers and public health departments should be vigilant to the possibility of neonatal disease caused by CVB1.

On the Net:

CDC

Mapping the Moon’s Strange Gravity

Meet MIT professor of physics Maria Zuber. She’s dynamic, intelligent, intense, and she’s on a quest for the Grail.

No, not that Grail.

Zuber is the principal investigator of the Gravity Recovery and Interior Laboratory “” “GRAIL” for short. It’s a new NASA mission slated for launch in 2011 that will probe the moon’s quirky gravity field. Data from GRAIL will help scientists understand forces at play beneath the lunar surface and learn how the moon, Earth and other terrestrial planets evolved.

“We’re going to study the moon’s interior from crust to core,” says Zuber. “It’s very exciting.”

Here’s how it works: GRAIL will fly twin spacecraft, one behind the other, around the moon for several months. All the while, a microwave ranging system will precisely measure the distance between the two satellites. By watching that distance expand and contract as the two satellites fly over the lunar surface, researchers can map the moon’s underlying gravity field1.

Scientists have long known that the moon’s gravity field is strangely uneven and tugs on satellites in complex ways. Without course corrections, orbiters end their missions nose down in the moondust! In fact, all five of NASA’s Lunar Orbiters (1966-1972), four Soviet Luna probes (1959-1965), two Apollo sub-satellites (1970-1971) and Japan’s Hiten spacecraft (1993) suffered this fate.

The source of the gravitational quirkiness is a number of huge mascons (short for “mass concentrations”) buried under the surfaces of lunar maria or “seas.” Formed by colossal asteroid impacts billions of years ago, mascons make the moon the most gravitationally lumpy major body in the solar system. The anomaly is so great””half a percent””that it actually would be measurable to astronauts on the lunar surface. A plumb bob held at the edge of a mascon would hang about a third of a degree off vertical, pointing toward the central mass. Moreover, an astronaut in full spacesuit and life-support gear whose lunar weight was exactly 50 pounds at the edge of the mascon would weigh 50 pounds and 4 ounces when standing in the mascon’s center.

To minimize the effects of mascons, satellite orbits have to be carefully chosen. GRAIL’s gravity maps will help mission planners make those critical decisions. Moreover, the maps GRAIL scientists will construct are essential to NASA’s intended human landing on the moon in the next decade. The gravity of the moon’s far side and polar regions, where future landings are targeted, is least understood.

The GRAIL team aims to map the moon’s gravity field so completely that “after GRAIL, we’ll be able to navigate anything you want anywhere on the moon you want,” says Zuber. “This mission will give us the most accurate global gravity field to date for any planet, including Earth.”

GRAIL will also help students learn about gravity, the moon, and space. Each satellite will carry up to five cameras dedicated to public outreach and education. Undergraduate students supervised by trained adults will remotely operate the cameras from a facility at the University of California, San Diego, that currently operates similar cameras on the International Space Station.

Middle school students from all over the country will also get to join in the excitement of lunar exploration. “We’ll have an interactive website where the middle school students can make recommendations for targets to photograph and then view the pictures of their suggested targets,” she says. “This just has incredible potential to engage students.”

Clearly, this is no ordinary Grail quest.

On the Net:

www.nasa.gov

Noma Campaign Launched To Raise Awareness

The international NoNoma Federation launched a worldwide campaign Thursday to create awareness about Noma, a condition that permanently deforms the faces of undernourished children.

The disease strikes an estimated 140,000 poor people every year, mainly in Africa, according to the World Health Organization (WHO).  Up to 80 percent of victims die from the gangrenous infection, while survivors are left with deep holes in their faces, unable to speak, eat, smile or breathe normally. The epicenter of the disease is Sub-Saharan Africa, but parts of Asia and Latin America are also affected.

Organizers who launched the first Noma Day said their goal is to eliminate the obscure disease. 

“We are bringing this scourge — unacceptable in the 21st century — out from the shadows,” Bertrand Piccard, president of the International NoNoma Federation, said during a presentation to experts. Piccard, a Swiss psychiatrist, is well known as the first hot-air balloonist to travel the globe in 1999 with Briton Brian Jones.

Noma is directly linked to malnutrition and poor hygienic conditions. If diagnosed early it can be effectively treated with vitamins, antibiotics and disinfecting mouthwash.

The disease epitomizes the breach between the world’s poor, starving populations and extravagant consumer societies, Piccard said. 

The destructive necrosis begins as a benign lesion in the mouth, often as gingivitis. But without treatment, it rapidly destroys the soft and bone tissues of the face, disfiguring victims that in most cases are very young children.

Luis Gomez Sambo, WHO’s regional director for Africa, reported that 22 countries on the continent had confirmed cases of Noma, of which WHO is able to support national prevention programs in only 12. With a budget of only $2.5 million over five years, the United Nations agency is inadequately funded for the task, he said.

“The world has no excuse to remain passive against this disease which disfigures victims beyond recognition. They go through psychiatric trauma for the rest of their lives,” Sambo told the audience, according to a Reuters report.

Razak Zampaligre and Soare Ouango, from Burkina Faso, are among the more fortunate Noma victims. With reconstructive surgery, both men survived but still bear scars. Zampaligre, who developed Noma as a two-year-old, recalled being “an object of mockery” as a child because of the deformity in his right eye. With the help of the “Hymne aux Enfants” foundation he received surgery in Switzerland as a teenager in 2000-01.

“It is a great joy for me to see that people are interested in this disease and are working to stop it,” he told Reuters.

Highmark Medicare Services to Begin Processing Claims in New Jersey

CAMP HILL, Pa., May 22 /PRNewswire/ — Highmark Medicare Services will begin processing Medicare Part A claims in New Jersey on September 1, 2008 and Part B claims on November 14, 2008. In October 2007, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services awarded Highmark Medicare Services the Jurisdiction 12 (J12) Medicare contract to provide the Medicare Fee-for-Service Part A and Part B administrative services for the states of Pennsylvania, Maryland, New Jersey, Delaware and the District of Columbia. The award is part of a Congressional requirement to replace all current Medicare Part A and B contracts with new contract entities called Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs).

In fiscal year 2007, Highmark Medicare Services processed about 48.8 million claims and served approximately 2.3 million beneficiaries and 57,000 providers. As the MAC for J12, Highmark Medicare Services is expected to process approximately 131 million claims annually, accounting for more than 11 percent of the national Medicare fee-for-service workload. Highmark Medicare Services will be working on behalf of approximately 4.2 million beneficiaries and 137,000 physicians and practitioners.

As a MAC, Highmark Medicare Services will serve as a single point-of-contact entity processing Medicare Part A and B claims from hospitals and other institutional providers, physicians and other practitioners within the J12 region. Highmark Medicare Services currently administers the Medicare Fee-for-Service Part A business for Pennsylvania, Maryland, and the District of Columbia, and the Part B business for Pennsylvania.

“As this work transitions from other contractors to Highmark Medicare Services, we are committed to making this as seamless as possible for Medicare beneficiaries and health care providers,” said Patrick Kiley, president of Highmark Medicare Services. “We understand that one of the keys to accomplishing this is through timely and direct communications by the MAC and timely response by those who need to react to changes due to the transition.”

If you have any questions related to the transition or Highmark Medicare Services, visit http://www.highmarkmedicareservices.com/.

   About Highmark Inc.   Highmark Medicare Services is a wholly owned subsidiary of Highmark Inc.  

Highmark Inc. is a major force for Pennsylvania’s economy. According to a Tripp Umbach study, Highmark has a $2.5 billion impact on the economy and that includes about 11,000 employees of Highmark in Pennsylvania. Overall, Highmark and its subsidiaries have 19,000 employees.

As one of the leading health insurers in Pennsylvania, Highmark Inc.’s mission is to provide access to affordable, quality health care enabling individuals to live longer, healthier lives. Based in Pittsburgh, Highmark serves 4.6 million people through the company’s health care benefits business. Highmark contributes millions of dollars to help keep quality health care programs affordable and to support community-based programs that work to improve people’s health. Highmark exerts an enormous economic impact throughout Pennsylvania. The company provides the resources to give its members a greater hand in their health.

Highmark Inc. is an independent licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, an association of independent Blue Cross and Blue Shield plans.

Highmark Medicare Services

CONTACT: Leilyn Perri of Highmark Inc., +1-717-302-4243,[email protected]

Web site: http://www.highmark.com/

Differences in Dietary Patterns Among College Students According to Body Mass Index

By Brunt, Ardith Rhee, Yeong; Zhong, Li

Abstract. Objective and Participants: The authors surveyed 557 undergraduate students aged 18-56 years to assess weight status, health behaviors, and dietary variety. Methods: They used body mass index (BMI) to divide students into 4 weight categories: underweight (BMI 30 kg/m^sup 2^). Results: Approximately 33% of respondents were overweight or obese, and 8% were underweight. Among the weight categories, the authors observed significant differences in diet (eg, cheese, pork, lamb, veal and game, fish, green leafy vegetables, other vegetables, and the cumulative total of all meats). Overall, 33% of the students consumed 1 fruit in 3 days. The authors found no differences among the weight categories related to eating fatty, sugary snacks. Conclusions: College administrators should create health promotion and skill-building programs to improve students’ diet variety. Keywords: body mass index, college health, dietary patterns, obesity

Obesity is a problem that it is not improving.1 Researchers estimate the prevalence of obesity in US college-aged people to have increased from 12% in 19912 to as high as 36% in 2004.3 Obesity in adolescence is the leading predictor of obesity in adulthood.4 This additional weight, most of which is excess body fat, has led to an increased risk for chronic disease development over a lifetime5; however, lifestyle changes can significantly reduce the risk.6

The increasing rates of obesity indicate an energy imbalance, with people taking in more than they expend. A healthy weight based on body mass index (BMI) ranges from 19 to 24.9 kg/m^sup 2^, with overweight being 25 to 29.9 kg/m^sup 2^ and obese being > 30 kg/ m^sup 2^. The dietary choices made by overweight and obese individuals are assumed to be higher in fat and less nutrient-dense than those made by individuals with lower body weight, yet no evidence links high dietary fat intake with long-term obesity.7,8

The college years are often the first time that students, living away from home, are faced with many different food choices. Most students are transitioning to independent living and are thus making their own food choices, which often results in poor eating habits.8 Against current dietary recommendations,9 college students typically consume a diet lacking in fruits, vegetables, and dairy products8,10- 13 and high in fat, sodium, and sugar.14,15 Students frequently have a diet of limited variety,16-19 snack,20,21 and consume fast food.20,22-24 To control weight, the student may develop a habit of skipping meals.24,25 These practices increase nutritional risk and unwanted weight gain for college students of all ages, as few differences in dietary intake exist between lower- and upperclassmen.26

Variety is one important aspect of total diet quality.27 Consuming many different foods from each food group increases the likelihood of meeting current dietary recommendations. 28 Moreover, consuming the same foods without variety in the food groups may be a factor in the increased prevalence of obesity.29

Reports of US college students’ quantified dietary intake are scarce.15 Several researchers30-32 have relied on 2 or 3 general questions to assess dietary intake. The 1995 National College Health Risk Behavior Survey used only 2 questions to assess dietary intake: (1) did you have 5 servings of fruit and vegetables yesterday? and (2) did you have = 2 servings of high-fat food yesterday?31,32 Simple questions such as these tend to underestimate mean daily consumption of fruits and vegetables by 1 serving or more33 and do not adequately assess dietary variety. Other researchers have focused on nutrient intake15,34 or only fruits and vegetables. 35 From a public health point of view, discussing groups of foods rather than specific nutrients may be more useful when introducing students to information on diet and health because a meal comprises several foods.34,36

Therefore, in this study, we examined dietary and lifestyle practices in college students across all BMI categories. Our purpose was to assess students’ weight status and the relationship between their BMI and dietary intake. Moreover, we investigated whether a difference exists in the kinds and groups of foods consumed among individuals in various BMI categories. We also examined how lifestyle habits relate to BMI.

METHODS

The university’s Institutional Review Board for the Protection of Human Participants in Research approved the protocol for this study, which we conducted during the first week of classes at a Canadian university. During implementation, a letter was read aloud and handed out with the Diet Variety Questionnaire (DVQ); implied student consent was given when students returned the survey. All students at this university are required to complete a semester of wellness education, and the class Principles of Nutrition fulfills the requirement. Therefore, we presumed that this course would generate a sample of students from a variety of majors. We asked all students in this nonmajor introductory nutrition class (N = 713) to complete a DVQ that included demographic, weight control, smoking, and anthropometric measures. On the DVQ, students identified which of the listed foods they had consumed in the past 3 days-1 day during the weekend and 2 days during the week.

The DVQ consisted of 42 items. Each food group was represented by foods that many college students commonly consume. We added an item to each food group for students who consumed foods other than those listed. For example, the dairy foods category contained 5 choices: milk, yogurt, cheese, ice cream and milk-based desserts, and other dairy products. The yes-no responses allowed us to assess variety from each food group and discretionary calories but did not allow quantification of calories and micronutrient intake. (Neither the concept of variety nor that of frequency requires minimum amounts to be set, if one assumes that quantitative estimates are not being made.) We previously pilot tested and validated the survey instrument by using 3-day food records from upper-level dietetics students (A. Brunt, PhD, unpublished data, October 2000).

Using Quetelet’s index,37 we calculated BMI from students’ self- reported height and weight. We excluded students who did not provide these measures. Self-reported height and weight were strongly correlated to measured height and weight (r2 = .98).38 Using goals set by Healthy People 2010, we divided BMI into 4 categories: underweight ( 30 kg/m^sup 2^).39

We combined each of the foods in specific categories to compare total variety within food groups. Total possible scores and category names (in parentheses) for the various food groups were 5 for dairy (all dairy); 7 for meat (all meat); 3 for meat alternatives, which included eggs, legumes, and nuts or seeds (all meat alternate); 5 for vegetables (all vegetables); 5 for fruits (all fruits); 7 for grains (all grains); and 7 for fatty, sugary snacks, including alcohol (all snacks). We did not place 2 other items-liquid supplements (eg, Slimfast) and water-in any food group.

We analyzed the data with SAS for the personal computer (version 9.1; SAS Institute Inc, Cary, NC), with a significance level set at p

RESULTS

Participants returned 557 usable surveys in which both height and weight were reported. Of the respondents, 60% were female. By comparison, 55% of the entire student body is male. Mean age was 21.3 +- 4.85 years, ranging from 18 to 56 years. Approximately 75% of the students were aged 21 years or younger (see Table 1 for additional descriptive characteristics). Most were white (96%), with the remaining racial groups divided among African American (1.5%), Native American (1.5%), and other (3%). By comparison, 90% of all students at this university, both graduate and undergraduate, are white; remaining racial percentages are similar to those in our study. Respondents included 29% freshman, 39% sophomores, and 32% upperclassmen. Approximately 60% of the respondents lived off campus, and 35% lived on campus. The remaining respondents lived off campus with their parents.

The mean BMI was 23.9 +- 4.5 kg/m^sup 2^, ranging from 16.5 to 44.4 kg/m^sup 2^. The median BMI was 23.1 kg/m^sup 2^. The mean BMI for men was 25.7 kg/m^sup 2^, compared with 22.7 kg/m^sup 2^ for women. Approximately 27% of the students (n = 148) were overweight, and 8% (n = 45) were obese. Another 8% (n = 43) were underweight, and the remainder (n = 321) were of healthy weight. Table 2 contains the distribution of BMI categories on the basis of sex and place of residence. The distribution of BMI categories was significantly different among male and female students and living arrangements. Men were almost 3 times more likely than women to be overweight or obese (55% vs 20%; p

According to students’ responses from the 3-day DVQ, at least 1 student consumed each of the 42 listed foods. Table 3 contains the mean variety score for each food group, both overall and by BMI category. The percentage of students consuming a serving or less from the fruit, meat, dairy, grain, or vegetable group was 33%, 17%, 10%, 9%, and 9%, respectively. Seven percent of respondents consumed no meat or meat alternatives; 6% consumed no more than 2 servings of fruits and vegetables combined. The majority (95%) of students consumed at least 2 servings of discretionary sweets or fats. Just as important, 60% of students consumed no alcohol in the 3 days prior to taking the DVQ.

We observed few differences in diet variety among the BMI groups; green leafy vegetables (p = .0115), white bread (p = .0440), liquid supplements (p = .0481), and all meats, which was the sum of all the meats listed (p = .0149), were the exception. Separating responses by sex, we found that the only foods significantly related to male BMI were poultry (p = .0150), beef (p = .0031), and other fruits, which included all fruits that were not citrus fruits, melons, and berries (p = .43). For women, we found no significant differences among the types of foods consumed by the 4 BMI groups.

On the basis of BMI, Table 4 lists the percentage of students who consumed each of the foods at least once, as well as the cumulative total of each food group. Our analysis showed that obese and overweight students were more likely to report consuming pork (p = .0461); lamb, veal, and game (p = .0314); and fish (p = .0004), with all meats significantly related to BMI across all 4 groups (p = .0015). Underweight students were likely to report consuming cheese (p = .0196), green leafy vegetables (p = .0437), and other vegetables (p = .0188). For men, only consumption of all meats (p = .0157) was related to being obese but not to being overweight. For women, consuming yogurt (p = .0177), green leafy vegetables (p = .0051), and all vegetables (which was the sum of all vegetables listed; p = .0350) was significant only for the underweight group.

Last, we compared diet variety in those who were underweight (the lowest quartile) with diet variety in those who were obese (the highest quartile). Students who were underweight consumed more cheese (p

COMMENT

Our purpose in this study was to compare differences in diet variety among BMI categories. The survey population was young, with 88% aged 24 years or younger. Approximately 27% (n = 148) were overweight, and 8% (n = 45) were obese. These percentages were similar to those found in the 1995 National College Health Risk Behavior Survey and other studies11,21,31 but much lower than those reported in the 2004 National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey III.3 Fifty-five percent of men and 20% of women had a BMI greater than 25 kg/m^sup 2^, which is similar to values observed by Silliman et al.21 Our respondents’ demographics (ie, sex and ethnicity) were similar to those of other universities in the US Midwest.26,32,34,35 Approximately 14% of students in our study smoked, which coincides with similar percentages (10% to 31%) in other studies.15 However, fewer students in our study than in others reported consuming alcohol.15 One explanation might be that this study took place on a dry campus (ie, alcohol consumption was prohibited) and because many students lived on campus, they did not consume alcohol. Moreover, only 25% of the respondents were of legal drinking age, which may have deterred some students from drinking alcohol.

Demographics associated with being overweight or obese were living off campus, being older, and being male. Overall, fruit variety was the most limited food group (with 33% reporting 1 or fewer daily servings); meat variety (17%) was the second-most limited. Ten percent of participants reported consuming 1 or fewer foods from each of the categories of grains, vegetables, and dairy products. These percentages indicate that there is room for improvement in college students’ dietary variety. Moreover, in regard to food type, 95% of all respondents reported consuming fatty, sugary, and salty snacks (ie, sources of discretionary calories). This finding coincides with that of Silliman et al,21 who also found that 95% of their participants consumed snacks at least once daily, with 31% snacking at least 3 times per day. These findings are worrisome, as snacking was coupled with low consumption of nutrient-dense foods-2 trends that increase the risk for developing chronic disease.

Our findings demonstrate significant differences in diet variety between those who are at a healthy weight and underweight compared with those who are overweight and obese. Students with higher BMIs reported a higher intake of pork, lamb, veal, game, and all meats; likewise, many of the saturated fats that Hendricks et al15 observed in participants’ diets were from meat. Furthermore, our participants with lower BMIs consumed more vegetables, especially green leafy vegetables. And in a review of adults’ dietary intake patterns, Togo et al36 found that a varied diet high in fruits and vegetables and low in meat and fat was associated with lower BMI. We found that these patterns develop before adulthood-at least by late adolescence.

A limitation of this study is the self-reported data. Students may have inaccurately reported dietary intake over the 3 days prior to the administration of the DVQ. Moreover, those 3 days may not be representative of participants’ usual dietary patterns. Furthermore, BMI is only a proxy measure of obesity, and using it instead of measures of body composition may result in misclassification. For example, a student who follows a strength-training regimen may be identified as overweight or obese yet may have a greater lean body mass than is estimated by BMI. Nevertheless, using self-reported height and weight is a common practice in epidemiological studies and enables researchers to predict obesity with reasonable accuracy.40 Study findings must be interpreted cautiously; however, our sizable sample suggests actual health risks in this age group.

Because weight loss programs have achieved only limited success,40,41 prevention of obesity is an important issue for all young adults. To ensure healthful dietary practice, nutrition education and healthy behaviors should start at least at the high school level. Healthy People 2010 recommends that postsecondary students receive information in 6 areas that carry significant health risks, and nutrition is one of those areas.39 Health promotion efforts should be targeted toward first-year college students because many are away from home for the first time. They need to be able to identify healthful foods and practice healthful dietary habits that encourage intake of a wide variety of foods. Health behavior change can be challenging; therefore, they also need social support and skill-building programs to assist with their behavior change. We must create an environment to make healthy positive choices. The early years of college are an important time to encourage individuals living healthful lifestyles and to develop interventions for individuals who could do better. Only changes at this level will reduce future chronic disease.

The authors are all with the Department of Health Nutrition and Exercise Sciences at North Dakota State University, Fargo.

Copyright (c) 2008 Heldref Publications

REFERENCES

1. Flegal KM, Carroll MD, Kuczmarski RJ, Johnson CL. Overweight and obesity in the United States: prevalence and trends, 1960-1994. Int J Obes. 1998;22:39-47.

2. Mokdad AH, Serdula MK, Dietz WH, Bowman BA, Marks JS, Koplan JP. The spread of the obesity epidemic in the United States, 1991- 1998. JAMA. 1999;282:1519-1522.

3. Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Curtin LR, McDowell MA, Tabak CJ, Flegal KM. Prevalence of overweight and obesity in the United States, 1999- 2004. JAMA. 2006;295:1549-1555.

4. Engeland A, Bjorge T, Tverdal D, Sogaard AJ. Obesity in adolescence and adulthood and the risk of adult mortality. Epidemiology. 2004;15:79-85.

5. Reilly JJ, Methven E, McDowell ZC, et al. Health consequences of obesity. Arch Dis Child. 2003;88:748-752.

6. National Research Council. Diet and Health: Implications for Reducing Chronic Disease Risk. Washington, DC: National Academies Press; 1989.

7. Willet WC. Is dietary fat a major determinant of body fat? Am J Clin Nutr. 1998;67: S556-S562.

8. Grace TW. Health problems of college students. J Am Coll Health. 1997;45:243-250.

9. Nicklas TA, Weaver C, Britten P, Stitzel K. The 2005 Dietary Guidelines Advisory Committee: developing a key message. J Am Diet Assoc. 2005;105:1418-1424.

10. Brevard PB, Ricketts CD. Residence of college students affects dietary intake, physical activity, and serum lipid levels. J Am Diet Assoc. 1996;96:35-38.

11. Anding JD, Suminski RR, Boss L. Dietary intake, body mass index, exercise, and alcohol: are college women following the Dietary Guidelines for Americans? J Am Coll Health. 2001;49:167- 171. 12. Dinger MK, Waigandt A. Dietary intake and physical activity behaviors of male of female college students. Am J Health Promot. 1997;11:360-362.

13. Haberman S, Luffey D. Weighing in college students’ diet and exercise behaviors. J Am Coll Health. 1998;46:189-191.

14. Harnack L, Stang J, Story M. Soft drink consumption among US children and adolescents: nutritional consequences. J Am Diet Assoc. 1999;99:436-441.

15. Hendricks KM, Herbold N, Fung T. Diet and other lifestyle behaviors in young college women. Nutr Res. 2004;24:981-991.

16. Huang Y, Song W, Schemmel R, Hoerr S. What do college students eat? Food selection and meal pattern. Nutr Res. 1994;14:1143-1153.

17. Pinto BM, Marcus BH. A stage of change approach to understanding college students’ physical activity. J Am Coll Health. 1995;44:27-31.

18. Evans AE, Sawyer-Morse MK, Betsinger A. Fruit and vegetable consumption among Mexican American college students. J Am Diet Assoc. 2000;100:1399-1402.

19. Schuette LK, Song WO, Hoerr SL. Quantitative use of the food guide pyramid to evaluate dietary intake in college students. J Am Diet Assoc. 1996;96:453-457.

20. Nicklas TA, Baranowski T, Cullen KW, Berenson G. Eating patterns, dietary quality and obesity. J Am Coll Nutr. 2001;20:599- 608.

21. Silliman K, Rodas-Fortier K, Neyman M. A survey of dietary and exercise habits and perceived barriers to following a lifestyle in a college population. Cal J Health Promot. 2004;2:10-19.

22. Hertzler A, Webb R, Frary R. Overconsumption of fat by college students, the fast food connection. Ecol Food Nutr. 1995;34:49-57.

23. Thompson OM, Ballew C, Resnicow K, Must A, Bandini LG, Cyr HDWH. Food purchased away from home as a predictor of change in BMI z score among girls. Int J Obes. 2004;28:282-289.

24. DeBate R, Topping M, Sargent R. Racial and gender differences in weight status and dietary practices among college students. Adolescence. 2001;36:819-833.

25. Sax LJ. Health trends among college freshmen. Health Trends. 1997;45:252-262.

26. Driskell JA, Kim Y-N, Goebel KJ. Few differences found in the typical eating and physical activity habits of lower-level and upperlevel university students. J Am Diet Assoc. 2005;105:798-801.

27. Dietary Guidelines for Americans, 2005. 5th ed. Washington, DC: US Dept of Agriculture and US Dept of Health and Human Services; 2005.

28. Krebs-Smith SM, Smiciklas-Wright H, Guthrie H, Krebs-Smith J. The effects of variety in food choices on dietary quality. J Am Diet Assoc. 1987;87:897-903.

29. Nicklas TA, Baranowski T, Cullen KW, Berenson G. Eating patterns, dietary quality and obesity. J Am Coll Nutr. 2001;20:599- 608.

30. Dinger MK. Physical activity and dietary intake among college students. Am J Health Stud. 1999;15:139-148.

31. Lowry R, Galuska DA, Fulton JE, Wechsler H, Kann L, Collins JL. Physical activity, food choice, and weight management goals and practices among US college students. Am J Prev Med. 2000;18:18-27.

32. Racette SB, Deusinger SS, Strube MJ, Highstein GR, Deusinger RH. Weight changes, exercise, and dietary patterns during freshman and sophomore years of college. J Am Coll Health. 2005;53:245-251.

33. Smith-Warner SA, Elmer PJ, Fosdick L, Tharp TM, Randall B. Reliability and comparability of three dietary assessment methods for estimating fruit and vegetable intakes. Epidemiology. 1999;8:196- 201.

34. Butler SM, Black DR, Blue CL, Gretebeck RJ. Change in diet, physical activity, and body weight in female college freshman. Am J Health Behav. 2004;28:24-32.

35. Huang T, Harris K, Lee R, Nazir N, Born W, Kaur H. Assessing overweight, obesity, diet, and physical activity in college students. J Am Coll Health. 2003;52:83-86.

36. Togo P, Osler M, Sorensen TIA, Heitmann BL. Food intake patterns and body mass index in observational studies. Int J Obes. 2001;25:1741-1751.

37. Garrow J, Webster J. Quetelet’s index (W/H2) as a measure of fatness. Int J Obes. 1985;9:147-153.

38. Burckes-Miller ME, Black DR. Male and female college athletes: prevalence of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. Athl Training. 1988;22:137-140.

39. Healthy People 2010. Washington, DC: US Dept of Health and Human Services; 2000.

40. Strauss RS. Self-reported weight status and dieting in a cross-sectional sample young adolescents: National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey 3. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 1999;153:741-747.

41. Anderson JW, Konz EC, Frederich RC, Wood CL. Longterm weight- loss maintenance: a meta-analysis of US studies. Am J Clin Nutr. 2001;74:579-584.

Ardith Brunt, PhD; Yeong Rhee, PhD; Li Zhong, MS

NOTE

For comments and further information, address correspondence to Dr Ardith Brunt, North Dakota State University, Health, Nutrition and Exercise Sciences, 351 EML, Fargo, ND 58105, USA (e-mail: [email protected]).

Copyright Heldref Publications May/Jun 2008

(c) 2008 Journal of American College Health. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

How Stem Cells Decide What To Become

New evidence supports a ‘systems’ view — and gives a glimpse at how it works

How does a stem cell decide what specialized identity to adopt ““ or simply to remain a stem cell? A new study suggests that the conventional view, which assumes that cells are “instructed” to progress along prescribed signaling pathways, is too simplistic. Instead, it supports the idea that cells differentiate through the collective behavior of multiple genes in a network that ultimately leads to just a few endpoints ““ just as a marble on a hilltop can travel a nearly infinite number of downward paths, only to arrive in the same valley.

The findings, published in the May 22 issue of Nature, give a glimpse into how that collective behavior works, and show that cell populations maintain a built-in variability that nature can harness for change under the right conditions. The findings also help explain why the process of differentiating stem cells into specific lineages in the laboratory has been highly inefficient.

Led by Sui Huang, MD, PhD, a Visiting Associate Professor in the Children’s Hospital Boston Vascular Biology Program (now also on the faculty of the University of Calgary), and Hannah Chang, an MD/PhD student in Children’s Vascular Biology Program, the researchers examined how blood stem cells “decide” to become white blood cell progenitors or red blood cell progenitors.

They began by examining populations of seemingly identical blood stem cells, and found that a cell marker of “stemness,” a protein called Sca-1, was actually present in highly variable amounts from cell to cell ““ in fact, they found a 1,000-fold range. One might think that low Sca-1 cells are simply those cells that have spontaneously differentiated. However, when Huang and Chang divided the cells expressing low, medium and high levels of Sca-1 and cultured them, each descendent cell population recapitulated the same broad range of Sca-1 levels over nine days or more, regardless of what levels they started with.

“We then asked, are these cells also biologically different?” says Huang, the paper’s senior author. “And it turned out they were dramatically different in differentiation.”

Blood stem cells with low levels of Sca-1 differentiated into red blood cell progenitors seven times more often than cells high in Sca-1 when exposed to erythropoietin, a growth factor that promotes red blood cell production. Conversely, when stem cells were exposed to granulocyte”“macrophage colony-stimulating factor, which stimulates white blood cell formation, those that were highest in Sca-1 were the most likely to become white cells. Yet, in both experiments, all three groups of cells retained characteristics of stem cells.

Huang and Chang then looked at the proteins GATA1 and PU.1, transcription factors that normally favor differentiation into red and white blood cells, respectively. Blood stem cells that were low in Sca-1 (and most prone to become red blood cells) had much more GATA1 than did the high- and medium-Sca-1 cells. Stem cells high in Sca-1 (and least prone to become red blood cells) had the highest levels of PU.1.

But most important, the differences in Sca-1, GATA1 and PU.1 levels across the three cell groups became less pronounced over time, as did the variability in the cells’ propensity to differentiate, suggesting that the differences are transient.

In a final step, Huang and Chang used microarrays to look at the cells’ entire genome. Again, they found tremendous variability within the apparently uniform cell population: more than 3,900 genes were differentially expressed (turned “on” or “off”) between the low- and high-Sca-1 cells. And again, this variability was dynamic: the differences diminished over time, with gene activity in both the low- and high-Sca-1 cells becoming more like that in the middle group.

Together, the findings make the case that a slow fluctuation or cycling of gene activity tends to maintain cells in a stable state, while also priming them to differentiate when conditions are right.

“Even if cells are officially genetically identical and belong to the same clone, individual members of that population are quite different at any given time,” says Huang. “This heterogeneity has usually been seen as random “Ëœmeasurement noise,’ and, more recently, as “Ëœgene expression noise.’ But it turns out to be very important, and is the basis for stem cells’ multipotency ““ their ability to differentiate into multiple lineages.”

“Nature has created an incredibly elegant and simple way of creating variability, and maintaining it at a steady level, enabling cells to respond to changes in their environment in a systematic, controlled way,” adds Chang, first author on the paper.

Practically speaking, the work suggests that stem cell biologists may need to change their approach to differentiating stem cells in the laboratory for therapeutic applications.

“So far the process has been highly inefficient ““ only 10 to 50 percent of cells respond to the hormone or whatever is given to make them differentiate,” Huang says. “That is because of the cells’ inherent heterogeneity. People have been finding more and more sophisticated stimulator cocktails, but we could make the process more efficient by harnessing the heterogeneity and identifying cells that are already highly poised to differentiate.”

Chang has already done follow-up experiments showing that stem cell differentiation can be made dramatically more efficient by choosing the right subpopulation of stem cells and stimulating them promptly, while they are most apt to differentiate. “I’m not doing anything complicated ““ just using what nature already has,” she says.

But the findings also challenge biologists to change how they think about biological processes. The work supports the idea of biological systems moving toward a stable “attractor state,” a concept borrowed from physics. In this case, blood stem cells tend to remain blood stem cells, yet they experience inherent fluctuations in gene activity and protein production that can sometimes be enough to tip the balance and cause them to fall into other attractor states ““ namely, red or white blood cell progenitors. Specific growth factors can tip the balance, but these factors are part of an overall landscape that guides cells toward different destinies. A marble going downhill will eventually end up in a valley, but which valley it falls into depends on the shape of the landscape.

“Growth or differentiation factors merely increases the probability that a cell will grow or differentiate,” says Donald Ingber, MD, PhD, a co-author on the paper who, with Huang, served as Chang’s mentor on the project. “Cell differentiation is an ensemble property, a collective behavior, inherent in the system’s architecture and set of regulatory interactions.”

A previous study by Huang established, for the first time, that a given cell can exhibit a very different pattern of gene activity from its neighbor, taking a very different path through the landscape, yet end up in the same valley. He and his colleagues exposed precursor cells to two completely different drugs (DMSO and retinoic acid) and closely monitored the cells’ gene expression. Both groups of cells eventually differentiated to become neutrophils (a type of white blood cell), but the molecular paths they took and their patterns of gene expression were completely different until day seven, when they finally converged.

The landscape analogy and collective “decision-making” are concepts unfamiliar to biologists, who have tended to focus on single genes acting in linear pathways. This made the work initially difficult to publish, notes Huang. “It’s hard for biologists to move from thinking about single pathways to thinking about a landscape, which is the mathematical manifestation of the entirety of all the possible pathways,” he says. “A single pathway is not a good way to understand a whole process. Our goal has been to understand the driving force behind it.”

Image Caption: When exposed to a growth factor, a blood stem cell, represented by a blue marble, falls into a new “attractor state,” depicted as a valley in a landscape, to become a red blood cell. Different influences, such as differentiation factors, can lead stem cells to the same attractor state, but each cell can take very different paths though the landscape to get there (just as a marble might take a different path each time it rolls down a hill).

On the Net:

www.childrenshospital.org

Exoplanet Hunt Update

Two new exoplanets and an unknown celestial object are the latest findings of the COROT mission. These discoveries mean that the mission has now found a total of four new exoplanets.
 
These results were presented this week at the IAU symposium 253 in Massachusetts, USA.

COROT has now been operating for 510 days, and the mission started observations of its sixth star field at the beginning of May this year. During this observation phase, which will last 5 months, the spacecraft will simultaneously observe 12 000 stars.

The two new planets are gas giants of the hot Jupiter type, which orbit very close to their parent star and tend to have extensive atmospheres because heat from the nearby star gives them energy to expand. 

In addition, an oddity dubbed “ËœCOROT-exo-3b’ has raised particular interest among astronomers. It appears to be something between a brown dwarf, a sub-stellar object without nuclear fusion at its core but with some stellar characteristics, and a planet. Its radius is too small for it to be a super-planet.

If it is a star, it would be among the smallest ever detected. Follow-up observations from the ground have pinned it at 20 Jupiter massses. This makes it twice as dense as the metal Platinum.

Scientists suspect that with the detection of COROT-exo-3b, they might just have discovered the missing link between stars and planets.

COROT has also detected extremely faint signals that, if confirmed, could indicate the existence of another exoplanet, as small as 1.7 times Earth’s radius.

This is an encouraging sign in the delicate and difficult search for small, rocky exoplanets that COROT has been designed for.
 
About COROT
 
COROT was launched atop the Soyuz from the Baikonour cosmodrome in Kazakhstan on 27 December 2006. Settled in its almost-circular polar orbit ranging between 895 and 906 km above Earth’s surface, the spacecraft was first powered on 2 January 2007 and started its science observations on 3 February of the same year.

COROT is a CNES project with ESA participation. The other major partners in this mission are Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Germany and Spain.

Neuralgic Amyotrophy

By Sathasivam, S Lecky, B; Manohar, R; Selvan, A

Neuralgic amyotrophy is an uncommon condition characterised by the acute onset of severe pain in the shoulder and arm, followed by weakness and atrophy of the affected muscles, and sensory loss as the pain subsides. The diversity of its clinical manifestations means that it may present to a variety of different specialties within medicine. This article describes the epidemiology, aetiopathogenesis, clinical features, differential diagnoses, investigations, treatment, course and prognosis of the condition. Neuralgic amyotrophy was described by Dreschfeld in 1887.1 He reported recurrent episodes of the condition in two sisters.1 Several other reports followed,2-6 but it was Parsonage and Turner7 who clearly detailed the clinical aspects of the condition in a cohort of 136 patients in 1948. Many case reports and series of patients with neuralgic amyotrophy have been described, expanding the clinical variants and nomenclature. It has been referred to as the Parsonage-Turner syndrome, acute brachial neuropathy, acute brachial plexitis, brachial plexus neuropathy, cryptogenic brachial neuropathy, idiopathic brachial plexopathy, idiopathic brachial neuritis, localised neuritis of the shoulder girdle, multiple neuritis of the shoulder girdle, paralytic brachial neuritis, serum neuritis, shoulder girdle neuritis and the shoulder girdle syndrome.

The diversity of presenting features means that patients with neuralgic amyotrophy may be seen by orthopaedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, neurologists, internal medicine physicians, accident and emergency physicians, general practitioners, sports medicine specialists, obstetricians and respiratory physicians.

Epidemiology

The incidence of neuralgic amyotrophy is approximately two to three per 100 000 person-years.8,9 It has been described in patients aged between three months10 and 81 years,11 with the highest incidence occurring in the third and seventh decades.10-12 Males are more commonly affected than females in ratios ranging between 2:1 and 11.5:1.10,13

Aetiology

Neuralgic amyotrophy exists as an idiopathic and a hereditary form. Although the aetiology of the idiopathic form is unknown, various antecedent events, or factors which may trigger an immune- mediated process, have been proposed to contribute to its development. Infection has preceded the development of symptoms in 25% to 55% of patients.10,13-15 A history of antecedent immunisation has been recorded in 15% of cases.7,10 Strenuous exercise has been undertaken prior to the onset of symptoms in approximately 8% of cases in two large series.10,16 Post-surgical neuralgic amyotrophy is well-recognised after operations in areas remote from the shoulder girdle.6,7,16,17 It has occurred during pregnancy andpostpartum.14,16,18,19

Idiopathic neuralgic amyotrophy may be a result of an autoimmune process. A study showed that lymphocytes of patients with the condition increased their blastogenic activity in cultures with nerve extracts from different nerves of the brachial plexus and their branches, but not in cultures with extracts of nerves from the sacral plexus.20 Another study showed an increase in complement- fixing antibodies to peripheral nerve myelin in the acute phase in three patients with neuralgic amyotrophy.21 The results of these two studies have yet to be replicated.22

The hereditary form of the condition is an autosomal dominant recurrent neuropathy affecting the brachial plexus. It is the first monogenic disease caused by defects in a septin family gene. Mutations in the gene septin 9 on chromosome 17q25 have been found in several families with hereditary neuralgic amyotrophy.23 Gene septin 9 is a member of the cytoskeleton-related septin family, which is highly expressed in glial cells in neuronal tissues. Sequence alterations in septin 9 may disrupt various cellular processes, leading to abnormal cytoskeleton events and signalling.24

Table I. Differential diagnoses of neuralgic amyotrophy

Clinical features

The characteristic clinical presentation is an acute, severe burning pain in the shoulder or arm lasting for several days or weeks, followed by muscle weakness, atrophy and sensory loss as the pain diminishes. However, this temporal profile is not universal. Symptomatic bilateral involvement of the brachial plexus occurs in approximately 30% of cases and is usually asymmetrical.7,10,16 Most of these patients note bilateral pain either simultaneously or within 24 hours.25,26 However, it is not uncommon for patients to present with bilateral neuralgic amyotrophy with only one side being symptomatic.27

Pain

Pain was the first symptom in 90% of cases in a study of 246 patients with neuralgic amyotrophy.16 The four loci for initial pain were in the shoulder or radiating from the shoulder to the arm (39.7%), from the neck radiating into the arms (35.4%), from the scapular or posterior chest wall region radiating to the arm or anterior chest wall or both (18.8%), or confined to a distribution in the lower plexus (6.1%). The pain is typically severe and unrelenting, often waking patients from sleep. It is commonly worsened by movement of the shoulder or arm, resulting in patients holding the arm with the elbow flexed and the shoulder adducted.28 A helpful feature in distinguishing neuralgic amyotrophy from cervical radiculopathy is that with a VaIsalva manoeuvre, the aggravation of the pain is typically less in the former.26 The pain may last for more than eight weeks. 6 Minimal or no pain is uncommon in neuralgic amyotrophy.29

Weakness and atrophy

Weakness develops within 24 hours in approximately one third of cases.16 In approximately 70%, it occurs within the first two weeks of the onset of pain.10,16 It characteristically worsens as the pain subsides. Weakness affecting the distribution of the upper part of the brachial plexus, either with or without involvement of the long thoracic nerve is the most common pattern.1,10,16 The muscles commonly affected include the infraspinatus, supraspinatus, serratus anterior, biceps, deltoid and triceps.6,10,13,16,27 [t is well recognised that individual nerves can be affected in isolation or several at a time, mimicking a ‘mononeuritis multiplex’ pattern.26 This may occur in 75% of cases.14 Isolated involvement of a particular nerve, for example, the anterior interosseous branch of the median nerve, has also been described.30,31 Unilateral or bilateral phrenic neuropathy resulting in paralysis of the diaphragm may occur in isolation or in association with other nerve involvement.32-35 Hemidiaphragmatic paralysis may be present on the contralateral side to the affected extremity. Involvement of cranial nerves VII, IX, X, XI and XII has also been reported.14,34-37

Sensory involvement

Sensory involvement may occur in 78% of cases.16 Hypoaesthesia or a combination of paraesthesia and hypoaesthesia are the most common complaints,”‘ seen most often over the deltoid and lateral aspect of the upper arm and the radial aspect of the forearm.10,13,16,27 Isolated sensory manifestations have been described in eight patients; in three, the lateral cutaneous nerve of the forearm was affected, while partial involvement of the distal median nerve was documented in the orher five.

Autonomic dysfunction

Signs of involvement of the peripheral autonomic nervous system, such as vegetative and trophic skin changes, oedema at the onset of the attack, temperature dysregulation, increased sweating and changes in nail or hair growth were documented in approximately 15% of a series of 246 cases.16 In addition, one patient with hereditary neuralgic amyotrophy suffered a persistent Horner’s syndrome combined with involvement of the brachial plexus.39

Craniofacial and cutaneous findings

Minor dysmorphic features including hypotelorism, palate and unusual skin folds have been observed in some patients with the hereditary form of the condition.40,41

Differential diagnosis

The diagnosis of neuralgic amyotrophy can be challenging, especially in the early stages. There are many differential diagnoses (Table I). It can mimic other conditions which cause acute pain and weakness around the shoulder. The pain can be so severe that patients may be investigated for myocardial infarction. The correct diagnosis is important to avoid unwarranted treatment, including inappropriate surgery.

Investigations

Blood tests occasionally reveal abnormalities including elevated liver enzymes and positive antiganglioside antibodies, ‘6 although the significance of these remains unclear. Examination of the cerebrospinal fluid is usually normal, although mildly elevated protein, slight pleocytosis and oligoclonal bands have been reported.10,13,16 A chest radiograph is useful to exclude a Pancoast tumour of the lung and may detect an elevated hemidiaphragm caused by involvement of the phrenic nerve. An MRI of the cervical spine may reveal cervical disc disease or cervical root lesions, and of the shoulder may identify other causes of pain at this site such as rotator cuff tears, lahral tears, impingement syndromes or other local lesions. Abnormalities in the musculature of the shoulder girdle related to denervation may be detected. The mechanism and time course of changes in the signal intensity of the muscles on MRI are not fully understood. In the acute phase of denervation, the intensity may be normal.42 The earliest detectable change in denervated muscles is a diffuse increase of the T^sub 2^-weighted signal as a result of oedema, without a T^sub 1^-weighted change.42- 44 In the subacute and chronic stages of denervation, the T^sub 2^- weighted changes persist and muscle atrophy may develop.42,43,45 Atrophy is suggested by a reduced muscle mass and an increase in the intramuscular linear T^sub 1^weighted signal because of fatty infiltration, which may return to normal several months after the chronic stage. An increased T^sub 2^-weighted signal in the supraspinatus, infraspinatus and deltoid muscles at initial presentation and T^sub 1^-weighted changes of atrophy without fatty infiltration during follow-up, were reported in three cases.46 A retrospective study of 27 patients with neuralgic amyotrophy showed T^sub 1^- and T^sub 2^-weighted signal changes in the muscles compatible with predominant involvement of the suprascapular (supraspinatus and infraspinatus) and axillary (deltoid and teres minor) nerves. These changes matched or nearly matched electromyographic changes where these were available.” Similarly, in another retrospective study of 26 cases, T^sub 1^- and T^sub 2^- weighted signal changes were most commonly seen in the supraspinatus, infraspinatus, deltoid and teres minor muscles.47 Conventional MRI of the brachial plexus is not sensitive enough to identify pathological changes in neuralgic amyotrophy. Of 50 patients studied in one series, focal T^sub 2^ hyperintensities in two patients and focal thickening of the plexus in one patient were detected.16 Magnetic resonance neurography provides better image resolution. Using this technique in an acute case of neuralgic amyotrophy, the affected brachial plexus was found to be thickened and hyperintense, while in a chronic case there was also hyperintensity.

Electrophysiological evaluation is useful for the diagnosis of neuralgic amyotrophy and to distinguish it from cervical root lesions. It is helpful in localising the symptoms to the brachial plexus. Nerve conduction studies and needle electromyography are best performed at least three weeks after the onset of symptoms.26 Nerve conduction velocities are usually normal, although proximal conduction block has been recorded,50,51 although the primary pathology is thought to be axonal degeneration.10,52 In three of five cases with proximal conduction block, there was complete resolution of the block when the studies were repeated three to nine months later, suggesting that in some cases demyelination may predominate in the early stages.50,51 Delayed distal latencies and a decreased amplitude of compound muscle action potentials may also be seen.14,15,38,53 Electromyography reveals acute denervation, indicating axonal degeneration, with positive sharp waves and fibrillation potentials three to four weeks after the onset of symptoms.14,25,27 Electromyography performed three to four months after the initial symptoms may show chronic denervation and early reinnervation with polyphasic motor unit potentials.54

Treatment

Corticosteroids may reduce the time to the start of improvement of weakness, although treated patients appeared to suffer more attacks than untreated ones. Corticosteroids may reduce pain in the early stages.10,16 Analgesics may also be helpful, with a combination of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory and an opiate appearing to be best.16 Physiotherapy and rehabilitative exercises are recommended as the pain subsides and the weakness improves,26 although these measures have not been shown to hasten recovery.

Course and prognosis

Some studies have recorded that between 80% and 90% of patients had recovered after two to three years.10,14,55 However, others have suggested a less favourable outcome with less than 50% of patients recovering fully from pain or weakness after six years.16,56 Recurrence has been reported in between 5% and 26% of patients with idiopathic neuralgic amyotrophy,10,16 although referral bias may have affected the study with the higher figure.16

References

1. Dreschfeld J. On some of the rarer forms of muscular atrophies. Brain 1887;9:187-9

2. Feinberg J. Fall von Erb-Klumpke scher: lahmung nach influenza Centralbl 1897;16:588-637.

3. Bramwell E, Struthers JW. Paralysis of the serratus magnus and lower part of the trapezius muscles. Rev Neurol Psychiat 1903;1:717- 30.

4. Richardson JS. Serratus magnus palsy. Lancet 1942;1:618.

5. Wyburn-Mason R. Brachial neuritis occurring in epidemic form. Lancet 1941;1:6623.

6. Spillane JD. Localised neuritis of the shoulder girdle: a report of 46 cases in the MEF. Lancet 1943;2:532-5

7. Parsonage MJ, Turner JWA. Neuralgic amyotrophy: the shoulder- girdle syndrome. Lancet 948;1:973-8.

8. Beghi E, Kurland LT, Mulder DW, Nicolosi A. Brachial plexus neuropathy in the population of Rochester, Minnesota 1970-1981. Ann Neurol 1985;18:320-3.

9. MacDonald BK, Cockerell OC, Sander JW, Shorvon SD. The incidence and lifelime prevalence of neurological disorders in a prospective community-based study in the UK. Brain 2000;123:665-76.

10. Tsairis P, Dyck PJ, Mulder DW. Natural history of brachial plexus neuropathy: report on 99 patients. Arch Neurol 1972;27:109- 17.

11. Gaskin CM, Helms CA. Parsonage-Turner syndrome. MR imaging findings and clinical information of 27 patients. Radiology 2006;240:501-7.

12. van Allen N. The neuralgic amyotrophy consultation. J Neurol 2007;254:695-704.

13. Magee KR, DeJong RN. Paralytic brachial neuritis: discussion of clinical features with review of 23 cases. JAMA 1960;174:1258- 62.

14. Cruz-Martinez A, Barrio M, Arpa J. Neuralgic amyotrophy: variable expression in 40 patients. J Peripher; Nerve Syst 2002;7:198-204.

15. Mullins GM, O’Sullivan SS, Neligan A, et al. Non-traumatic brachial plexopathies, clinical, radiological and neurophysiological findings from a tertiary centre. Clin Neurol Neurosurg 2007;109:661- 6.

16. van Allen N, van Engelen BGM. The clinical spectrum of neuralgic amyotrophy in 246 cases. Brain 2006;129:438-50.

17. Malamut RI, Marques W, England JD, Sumner AJ. Postsurgical idiopathic brachial neuritis. Muscle Nerve 1994;17:320-4.

18. Ungley CC. Recurrent polyneuritis in pregnancy and the puerperium affecting three members of a family. J Neurol Psychopathology 1933;14:15-26.

19. Lederman RJ, Wilbourn AJ. Postpartum neuralgic amyotrophy. Neurology 1996;47:1213-19

20. Sierra A, Prat J, Bas J, et al. Blood lymphocytes are sensitized to brachial plexus nerves in patients with neuralgic amyotrophy. Acta Neurol Scand 1991;83:183-6.

21. Vriesendorp FJ, Dmytrenko GS, Dietrich T, Koski CL. Anti- peripheral nerve myelin antibodies and terminal activation products of complement in serum of patients with acute brachial plexus neuropathy. Arch Neurol 1993;50:1301-3

22. England JD. The variations of neuralgic amyotrophy. Muscle Nerve 1999;22:435-6.

23. Kuhlenbaumer G, Hannibal MC, Nelis E. Mutations in SEPT9 cause hereditary neuralgic amyotrophy. Nat Genet 2005;37:1044-6.

24. Sudo K, Ito H, Iwamoto I, et al. SEPT9 sequence alternations causing hereditary neuralgic amyotrophy are associated with altered interactions with SEP4/SEPT11 and resistance to Rho/Rhotekin- signalmg. Hum Mutat 2007;28:1005-13.

25. Vanermen B, Aertgeerts M, Hoogmartens M, Fabry G. The syndrome of Parsonage and Turner discussion of clinical features with a review of 8 cases. Acta Orthop Belg 1991;57:414-19

26. Rubin DI. Neuralgic amyotrophy clinical features and diagnostic evaluation. Neurologist 2001;7:350-6.

27. Dillin L, Hoaglund FT, Scheck M. Brachial neuritis. J Bone Joint Surg [Am] 1985;67-A:878-90.

28. Waxman SG. The flexion-adduction sign in neuralgic amyotrophy. Neurology 1979;29:301-4.

29. Schott GD. A chronic and painless form of idiopathic brachial plexus neuropathy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1983;46:555-7

30. Kilon LG, Nevin S. Isolated neuritis of the anterior interosseous nerve. Br Med J 1952;1:850-1.

31. Rennels GD, Ochoa J. Neuralgic amyotrophy manifesting as anterior interosseous nerve palsy. Muscle Nerve 1980;3:160-4.

32. Lahrmann H, Grisold W, Authier FJ, Zifko UA. Neuralgic amyotrophy with phrenic nerve involvement. Muscle Nerve 1999;22:437- 42.

33. Tsao BE, Ostrovskiy DA, Wilbourn AJ, Shields RW Jr. Phrenic neuropathy dug to neuralgic amyotropby. Neurology 2006;66:1582-4.

34. Dinsmore WW, Irvine AK, Callender ME. Recurrent neuralgic amyotraphy with vagus and phrenic nerve involvement. Clin Neurol Neurosurg 1985;87;39-40.

35. Chen YM, Hu GC, Cheng SJ. Bilateral neuralgic amyotrophy presenting with left vocal cord and phrenic nerve paralysis. J Formos Med Assoc 2007;106:680-4.

36. To WC, Traquina DN. Neuralgic amyotrophy presenting with bilateral vocal cord paralysis in a child: a case report. Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol 1999;48:251-4.

37. Pierre PA, Laterre CE, Van den Bergh PY. Neuralgic amyotrophy with involvement of cranial nerves IX, X, XI, XII. Muscle Nerve 1990;13:704-7.

38. Seror P. Isolated sensory manifestations in neuralgic amyotrophy: report of eight cases. Muscle Nerve 2004;29:134-8.

39. van Alfen N, van Engelen BG, Reinders JW, Kremer H, Gabreels FJ. The natural history of hereditary neuralgic amyotrophy in the Dutch population: two distinct types? Brain 2000;123:718-23.

40. Airaksinen EM, Livanainen M, Karli P, Sainio K, Haltia M. Hereditary recurrent brachial plexus neuropathy with dysmorphic features. Acta Neurol Scand 1985;71.309-16.

41. Jeannet PY, Watts GD, Bird TD, Chance PF. Craniofacial and cutaneous findings expand the phenotype of hereditary neuralgic amyotraphy. Neurology 2001;57:19638.

42. Uetani M, Hayashi K, Matsunaga N, Imamura K, Ito N. Denervated skeletal muscle: MR imaging, work in progress. Radiology 1993;189:511-15.

43. Fleckenstein JL, Watumull O, Conner KE, et al. Denervated human skeletal muscle: MR imaging evaluation. Radiology 1993;187:213- 18.

44. West GA, Haynor DR, Goodkin R, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging signal changes in denervated muscles after peripheral nerve injury. Neurosurgery 1994;35:1077-85 45. Sallomi D, Janzen DL Munk PL, Connell DG, Tirman PF. Muscle denervation patterns in upper limb nerve injuries: MR imaging findings and anatomic basis. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1998;171:779-84

46. Helms CA, Martinez S, Speer KP. Acute brachial neuritis (Parsonage-Turner syndrome). MR imaging: report of three cases. Radiology 1998;207:255-9.

47. Scalf RE. Wenger DE, Frick MA, Mandrokar JN, Adkins MC. MRI findings of 26 patients with Parsonage-Turner syndrome. AJR Am J Roenigenol 2007;189-39-44.

48. Duman I, Givenc I, Kalyon TA. Neuralgic amyotrophy, diagnosed with magnetic resonance neurography in acute stage: a case report and review of the literature. Neurologist 2007;13:219-21.

49. Sankaya S, Sumer M, Ozdolap S, Erdem CZ. Magnetic resonance neurography diagnosed brachial plexitis: a case report Arch Phys Med Rehabil 2005;86:1058-9

50. Lo YL, Mills KR. Motor rooi conduction in neuralgic amyotrophy: evidence of proximal conduction block. J Neural Neurosurg Psychiatry 1999;66:586-90

51. Watson BV, Nicolle MW, Brown JD. Conduction block in neuralgic amyotrophy. Muscle Nerve 2001;24:559-63.

52. Bradley WG, Madrid R, Thrush DC, Campbell MJ. Recurrent brachial plexus neuropathy. Brain 1975;98:381-98.

53. Walsh NE, Dumitru D, Kalantri A, Roman AM Jr. Brachial neuritis involving the bilateral phrenic nerves. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 1987;68:46-8.

54. Aymond JK, Goldner JL, Hardaker WT Jr. Neuralgic amyotrophy Orthop Rev 1989;18:1275-9.

55. Tonali P, Uncini A, Di Pasqua PG. So-called neuralgic amyotrophy. clinical features and long term follow-up. Ital J Neurol Sci 1983;4:431-7.

56. Geertzen JH, Groothoff JW, Nicolai JP, Rietman JS. Brachial plexus neuropathy: a long-term outcome study. J Hand Surgery [Br] 2000;25:4610-4.

S. Sathasivam,

B. Lecky,

R. Manohar,

A. Selvan

From The Walton

Centre for Neurology

and Neurosurgery,

Liverpool, England

* S. Sathasivarn, MRCP(UK),

PhD, Consultant Neurologist

* B. Lecky, MD, FRCP,

Consultant Neurologist

Department of Neurology

* R. Manohar, MRCP(UK),

Specialist Registrar in

Neurophysiologv

* A. Selvan, DM, MRCP(UK),

Consultant Neurophysiologist

Department of

Neurophysiologv

The Wallon Centre for

Neurology and Neurosurgery,

Lower Lane, Liverpool L9 7LJ,

UK.

Correspondence should be sent to Mr S. Sathasivam; e-mail: sivakumar.sathasivam@ thewaltoncentre.nhs.uk

(c)2008 British Editorial Societv of Bone and Joint Surgery

doi:10.1302/0301-620X.90B5. 20411 $2.00

J Bone Joint Surg [Br] 2008;90-B;550-3.

Copyright British Editorial Society of Bone & Joint Surgery May 2008

(c) 2008 Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery; British volume. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Flu Getting Stronger, More Resistant

Infectious disease experts announced Monday that seasonal flu viruses are growing resistant to antiviral drugs. While the problem is worldwide, Europe is the worst affected by the resistant viruses, they told a meeting of the Infectious Diseases Society of America.

“A significant proportion of resistant viruses were observed in Europe this winter,” Dr. Bruno Lina of Claude Bernard University in Lyons, France, told the audience.

The resistance varies by strain, with one in four H1N1 flu viruses resistant in Europe and about one in ten in the United States. There are far fewer cases of H3N2 and influenza B resistant viruses, the experts reported.

Already known to mutate rapidly, flu viruses may be even more unpredictable than previously believed, they said.

Health experts fear antiviral drugs may quickly become unable to combat a severe flu season or the appearance of a new strain, something that might result in a pandemic. They urge the need to develop new flu drugs, with better and faster methods to make vaccines.

The World Health Organization (WHO) and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) have been gathering samples of the annual flu viruses to track them against the four available flu drugs: rimantadine, amantadine and the newer drugs Tamiflu and Relenza. Roche AG’s Tamiflu, known generically as oseltamivir, is a pill that can treat symptoms and also prevent infection.

But according to Lina, the viruses changed quickly over the past 2007-2008 flu season.

“We started with something like 10 percent in Europe,” he said, adding that in April of this year 25 percent of the viruses were Tamiflu-resistant.

“U.S. flu viruses developed a sudden ability to evade the effects of the older drugs amantadine and rimantadine during the 2005-2006 flu season,” Dr. Larisa Gubareva of the CDC told Reuters.

In fact, in 2006 the CDC said no one should use the drugs any more.

Experts were optimistic about two newer drugs ““ Tamiflu and GlaxoSmithKline’s Relenza, known generically as zanamivir ““ but resistance to Tamiflu is already being observed.

Lina’s team analyzed more than 2,600 samples of flu viruses from European patients, and found puzzling patterns of resistance that appeared to be unrelated to the actual use of Tamiflu.

For instance in Paris, more than half of those tested carried the mutation that would give resistance to Tamiflu, compared with only 29 percent in southeastern France.

“Which makes absolutely no sense,” said Lina, noting that patients exhibited no difference in symptoms whether infected with resistant virus or not.

“It’s difficult to understand. I have no idea why these viruses emerged,” he said.

In Europe, the most resistant viruses were the H1N1.

Gubareva said tests across the U.S., Canada and Mexico showed very rapid development of drug resistance among H1N1 viruses.   As of May 15, resistant viruses had been detected in 18 out of the 43 U.S. states where virus samples were tested, she said.   In Canada, resistant viruses were found in nine of 13 provinces.  However, only 6 percent of H3N2 and influenza B samples tested in the three countries showed the genetic mutations for Tamiflu resistance, she said.

On the Net:

Infectious Diseases Society of America

Billings Clinic Selects Compliance 360 for Risk and Compliance Management

Compliance 360, the most widely used provider of compliance and risk management software in the health care industry, announces Billings Clinic has selected the Compliance 360 solution for the management of their compliance and risk program.

Billings Clinic serves communities in Montana, Wyoming and North Dakota and is the region’s largest multi-specialty health care organization. With over thirty five facilities and affiliates in the region, their large geographical presence contributed to their need for a comprehensive internet based, on demand software for their compliance, regulatory and risk management program.

Key goals for Billings Clinic include automation and standardization of Policy Management, Contract Management and the implementation of a consistent Enterprise Risk Management methodology. Once implemented, Billings Clinic will have real time visibility of their compliance initiatives and risk events, standard policy management, contract management and other documentation through Compliance 360’s Virtual Evidence Room(SM). Billings Clinic has licensed the full suite of Compliance 360 products.

“We are impressed by the breadth and depth offered by Compliance 360. There are many products on the market today that only address niche health care compliance requirements, but Compliance 360’s ability to offer a holistic approach to health care compliance set them apart,” says Gerele Pelton, Director of Corporate Compliance at Billings Clinic. “Compliance 360’s On Demand software capabilities are helping us reduce our IT Department’s workload so resources can be directed to other mission critical projects.”

Steve McGraw, President and CEO of Compliance 360, Inc., states, “Billings Clinic has a fabulous reputation and we are very pleased that Billings Clinic’s chose our platform for their risk and compliance management. This is yet another validation of our ability to offer comprehensive solutions to leading health care systems.”

About Billings Clinic

Billings Clinic is a leading health care organization and the largest employer in Billings, Montana with over 3300 employees. At its core is a multi-specialty group practice of over 230 physicians and 55 physician assistants and nurse practitioners on staff. Billings Clinic is a community-owned, not-for-profit medical foundation governed by a 12-member board consisting of nine community members, two physicians, and a physician CEO. Billings Clinic is a community of physicians’ working together toward the mission to provide outstanding health care, education and research. Primary and specialty-care clinics are located in Bozeman, Colstrip, Columbus, Miles City and Red Lodge, Montana as well as Cody, Wyoming.

About Compliance 360

Compliance 360 helps companies in regulated industries address the most important facets of a comprehensive governance, risk and compliance management program. The results are reducing risks, improving efficiencies and protecting a company’s image. The Compliance 360 on-demand software suite includes products that address policies and procedures management, incident management, compliance management, surveys, Sarbanes Oxley compliance and enterprise risk management. Compliance 360 is the only company to offer the Virtual Evidence Room(SM) which is a central repository of all evidence of compliance. This feature allows clients to communicate with auditors remotely and much quicker than if they would have had to gather the appropriate documentation. Compliance 360 has headquarters in Atlanta, GA and assists over 93,000 active users everyday in a variety of highly regulated complex business environments. For more information, visit Compliance 360 at www.compliance360.com.

Editor’s Note: Compliance 360 is a registered trademark of Compliance 360, Inc. Virtual Evidence Room is a registered service mark of Compliance 360, Inc. All other trademarks are recognized as proprietary to their owners.

Ohio State University Medical Center to Test Efficacy of Hyperbaric Oxygen Medicine on Stroke Victims

ANAHEIM, Calif., May 20 /PRNewswire/ — With the financial support of Sechrist Industries, Inc., The Center for Minimally Invasive Surgery (CMIS) at the Ohio State University Medical Center has begun testing the efficacy of hyperbaric oxygen medicine on experimental stroke models. CMIS is a multidisciplinary center dedicated to excellence in patient care, clinical training, research and outcomes studies pertaining to the techniques and technology of minimally invasive surgery.

Currently utilized for the treatment of chronic, non-healing wounds, carbon monoxide poisoning, crush injuries as well as other indications, the use of hyperbaric medicine for stroke victims is at the forefront of hyperbaric research. Hyperbaric oxygen therapy is the treatment of the entire body with 100-percent oxygen at greater than normal atmospheric pressures. Hyperbaric medicine greatly increases oxygen concentration in all body tissues, even with reduced or blocked blood flow, stimulates the growth of new blood vessels to locations with reduced circulation (improving blood flow to areas with arterial blockage) and causes a rebound arterial dilation after treatment, resulting in an increased blood vessel diameter greater than when therapy began, thus improving blood flow to compromised organs. The CMIS team is hopeful that these benefits of hyperbaric oxygen treatments will positively affect stroke patients.

“Ohio State University Medical Center is one of the finest health care institutions in the country,” stated Jack Rollins, President and CEO of Sechrist Industries, Inc. “As the world leader in hyperbaric oxygen technology, we feel that it is important to join forces with CMIS to support research in the field of hyperbaric medicine.”

“We believe that there is a window of opportunity to treat stroke related injury of the brain using hyperbaric oxygen. The challenge lies in accurately defining the perimeters of that window,” says Chandan Sen, Director of the Comprehensive Wound Center at the Ohio State University Medical Center.

For additional information, contact Monica Gutierrez ([email protected]) or visit http://www.sechristusa.com/.

ABOUT Sechrist Industries — Sechrist is the leading manufacturer of monoplace HBO chambers in the USA, and supplies more monoplace chambers than all other manufacturers combined with over 2000 installed around the world.

Sechrist Industries, Inc.

CONTACT: Monica Gutierrez of Sechrist Industries, Inc., 1-800-SECHRIST(732-4747), fax, +1-714-579-0814, [email protected]

Web site: http://www.sechristusa.com/

Excessive Levels Of Lead Found In Herbalife Products

Six Herbalife products have been shown to contain “dangerously high levels” of lead toxins, according to a report from the Fraud Discovery Institute.

The FDI report said that when taken as recommended, these common Herbalife weight management products result in cumulative lead exposure 45 times (4,636 percent) higher than the legal maximum exposure.

Herbalife disagreed with the report’s findings, and insisted that all of its products met regulatory standards.

“The FDA hasn’t established a general limit on lead in foods, but we are certainly well within their suggested guidelines,” Herbalife spokesman George Fischer said.

The study included lab analysis by an FDA-registered lab, medical literature, Herbalife’s product literature and various peer reviewed medical journal articles. Christopher Grell, co-founder of the Dietary Supplement Safety Committee and lawyer specializing in dietary supplement litigation wrote a letter in response to the findings.

Grell said that the products tested showed “”¦levels of lead that are both dangerous and that are in excess of what the law allows under California’s Safe Drinking and Toxic Environment Act of 1994, more commonly known as Prop. 65.”

Proposition 65 was written to protect California’s citizens and drinking water from harmful chemicals that could lead to cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. According to California law, the maximum daily exposure to lead is 0.5 micrograms per day.

The FDI reported that Herbalife’s Thermojetics contained 0.663 mcg of lead per tablet, which is well over the maximum daily exposure level. Herbalife recommends that users take the tablet three times daily, resulting in 5.967 mcg of lead every day, and more than 11 times (1100  percent) the maximum  exposure allowed per day.  

Other products ShapeWorks Protein Drink Mix, Healthy Meal Nutritional Shake Mix, Tang Kuei Plus herbal tablets, ShapeWorks Cell Activator and Multivitamin Complex were all found to contain high levels of lead if used as directed.

Grell said that the daily exposure to lead from taking the recommended dosage would warrant a warning label.

Barry Minkow, founder of the Fraud Discovery Institute, has a history of scrutinizing Herbalife.

In April, Herbalife said its president and chief operating officer, Gregory Probert, had not finished his MBA degree as stated in his biography. The company said Probert had been enrolled at California State University during the 1980’s but never obtained a degree.

At the time, The Wall Street Journal reported that Minkow had uncovered the discrepancy about the degree, but on Monday Herbalife declined to comment on that. The newspaper also reported that Minkow had “put” options in a bet that Herbalife’s stock price would fall.

Herbalife shares closed down 4.2 percent at $40.17 on Monday on the New York Stock Exchange.

Last month, Herbalife said that Spain’s Ministry of Health had issued an alert cautioning consumption of Herbalife products due to suspicious cases of hepatic toxicity, or liver damage, presumably associated with Herbalife products. Herbalife said it was in discussions with the ministry.

“For more than 28 years, tens of millions of Herbalife consumers worldwide have been safely using Herbalife products with an extremely low incidence of serious adverse event reports citing liver function abnormalities,” the company said.

On the Net:

Fraud Discovery Institute

Herbalife

Saint Agnes Patient Sues Over Mix-Up

By Tracy Correa, The Fresno Bee, Calif.

May 20–For four months, Edward Hobbs believed he might die. A biopsy on his lung had come back positive for cancer, and he had surgery to remove a portion of his lung.

But it was all a mistake. He didn’t have cancer.

Doctors didn’t tell him they were wrong until two months after the December 2006 surgery.

Hobbs and his wife, Christina Hobbs, are now suing doctors involved in his care, Saint Agnes Medical Center and its pathology department.

The medical malpractice lawsuit, filed in February, alleges that Hobbs’ cancer diagnosis and surgery were based on a biopsy, or tissue sample, that belonged to another patient. That patient had breast cancer, said Hobbs’ Fresno attorney, John Ormond.

It’s unknown how many mix-ups like Hobbs’ lead to such medical mistakes. But the Institute of Medicine says up to nearly 100,000 people die in hospitals each year as a result of medical errors. Many more are harmed.

The Hobbs family went through a terrible ordeal, Ormond said. “He and his wife and daughter and son believed he had cancer, which of course could be terminal,” he said.

Ormond said his clients did not want to be interviewed. They did not respond to attempts to reach them at their home.

Cases such as Hobbs’ have prompted a greater call for hospitals to reveal and take responsibility for medical errors.

In California, a new law took effect July 1, 2007, that requires hospitals to report 28 specific adverse events — from surgery on the wrong body part to anything that causes death or serious injury to a patient. The California Department of Public Health must make information on investigations related to the mistakes publicly available next year.

And Medicare announced last year it will no longer pay the extra costs of treating preventable errors in hospitals.

Dr. Robert Wachter, professor of medicine at University of California at San Francisco and author of the 2004 book “Internal Bleeding: The Truth Behind America’s Terrifying Epidemic of Medical Mistakes,” said millions of people are victims each year of mistakes — from minor to serious — made in hospitals and doctors’ offices.

Wachter said it’s not that mistakes are occurring more often, “we are just hearing about them more.”

Saint Agnes spokeswoman Jaime Huss, citing the Hobbses’ pending litigation, said hospital officials wouldn’t comment on the case.

The hospital and Dr. Tai-Po Tschang, head of pathology at Saint Agnes, also named in the lawsuit, deny the negligence allegations in court documents.

Tschang said of the lawsuit, “I’m aware of it,” but gave no additional comment.

Dr. Howard S. Robin, a San Diego pathologist who testifies as a medical expert in litigation, said medical cases are not always clear-cut and mistakes happen. “It’s a shame when these things happen,” he said.

But mistakes are rare, he said.

Robin said he didn’t know enough to comment specifically on the Hobbs case, but he relayed how such a case might be confused by a doctor: “The tissues don’t look the same, but the cancers can look the same.”

Laboratories typically have safeguards, he said. “I don’t want patients to be unduly concerned that the hospital is going to make this mistake,” Robin said. “It’s exceedingly uncommon.”

Monica Medina, a Fresno woman who had her kidney removed two years ago at University Medical Center, experienced a records mix-up similar to Hobbs’.

Her kidney was removed in April 2006 based on a computed tomography, or CT, scan that belonged to another patient, said Kent Henderson, a Southern California lawyer who is representing Medina.

Medina’s case sparked a state health investigation and an order that Community Medical Centers, a nonprofit group that owns UMC, fix its records policies. The state’s six-page report said a CT scan of a patient with a mass above the kidney about the size of a grapefruit was inadvertently assigned to Medina.

In September 2006, Medina filed her lawsuit against Community Medical Centers for the unnecessary operation. She also is suing several doctors involved in her care, and in March added Fuji Film, General Electric and Hewlett Packard, each of which contributed to the computerized imaging system used by Community.

John Zelezny, spokesman for Community, said he is not aware of Medina’s lawsuit and could not comment on it.

Following the state investigation, Community said it made corrections to its computerized records system.

Henderson suggested that many mistakes are happening because of increasing reliance on computer technology and digital data with too few human checks and balances.

“It’s quite a thing to be told they cut out a piece of your body there was nothing wrong with,” he said.

The reporter can be reached at [email protected] or (559) 441-6378.

—–

To see more of The Fresno Bee, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.fresnobee.com

Copyright (c) 2008, The Fresno Bee, Calif.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

NYSE:GE, NYSE:HPQ,

Facebook Still Wants to Avoid Getting Snatched Up DEALTALK

As Microsoft battles for a deal with Yahoo, what is in store for Facebook?

Mark Zuckerberg, the founder and chief executive of the social networking site, is stressing his company’s independence.

“You can tell, from our history and what we’ve done, that we really wanted to keep the company independent, by focusing on building and focusing on the long-term,” Zuckerberg told Mariko Katsumura of Reuters on Monday while in Japan for the start of a Japanese language version of Facebook.

Microsoft already has a small stake in Facebook, and The Wall Street Journal reported this month that Microsoft, having failed in its $47.5 billion bid for Yahoo, had approached Facebook to gauge its interest in a full takeover.

Zuckerberg declined to comment on the prospect of a sale.

Microsoft has not given up on a deal with Yahoo. The company said Sunday that it had proposed an alternative plan to Yahoo.

Facebook, which Zuckerberg founded when he was at Harvard University in 2004, has become one of the hottest properties on the Internet because of its strong loyalty among the more than 70 million users who swap pictures, messages and virtual gifts.

Microsoft took a $240 million stake in Facebook in October, a purchase that valued Facebook at $15 billion.

Li Ka-shing, the Hong Kong investor, recently put $120 million into Facebook, and smaller investors have contributed another $15 million.

Zuckerberg has resisted selling the entire company, opting to work toward an initial public offering.

Facebook is starting a Japanese Web site to try to lure users in Japan’s online networking market, which is dominated by a Japanese firm, Mixi. Mixi has more than 10 million users and an 80 percent share of Japan’s social networking market, valued at yen44 billion, or $422 million.

Zuckerberg said he was confident that Facebook could lure Japanese users because its offerings were different from its rivals. Facebook users give their real names, Zuckerberg said.

“The biggest thing about Facebook is that it’s real names and real people,” Zuckerberg said, adding that this made his site more trusted.

He said Facebook was planning to start a Japanese language service on cellphones, something Mixi already does.

Originally published by Reuters.

(c) 2008 International Herald Tribune. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Burnt: A True Story

By Siegel, Karen Hall

A winter morning, 2003: Stirring oatmeal, letting Al Roker’s banter distract from my sister-in-law’s fresh death and my faraway sick mother’s plight, I abruptly glanced over my left shoulder to locate an unfamiliar noise. Wide, high flames were the disturbance- rising from that shoulder and resembling a cartoonist’s hell-sleeve caught fire? no cloth burns that fast. . . . Snapping off the oatmeal burner, I dove from the kitchen and rolled. Rolling, I struggled to untie the belt of my blazing kimono, but bows can turn to knots when you’re rolling. Pace common wisdom, rolling didn’t work. Fire towered above me; my task was to wrestle down this tiger. Or die-my son, my loves, I can’t never see them again. . . . Still, I made one minuscule pause: sitting straight up, I mouthed the word “help” knowing none could be forthcoming-husband out of town, door triple-locked from inside. Even if I wasted time screaming, by the time anyone rounded up the super and he came and broke down the door I’d be literally toast. No, it was show time, inferno just a piece of cake, smother its oxygen, fast.

I rolled near the Murphy bed I’d slept on and yanked my favorite blanket from that. Hoping it wouldn’t be ruined, I swaddled it around myself and finally stifled the flames. When I unwrapped the blanket my kimono was gone except for a charred piece hanging from the knot. A gift from a traveler to Japan, it must have been their blackestmarket flammable cloth. (Of course, I shouldn’t have been cooking in any robe with droopy sleeves. That part was a little ignominious for a one-time scientist with good lab technique.) My bra right underneath, sanctioned by the U.S.A., wasn’t even slightly scorched!

First Aid Second

Forgetting all that, I rushed to the bathroom to check in the mirror: Flushed face intact, though brows and lashes slightly singed. Hair a bit jaggedly shorter, nothing a trim couldn’t fix. Finally I surveyed my back and left arm, which both looked alarmingly red. But nothing particularly hurt, so I figured I was probably home free-meaning no doctors. I sauntered back to the living room and looked out at the Empire State Building, thinking as I did each post-Towers morning, We’re both still here. I checked that the rug and the floor weren’t burnt and didn’t see much damage to my blanket. Back in the kitchen I finally heard the weather before shutting off the TV. Then I telephoned my husband.

“Call 911,” he choked. “Right now.” I thought, okay, it couldn’t hurt to have some medics come over and apply the right ointment and so forth. Within minutes of my 911 call-during which I’d pointedly emphasized that the fire was out-a large party of firemen, police, and medical people flocked into the apartment. I sat, bemused, on my bed as someone wet my back with water and firelighters scouted all around. The super stood expressionless, watching from the hall; he’d grown up in Saigon.

Then I learned that I wasn ‘t home free. In concert, my visitors readied me for what they avowed was the world’s most spectacular burn unit, as if it were someplace I’d really enjoy. I doubted the need for all this drama and was peeved because a cop wouldn’t let me lock my own door or even carry my purse. Being borne on a stretcher through the lobby was a low point even though the doormen stayed cool.

Irrationally I thought, / killed a raging tiger and didn’t let this building burn down, and suddenly Fm forced to be passive? Where were you people when it mattered? Outside, I was inserted in an ambulance in which sat a man, but I have no further memory of the journey.

The Tank

After an hour or so of ER flurry, some burn-unit folks removed me to The Tank, a large room containing several single-bed-sized metal rectangles fitted with hoses and drains. I loved the name-The Tank sounded like something out of a prison movie. Cheerfully I mentioned this, causing a couple of nurses to exchange is-she-psychotic glances. I quickly gleaned that the mental status of a lady who sets herself on fire is automatically suspect. (Statistically, I later learned, I should have been poor and/or drunk.) As I sat in one of the rectangles, the head burn surgeon and his efficient minions scraped and washed and calculated that 17 percent of my body surface was burned, much of it third-degree (meaning that both the thin epidermis and the thicker dermis beneath it were history, with zero chance of recovery). What remained was some infection-prone dead stuff called eschar.

It was obvious they planned to admit me. Of course I could simply have retrieved my precious purse and walked out. But then I’d probably die of infection or wind up somewhat deformed, so I figured I’d have to play along. Worried about work, I asked when I could go home: two weeks, minimum-depending on whether I’d need skin grafts. SKIN GRAFTS? HOLY SHIT! At that, I finally grasped that for a while I’d need to cede control. And that the only way to traverse that “while” would be to watch, indifferently, whatever happened. To just let it be a movie.

What happened was that each morning for ten days I was doped with morphine and taken to The Tank, there to be scraped and washed by a very kindly crew. (Scraped, because eschar tends to break up on its own, so some could be readily removed.) Often other rectangles were occupied, too, and privacy was incomplete. But there was no Tank camaraderie. In fact, the room brought to mind a graveyard with inhabitants posing on their stones. And there was no camaraderie on the intensive-care burn floor where I roomed. Strolling around it, I saw that patients were in no shape to chat. Screams of burnt babies sometimes pierced the normal nursing bustle.

At each Tanking, a resident burn doctor would arrive to check whether any of my third-degree burns had shifted down to second, which they never had. (Sometimes what at first looks like third turns out not to be.) Then, because infection is a major bane of burns, I would be anointed with a soothing infection-fighter, silver sulfadiazine, and tightly bandaged back up. Each night one or two people would scrape and re-anoint me as I sat on my bed. The night personnel were constantly changing, as were their official qualifications. One woman who had the air of recruitment off the street was such a bandaging ace that she must have worked with mummies in a previous life.

One night, an RN, possibly somehow impaired, accidentally stuck herself with a needle she’d just used on me and rushed off nervously. Next morning, the jollies! burn nurse popped in and asked me to sign permission for an HIV test, which I readily did so his colleague would have peace of mind. I never got that night nurse again-and never got my test result. I didn’t ask about it, because I suspected that her fellow nurses kept the mishap off the record. She’d been the nurse I liked best.

Watching, Watching

Things hummed along. Family and friends visited and called. My horrified blind mother managed to call, but not dead Eileen. I kept imagining how Eileen, just sixteen when we long ago swore “real” sisterhood, would find a way to make me screech with laughter about my predicament. A year or two earlier, during a still-optimistic radiation session she’d wailed to her technician, “I’m too cute to die!” and he agreed. It was funny, yet it summed up the subjective crux of the human condition. For two or three seconds per day I pondered the hoary psychoanalytic dictum that “there are no accidents.” Was my near self-immolation a way to exorcise survivor guilt, or was it merely carelessness? Either way it felt part of an ineluctable script, so I just kept watching the movie.

My husband brought my computer and papers and often lugged in restaurant food and wine. The hospital rations seemed less healthful than you’d expect in this era of Big Nutrition, yet I had to eat a lot in order to get enough protein, which leaks out fast through the eschar. (If you lose too much protein, your immune system sputters and your “metabolic profile” gets deranged.) Thus a bossy dietitian insisted that I down several cans of protein drink per day, and the staff kept count of the empties.

So, as I sat at a table next to my bed, translating medical journal articles into “patient information” and tossing back protein drinks, things didn’t seem half bad. Occasionally I went to a therapy space, where I obligingly stretched my burnt arm. The women there urged me to join a burnt-people discussion group huddled in a corner of the room, whose ambulatory members seemed culled from a step-down burn floor. Hello, my name is Karen and although I feel infinite pity for all beings burnt or un-burnt, talking to you won’t mitigate a thing. . . . No thanks, no time. Work deadlines.

Two women doing an academic study asked if they could interview me. For nearly an hour they kept digging for symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder, which I simply didn’t have. They left looking disappointed. But this wasn’t the worst thing that ever happened to me, and in the cavalcade of human woe it was peanuts.

After several days of this doable routine, the burn surgeon himself arrived at my Tank session and informed me that I would shortly be getting skin grafts. This was heartening, because the buzz was that you got to go home soon after grafting.

Frankenstein Time

First they slice off any eschar. Then they peel skin off your thighs (or other un-burnt spots), stick it on a stretching machine, and staple it over the wounds. This requires general anesthesia and lots of morphine later. What hadn’t been adequately impressed on me was that before going home I would have to spend five days almost totally immobilized, flat on my back with a splint that kept my left arm extended like a wing. The Frankenstein grafts needed this undisturbed time to “take”-to stop being thighs and start being neck, back, and arm. Grafts do that very quickly, albeit far from simply. Most critically, adventurous blood vessels in the wound beds start worming up into the grafts-delivering them second life-and many other processes get rolling. So, five days of little but watching. I tried to view it as a morphined-up mental vacation; luckily I’d finished my work and emailed it in. And at least I was done with The Tank (except for one last post-immobilization visit, when they hosed off a trillion staples). Immobilization

One night during the immobilization, a young, new-seeming nurse, who kept complaining that he hadn’t intended to come in to work because of some contretemps with his girlfriend, suddenly announced that I needed a blood transfusion. Although I’d had two during surgery, now I was slightly anemic. For an hour or more he struggled with the transfusion apparatus, all the while scowling and complaining about not having stayed at home. The bag of blood languished on a visitor’s chair. After conferring with a colleague he finally hooked things up, but somehow the hooking up entailed my head being a lot nearer the floor than were my thickly bandaged thighs. I mused that if gravity trumped heartbeats, someone else’s blood would start pooling in my head.

I was fascinated: Generally I don’t expect much empathy from the public, including the nursing sector. We’re each stuck at the center of our private universes-romantic glitches, health concerns, dinner, kids … to say nothing of rollings in the fathomless unconscious. Or, our minds might be compared to atoms that have tremendous forces keeping their nuclei intact, but not necessarily many bonding electrons in their outer orbits. Anyway, for that upside-down stretch of hours I was as objectified as a crummy-model car in for bothersome repairs.

A censorious day nurse disliked me. I got the feeling that it was something like “Yeah, Miss Thing sets herself on fire and I’m supposed to care, what with toddlers and firemen to treat.” That could have been projection, though; I constantly thought it myself.

Once, despite my button calls and voice messages, this unfriendly nurse left me alone-immobilized-for several hours. When she did bring my medications, way late, I saw that one dose was seriously wrong. Through the bedside message system I succeeded in speaking to the charge nurse, who finally came in with the miscreant in tow. When I showed the damning evidence, the charge nurse frowned and said she’d discuss it with the younger woman later, but I doubt there was much dressing down. Some weeks later, a friend who’d been a nurse in the sixties told me that in those days a wrong dose meant instant dismissal. But a nursing shortage, long-sought upgrades in training and respect, and, I’m sure, some variant of politically correct workplace “rights” have changed all that. (Say, what’s that statistic? Each year one hundred thousand U.S. patients perish due to hospital mistakes?)

Home!

Nearly three weeks after my arrival, abruptly I was told to go home, be out before fast-approaching noon. As I hurriedly threw clothes over my bandages, I received instruction screeds, prescriptions for painkillers, and appointments for physical therapy. Once home, I stayed in bed for a day, allowing my husband to pamper me, then decided to get over it.

Ha! I did not imagine that nearly five years later-today-I would still be dealing with itchy, swollen red scars. The main game in skin transplantation (providing it “takes” instead of falling off) is battling the hypertrophie scars that tend to form, especially on the edges of the grafts. You could say that collagen-the main structural component of skin-is appalled at finding itself in a new neighborhood, and its production typically goes wild. But instead of arranging itself in its usual orderly way, the insulted collagen forms thick raised whorls.

Days after leaving the hospital, I was back in an outpatient clinic being fitted for a custom-made pressure shirt. This was a tight black spandex and nylon affair with one short sleeve and one long. Pressure is supposed to inhibit collagen production and thus the flowering of scars. I dubbed it my Spiderwoman suit. It featured circular cutouts for breasts, allowing me to wear the right-sized bra on top; this added to the cartoon effect. My physical therapist was always shaping thick pink silicone things to stick under the shirt, to increase local pressures over problem sites. And I also wore large sheets of translucent silicone next to my flesh. Silicone is supposed to help with scars; I can’t say if it did or did not. All this junk needed washing every day, as did the pressure suit. Thus I actually needed two suits, which perplexed my insurance no end.

I never minded the suit, which curtailed itching and narrowed my waist, except that it posed a sartorial challenge. While it wasn’t a problem under T shirts, it was hard to dress up with this unlovely black thing zippered to my throat. Sometimes I unzipped it a few inches and folded the edges under to get away with slightly lower necklines. In any case, I wore it night and day for exactly two years. Just once, when my husband’s son was nominated for a Tony, I sallied forth to Radio City Hall sans Spiderwoman suit in a normal dress with a wrap casually thrown around it. Less than two hours into the show we had to rush home-without the suit, the scars swelled up mightily and itched. Anyway, before we left he lost out to Billy Joel.

Scars and Stripes Forever

My physical therapist, an exuberant Russian emigre, explained that hypertrophic scars take six months to one year to “mature.” (Not the same as “heal”; the grafts themselves heal quite quickly, like most other surgical wounds, and their scars are not open sores.) By the end of a year, latest, she said, I’d have flat, flesh- colored scars that wouldn’t hurt or itch. So for six months I was fairly patient, although daily in unexpected pain. Maybe burnt nerves were springing back to life or fresh ones were taking their place. Whatever the reason, I often needed opioids like Percocet.

The burn surgeon, leery of prescribing these addictive drugs, referred me to a pain-management clinic, but I didn’t want any more appointments. I simply got the drugs from my doctor. With them and the help of my husband I got through those six months. Every day he massaged the scars, and often he took me to movies. Movies, and only movies, afforded a pain-free, itch-free two hours, although more than once after the show we had to bolt from a restaurant mid-meal because I was suddenly dizzy with pain. Several times I lost it, and my husband would rock me as I violently sobbed.

Yet during those six months (and the following years) I pretty much lived my normal life. Sure, I sometimes dashed to bathrooms for lotion or pills, which hardly disturbed a noisy party. Even close friends tended to assume my burn was “over.” For reasons lost to history, I’d learned as a child not to show psychic discomfort.

The pain attacks abruptly stopped, but at six months and still at one year the scars remained “immature” – not flat and flesh- colored. At two years, almost the very same story. At that point, the burn surgeon deemed that the pressure shirt wasn’t helping. Since discarding it, I’ve stuck to soft clothes, nothing ribbed or scratchy.

In the first post-Spiderwoman years I tried all kinds of ways to appease the angry scars. Acupuncture-for fifteen weeks -didn’t do a thing. My dermatologist injected steroids to no effect. She then tried a laser treatment said to work on scars, but mine were recalcitrant. Long her patient, I mentioned that the fire had an interesting upside: I’d read about some expensive new beauty treatment that used radiant heat to tighten the skin. I joked that I’d opted for do-it-yourself – that the fire left my face noticeably “refreshed!” I thought she’d like that, but she gave me that blank- faced mental-status look. (For that matter, the tiger must have kissed me, because it etched a small scar along my bottom lip, making it more fashionably full.)

Every six months I checked in with the burn surgeon, who did nothing but look, then at year three he dismissed me.

Now

The scars still need lotion a couple of times a day, but they no longer play a grievous role. Obviously I can’t parade around in clothes that bare my back without shocking the populace, and anyway skin grafts should never see the sun. The back scars stay stubbornly red, although now and then a small spot might blanch. I no longer wait for any big change because it seems like a chronic disease. In fact, the scars itch and swell if I’m tense or upset, perfectly consonant with the latest thinking in “psychodermatology.”

On the bright side, my arm is totally “matured.” However, thanks to that skin-stretching machine the surgeon employed, the matured grafts boast a faintly checkered pattern. So my pale arm, when bent, resembles an outsized raw chicken leg. It’s not the most dashing buccaneer scar, but by now I almost like it.

As everyone (including me) declared from day one of this adventure, I was lucky. Most people whose clothes catch on serious fire either die or are tragically disfigured. I’m endlessly grateful for this peculiar stroke of luck. Yet younger Eileen-never very lucky outside charm and good looks-died of cancer thirty-one days before my event. And my mother followed her to the land of shades after more gruesome elder years. A friend from first grade suffered and died, and two uncles bit the dust. Nearly four thousand Americans perished in Iraq, and what with flood, craze, and germs the world kept going to hell. None of that was aberration, we know it in our guts. So what’s “luck”? Doubtless there are blips of relative luck, but as far as I can see every single human’s in the same leaky boat. All we can do is cheerfully watch it sink.

Karen Hall Siegel is a writer and translator living in New York City.

Copyright Antioch Review, Incorporated Spring 2008

(c) 2008 Antioch Review, The. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

The Science Behind Aromatherapy

By Juliana Goodwin

Pam Samson discovered aromatherapy when her sister was battling cancer.

Samson’s sister used aromatherapy to relax and combat nausea caused by her treatments. Samson, manager at Incense & Peppermints in Springfield, Mo., has been hooked ever since: “I’m an enthusiast.”

Aromatherapy is the use of scent to support good health. It has been around for thousands of years, and was used by the Chinese, Indians, Egyptians and others.

Aromatherapy incorporates essential oils, which the National Cancer Institute defines as scented liquids taken from certain plants using steam or pressure. Essential oils contain the natural chemicals that give the plant its “essence” (odor and flavor). They often are inhaled or applied topically.

Essential oils are highly concentrated. For example, it takes about 220 pounds of lavender flowers to make about one pound of essential oil, according to the institute.

There is mixed research on whether aromatherapy is truly beneficial. Believers say it can aid digestive problems, ease nausea, boost the immune system and promote relaxation, among many other physical and mental benefits. It’s commonly used in conjunction with massage therapy.

Aromatherapy is not regulated, and advocates say people interested in it need to be aware of what real aromatherapy is before they try it.

“They can practice on their own, but you really have to know what you are doing,” says Mary Witman, an instructor at the Professional Massage Training Center in Springfield, Mo., who has used aromatherapy for years. “It can be dangerous without knowing the quality of the oils.”

There are two main schools of thought on why aromatherapy might be effective, according to the National Cancer Institute.

One thought: Essential oils are derived from plants, so they might affect the body in unique ways.

Essential oils do have benefits in nature, says Dr. Lance Luria, the medical director of St. John’s Integrative Medicine Program.

“Their function in the plant community is to help the plant’s immune system,” Luria says. Plants use chemicals to fight off bacteria and fungi. “They even battle back against the harmful effects of sunlight by making phytonutrients we call antioxidants. Both fungi and plants make chemicals to protect themselves from bacteria, and so we think of these substances as antimicrobial.”

Another theory is that smell receptors in the nose might respond to the smells of essential oils and send chemical messages along nerve pathways to the brain’s limbic system. The limbic system affects moods and emotions.

“There have been several small studies demonstrating an impact on mood by utilizing aromatherapy,” Luria says.

If you’re new to aromatherapy, you want to make sure you get pure essential oils, not simply perfumed oils, says Juliet Mee, director of the Professional Massage Center.

It is possible to have an allergic reaction, Samson says. To protect yourself, you have to know the oils and their properties.

For instance: “You don’t want to use bergamot on skin for 12 hours prior to sun-bathing, because it has skin reactions,” Mee says. “Cinnamon-bark oil is extremely antimicrobial, but it can be very skin irritating.”

Before you get started, you should read up on essential oils and consider taking a course on how to use them, Witman says.

And proper doses are important: “Five drops of rosemary in a full tub of water is all you need … peppermint, you need only one drop. Too much of an oil can injure the skin,” Witman says.

You can find essential oils at health food stores, she adds.

Before you buy, look for these items on the oil’s label, says aromatherapy practitioner Holland Azzaro: The oil’s common name followed by its Latin botanical name, the place where the essential oil was distilled, the date and batch number, the company name and contact information, and safety information regarding the oil’s application and home use.

Real essential oils should be stored in dropper bottles made of dark glass such as amber, cobalt blue or forest green. Sunlight can deteriorate these oils.

If you are purchasing oils or working with a practitioner, don’t be afraid to ask questions, Azzaro says. “Be clear in what you are wanting to use aromatherapy for, and (mention) if you have any health issues or concerns. True aromatherapists will not shy away from questions — they are all about education and empowerment.”

If used correctly, many people believe aromatherapy can be beneficial to the mind and body. The practice is more accepted in Europe, Luria says.

“(America has) developed outstanding biomedical expertise, but we’re losing ground when it comes to managing the complexity of the human condition, which I think is essential for true health and healing to occur,” Luria says. “Aromatherapy is but one of a long list of non-mainstream strategies that tries to bridge this gap, focusing on what may provide benefit for a particular individual while doing no harm.”

Schuster Gets Life Without Parole in Acid Slaying

By Chris Collins, The Fresno Bee, Calif.

May 19–She had no words. She shed no tears.

Larissa Schuster sat silently and stared straight forward as she was sentenced Friday. Behind her sat the people from her past — her old friends, her mother-in-law, her daughter. They looked on with solemn faces, wondering, they later told the court, why five years after Schuster murdered her husband she still could not conjure up an ounce of remorse.

“You have failed in your task to ruin my life, and you in turn have ruined yours,” Schuster’s 22-year-old daughter, Kristin, said in court. “In your quest to become a dominating power freak, you have become your own demon.”

Schuster, a 47-year-old former Clovis biochemist, was sentenced to life in prison without the possibility of parole, finishing one of Fresno County’s most notable murder cases and signaling the end of a painful journey for Timothy Schuster’s friends and family members.

In July 2003, Timothy and Larissa Schuster were going through a bitter divorce after nearly 20 years of marriage. Larissa Schuster, who owned a research lab in Fresno, persuaded former lab employee James Fagone, then 21, to help her break into her estranged husband’s home in Clovis. Fagone said he thought the plan was to rob Timothy Schuster, but instead Larissa Schuster knocked out her husband with chloroform and later stuffed him in a barrel that she then filled with hydrochloric acid.

Fagone was convicted in December 2006 of first-degree murder for his role. He was sentenced to life in prison without the possibility of parole, despite pleas from jurors who said Fagone should receive a lenient sentence because Schuster masterminded the murder.

On the one-year anniversary of Fagone’s conviction, Schuster was found guilty of first-degree murder after a two-month trial in Los Angeles County. Her sentencing hearing was repeatedly delayed this year while her attorney, Roger Nuttall, sought to gather information that he said could lead to a new trial. On Friday, Superior Court Judge Wayne Ellison, who presided over both Fagone and Schuster’s trials, denied Nuttall’s motion for a new trial.

Ellison noted that Nuttall’s motion was just the beginning of what will surely be a long set of appeals. But, he said, “everyone in this courtroom and in this community knows what the truth is, regardless of the legal proceedings.”

It was the first time the judge had offered his opinion on Schuster’s guilt.

On the advice of her attorney, Schuster declined to make a statement. During the 21/2-hour sentencing hearing, she never turned around to look at the crowded courtroom audience behind her, even when those who spoke addressed her directly.

Her father, Charles Foreman, and a friend she made in jail, Renee Grate, were her only supporters in the courtroom. When Ellison announced Schuster’s punishment, Grate let out a loud cry and burst into tears.

Shirley Schuster, Timothy Schuster’s mother, flew from the Midwest along with Kristin to attend the hearing. She was one of the seven people who spoke in court.

“I don’t know if I’ll ever be able to forgive you for what you have done to my family,” Shirley Schuster told her daughter-in-law. “You will never know the endless sleepless nights this has caused just thinking about what Tim went through. Have you thought of the horrific time you put us through? I know that is the furthest thing from your thoughts.”

Kristin Schuster said she doubts she will ever be able to forgive her mother.

“God knows who you are and what you did,” she said. “I pray you are continually haunted at night by my father’s last moments struggling for his life.”

When Kristin Schuster was in high school, Larissa Schuster sent her to live with her grandparents in Missouri. Now a mother herself and a bride-to-be, Kristin Schuster told her mother that she longed for the days before Larissa Schuster became angry, greedy and violent — the mother “you used to be,” she said.

But her father’s death ended any hope of reconciliation, she said.

“This September when I will walk down the aisle, I will not have my father with me, and he will never know my son,” she said. “Maybe later in life I can learn to forgive you, but I doubt it. This is goodbye, not just for now, but forever. This is goodbye as your daughter.”

Fagone’s parents, Ralaine and Anthony, were also at the hearing. Ralaine Fagone told Schuster that she has struggled to forgive her for “engaging my son in your schemes.”

In the end, she said, she turned to her faith. “My teacher Jesus made it clear that in order to be forgiven, we have to forgive others,” Fagone said. “The grace I extend to you, you need not ask for it. I am giving it to you.”

After the hearing ended, the courtroom bailiffs helped lead Larissa Schuster to the door. Her wrist and waist shackles clinked as her family members and former friends looked on in silence.

Schuster walked out without looking back.

The reporter can be reached at [email protected] or (559)441-6412.

—–

To see more of The Fresno Bee, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.fresnobee.com

Copyright (c) 2008, The Fresno Bee, Calif.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Personal Health Cards Store Life-Saving Medical Information, Speed Up Hospital Administration: From Smart Card Alliance/CTST Conference

Another regional healthcare network in Spokane, Wash. is starting to use smart card technology, attendees learned during the healthcare track at the joint Smart Card Alliance annual meeting and CTST conference last week.

LifeNexus is starting to deploy its smart card-based Personal Health Card with Inland Northwest Health Services (INHS), a member of the Northwest Regional Health Information Organization (RHIO) connecting 38 hospitals in northwest Washington and Idaho, Christopher Maus, president and CEO of LifeNexus, announced.

The goal of a RHIO is to facilitate the sharing of electronic medical records between physicians, labs and hospitals across large geographic areas, but to make that work, “we have to engage the consumer,” Maus said. “We are going to focus on the patients. The LifeNexus Personal Health Card will act as a personal key people use to unlock access to their medical information,” he said.

Maus sees two important advantages to using smart card technology for storing personal health and insurance information — security and portability. The LifeNexus card will store personal, insurance and medical information that people normally provide when they fill out forms at a doctor’s office or hospital. It will also store any allergies, medicine restrictions, health conditions, and information about recent medical results and lab tests. The information is protected by a PIN, so consumers have control over who can access it. Initially the firm will focus on equipping emergency rooms to accept the card, speeding up admission and providing important medical information.

Paul Contino, Mount Sinai Medical Center’s vice president of IT, agrees accurate patient identification is a critical issue in healthcare data management. “The challenge with RHIOs is the highly error prone process they use to match patients and data,” said Contino. “Doctors won’t use information unless they are certain the data is accurate.”

Contino has led an effort at Mount Sinai to issue smart card-based Personal Health Cards (PHC) to patients. The goal is to make sure patients are accurately linked with their personal medical information. Language barriers, common names or even common addresses can lead to errors and result in commingled or duplicate patient records. Correcting those records is a big expense for hospitals; Mount Sinai has had two major database cleanup projects in the last three years, costing more than two million dollars each.

Mount Sinai joined with nine other institutions in the greater New York City area to create a regional HealthSmart Network and accept a common PHC.

More information about the Smart Card Alliance and these healthcare projects can be found at www.smartcardalliance.org.

About the Smart Card Alliance

The Smart Card Alliance is a not-for-profit, multi-industry association working to stimulate the understanding, adoption, use and widespread application of smart card technology.

Through specific projects such as education programs, market research, advocacy, industry relations and open forums, the Alliance keeps its members connected to industry leaders and innovative thought. The Alliance is the single industry voice for smart cards, leading industry discussion on the impact and value of smart cards in the U.S. and Latin America. For more information please visit http://www.smartcardalliance.org.

 Contact: Deb Montner Montner & Associates 203-226-9290 [email protected]

SOURCE: The Smart Card Alliance

Stress During Pregnancy Can Affect Babies’ Health

Researchers at Harvard Medical School in Boston reported Sunday that pregnant women who are under stress due to financial problems, relationships or other issues may be putting their babies at greater risk for allergies, asthma and other conditions.   

The research, presented in Toronto during a meeting of the American Thoracic Society, suggests that stress during pregnancy could have long-lasting health effects on the baby.

“This research adds to a growing body of evidence that links maternal stress such as that precipitated by financial problems or relationship issues to changes in children’s developing immune systems, even during pregnancy,” wrote Dr. Rosalind Wright of Harvard Medical School in a statement.

Wright and her team discovered that mothers who were the most distraught during pregnancy were also the ones most likely to deliver infants with higher levels of an immune system compound called immunoglobulin E, or IgE.  The higher IgE levels were observed regardless of the mother’s exposure to allergens during pregnancy.

The Harvard team designed their study to examine whether previous research conducted in animals also applied to humans.  The animal research had found a correlation between the stress of the mother and the effects of allergen exposure on the offspring’s immune system.

In conducting their study, Dr. Wright and her colleagues measured levels of IgE from the umbilical cord blood of 387 newborns in Boston.  They found that babies whose mothers had the most stress, but who also had low exposure to dust mites, still had highest levels of IgE in their cord blood.  The results suggest that stress amplified the immune response, results that held true regardless of the mother’s class, race, education or smoking history.

“This further supports the notion that stress can be thought of as a social pollutant that, when ‘breathed’ into the body, may influence the body’s immune response,” said Wright in a statement.

The study is in line with recent research conducted by Dr. Andrea Danese of the University of London, who followed 1,000 people in New Zealand from birth to the age of 32.   Dr. Danese’s study found that children who had experienced mistreatment, such as harsh discipline, parental rejection or sexual abuse, had twice the levels of inflammation in their blood even two decades after the traumatic event.

These inflammatory markers, such as C-reactive protein, fibrinogen and immune cells, are known to increase the risk of diabetes and heart disease.

“Stress in childhood may modify developmental trajectories and have a long-term effect on disease risk,” Danese told Reuters. His findings were presented at a conference in Chicago last week on the health consequences of early life influences.

Danese said maltreatment in childhood might impair the ability of glucocorticoids, inflammation-inhibiting hormones, to appropriately respond to stress later in life.  This could in turn lead to conditions such as depression and other psychiatric ailments. He advised that children who have survived such maltreatment should get a jump on preventive care for common adult diseases.

On the Net:

Harvard Medical School

American Thoracic Society

Aureon Laboratories Introduces Prostate Px(R)+, First Biopsy-Based Test to Predict Prostate Cancer Disease Progression and Recurrence

Aureon Laboratories, Inc., a specialized laboratory dedicated to advancing personalized cancer treatment through predictive pathology, today announced the introduction of Prostate Px(R)+, the first commercial test to predict prostate cancer progression and disease recurrence at the time of diagnosis. The announcement was made at the American Urological Association Annual Meeting, now underway at the Orange County Convention Center in Orlando (Booth# 505).

According to the National Prostate Cancer Coalition, 218,890 new cases of prostate cancer were diagnosed in 2007 and an estimated 27,050 American men died from the disease. It is estimated that by 2015, more than 300,000 men will be diagnosed annually. Existing guidelines from the American Urological Association assess patient risk based on information available at diagnosis: biopsy Gleason scores, prostate specific antigen (PSA) levels and clinical stage. However, as more men are diagnosed with lower-risk disease, these subjective parameters are becoming less useful.

Annual PSA screening has resulted in more men being caught earlier in the disease process than ever before. As a result, each year approximately 186,000 men with newly diagnosed prostate cancer will be assessed as low or intermediate risk, making it harder to determine which men have aggressive disease and which do not.

“Although the majority of prostate cancer cases are detected early and categorized as lower risk, there are a significant number of men within this segment whose tumors will grow aggressively, and jeopardize lives,” said Dr. Vijay Aggarwal, President and Chief Executive Officer of Aureon Laboratories. “It is imperative that physicians have access to better tools that will assess disease severity and identify high-risk patients hidden within these lower-risk groups.”

Prostate Px+ is based on the results of a large study utilizing data and samples from a cohort of 1,027 men assembled from the Mayo Clinic, Uppsala University, University of Connecticut and Duke University Medical Center. In validation, Aureon’s predictive model identified twice as many high-risk events in low and intermediate risk patients than the best available method.

“Prostate Px+ is the first prognostic test to provide this critical information at diagnosis. This technology represents a new integrated approach known as systems pathology that combines molecular biomarkers, histological and clinical information with advanced mathematics,” said Dr. Ricardo Mesa-Tejada, Vice President of Pathology and Medical Director of Aureon Laboratories. “At the time a man is diagnosed, Prostate Px+ will forecast disease progression after treatment, detect high-risk patients presenting as low risk and undetectable by other methods, reclassify intermediate-risk patients and help identify those with less aggressive disease.

“Newly diagnosed men with prostate cancer face difficult choices regarding treatment options, each of which can be curative but all with different side-effects that can negatively impact quality-of-life. The assessment of patient risk at diagnosis is critical to making the most appropriate treatment plans,” added Dr. Mesa-Tejada. “Prostate Px+ will provide integrated and objective information to assist physicians and patients in making more educated and informed treatment decisions.”

About Aureon Laboratories

Aureon Laboratories’ mission is to enable personalized patient care through predictive pathology. Aureon has developed a high throughput systems pathology technology platform to predict individual clinical outcomes through the interrogation of tissue. The platform generates and analyzes an integrated, digital view of clinical findings, tissue micro-anatomy and tissue molecular pathology to determine which combination of features predicts specified individual clinical outcomes. Allied with major cancer centers, Aureon operates a CLIA certified and CAP accredited laboratory that provides predictive pathology services to the practicing physician. For more information about Aureon, go to www.aureon.com or call 1-888-SYS-PATH.

Growing Body Parts in the Lab Becomes Reality

COLUMBIA, Mo. — Your heart is failing critically. A transplant would save your life, but the waiting list is long and the odds are stacked against you.

So instead, doctors extract some of your bone marrow, heart and muscle cells, go back to their laboratory and return in four to six weeks with … a freshly grown heart.

Engineering body parts — tissues and whole organs that are genetically compatible and available on demand — sounds like science fiction. But researchers at medical centers around the world are working to make it a reality.

Already, a handful of children with spina bifida have received new bladders. Replacement blood vessels are being tested on dialysis patients. And researchers have re-created a beating rat heart.

Replacement parts grown in the lab may provide the best hope for fulfilling the unmet demand for organ transplants.

More than 95,000 people in the United States are on waiting lists for transplants. On average, one person dies every 90 minutes while waiting for an organ.

Other alternatives to organ transplants have proved elusive.

Transplants from animals, for example, face serious risks of rejection or viral infections. And mechanical organs, such as heart pumps, have been only a temporary solution.

“If we want to live forever, we need to do better,” said Gabor Forgacs of the University of Missouri in Columbia.

Forgacs, a Hungarian-born biophysicist, directs the university’s bioprinting program. In his basement lab, he is using a gleaming metal machine, a distant cousin of a computer printer, to build living blood vessels.

He has succeeded in making vessels that branch the way real veins and arteries do. He hopes to make replacement blood vessels that can be used in surgery, then fabricate human tissues with fully functioning blood systems that can be used to test new drugs. Ultimately, he wants to build replacement organs in his lab.

“That’s everybody’s dream,” Forgacs said.

Tissue engineering, as Forgacs’ field is called, is still very much in its infancy, the National Science Foundation says.

Even so, it has attracted more than $3.5 billion in investments for research, almost all from the private sector.

Because it relies on patients’ cells, tissue engineering avoids the ethical controversies surrounding embryonic stem cells and therapeutic cloning.

Recent advances in growing human cells in the lab and in creating artificial materials that are compatible with living tissue have opened new possibilities for building organs.

But just like any infant, tissue engineering took some early tumbles.

Investors began pumping money into research and development in the 1990s. But the science had not advanced far enough. Some pioneering tissue engineering companies sought bankruptcy protection.

“I think it was very much hyped in the 1990s,” said Robert Nerem, director of the Parker H. Petit Institute for Bioengineering and Bioscience at Georgia Tech. “Timelines were unrealistic; companies relied on investors with short time frames.”

That first wave of tissue engineering did yield some useful products, such as artificial skin grafts that are used to treat diabetic skin ulcers. But many of the awe-inspiring breakthroughs that scientists are talking about are still many years away, Nerem cautioned.

“The real potential for tissue engineering is the vital organs, but we’re a ways away from that, even though there’s some exciting things being done,” Nerem said.

Replacement parts for orthopedic surgery, such as bones, tendons and ligaments, may be 10 years from the operating room, Nerem said. Organs will take significantly longer.

One engineered organ that is available, though, is the urinary bladder.

Anthony Atala of Wake Forest University has successfully implanted new bladders in children, and they are being tested on adults.

It’s a project Atala started 18 years ago.

“The research does go slow,” he said. “You can only push the technology so fast.”

But Atala, a pediatric urological surgeon, had strong motivations for proceeding with his research. Among his young patients were children with spina bifida whose bladders had malfunctioned, leaving them at risk of kidney failure.

Atala would perform surgery to replace their organs with new ones built from pieces of their intestines. But substituting the bladder with intestinal tissue can lead to long-term complications, from metabolic problems to infections and an increased risk of cancer.

“Here we were putting these things into babies with a life expectancy of 70 years,” Atala said.

The first hurdle Atala faced was getting bladder cells to grow in the lab.

“They were thought to be types that couldn’t grow well outside the body. We had to go through several years, and finally we were successful after much trial and error.”

The next step was creating a “scaffold” that would hold the cells as they grew into the shape of a bladder. Atala devised a biodegradable scaffold made of collagen, the protein that gives structure to skin.

To make a new bladder, Atala plants the patient’s cells onto the bladder-shaped scaffold. After about seven weeks, the cells have grown to cover the structure, and the new bladder is implanted. The patient’s body adopts the new organ, branching out blood vessels to nourish it.

In 2006, Atala published results on the first seven children to receive the engineered bladders. Tests have shown that their new organs functioned as well as bladders fashioned from intestines, but without the complications.

A Pennsylvania-based company, Tengion Inc., is hoping to commercialize Atala’s discovery, calling it the Neo-Bladder. The company is conducting clinical trials on children and adults as it seeks Food and Drug Administration approval.

Meanwhile, Atala and his team of more than 50 researchers are working to create a full catalog of body parts _ heart valves, blood vessels, livers, hearts, pancreases, even a uterus and a vagina for cancer patients.

“There’s a definite learning curve, but with every organ we’re accelerating the process,” he said. “A lot of the strategies are the same, but you have to tweak it some.”

It can take years to determine how well an engineered organ will work, Atala said. He followed each of his bladder patients for four years or more before publishing his study. His work on a liver and a uterus has been going on for 10 years.

“It’s stuff you do slowly and carefully,” Atala said. “We ask the acid question: Would you put this in your loved one, your child or spouse?”

Doris Taylor and her colleagues at the University of Minnesota say they were lucky to get an engineered heart beating as quickly as they did.

Taylor, a stem-cell researcher, recalled a chance hallway conversation four years ago with one of her colleagues.

“Cell therapy is our bread and butter, but wouldn’t it be cool to make (patients) a new heart?” Taylor suggested.

“It was one of those ideas that made a lot of sense.”

A member of her research team came up with a detergent solution that could be pumped into hearts taken from rats to wash away the cells. What was left was the heart’s natural scaffold of translucent connective tissue.

“We had something that had the geometry and architecture of a heart,” she said. “It was pretty clear to me we probably couldn’t have built that in my lifetime.”

Heart cells from newborn rats were cultured in the lab and injected into the walls of the scaffolds. The cells were kept alive with nutrients. After about a week, the newly reformed heart began to beat.

“I can’t tell you how exciting it was,” Taylor said. “It was flabbergasting. It was thrilling. It was one of those eureka moments in life.”

If this technique can be adapted for human hearts, it will eliminate many of the problems of heart transplants, Taylor said. Because a patient’s cells would be used, there would be no problem of rejection.

A donor heart must be transplanted within four hours. But if a donor heart is to be used only as a scaffold, it can be taken from a body that has been dead for a day or longer.

Taylor thinks she has gotten around the problem of how to build scaffolds for complex organs. The same approach could be used to grow kidneys, livers, lungs or pancreases, she said.

Forgacs is trying to engineer tissue without using scaffolds.

“That has been a big challenge to find the right scaffold for each cell type or for more than one cell type,” he said.

Instead, Forgacs is using his machinery to “print” cells in the shape of blood vessels.

Forgacs loads two heads of his bioprinter with tiny spheres of 10,000 or more cells. Another printer head lays down a film of gel that serves as “biopaper.” In this biopaper, the machine prints a circle of spheres. On top of the spheres goes another layer of biopaper and a second circle of spheres. The process is repeated until a cylinder is created.

“High precision, fairly quick _ there’s really no limit to it,” Forgacs said.

The spheres and gel are incubated until the spheres fuse together and the vessel matures. Each sphere contains a mixture of the cells that form the three layers of a blood vessel.

“Now comes the magic,” Forgacs said. “Under appropriate conditions, the cells sort themselves.”

Cells that form the outer layer of the vessel migrate to the outside, while the cells that form the smooth inner layer migrate inward. Muscle cells find their way in between.

A California company, Cytograft Tissue Engineering, is using a different method to engineer blood vessels. It is testing them on kidney dialysis and heart bypass patients.

The Cytograft vessels start with sheets of tissue grown in the lab. The sheets are rolled over a rod to form the tissue into a cylinder.

Forgacs said his tissue-printing technique would make it possible to create the structures of branching blood vessels needed to nourish the tissues of an engineered organ.

“There’s no method other than ours that can produce a branched tube,” he said. “We can build anything you want.”

“It’s really changing the paradigm to be scaffold-free,” said Glenn Prestwich, a chemist at the University of Utah-Salt Lake City and one of Forgacs’ collaborators. “We have a very simple technology and ask for the cells to do the heavy lifting.”

When it comes to making spare parts for people, technology can only go so far, Forgacs said: “You have to rely on nature. And if you don’t, I think this whole activity is futile.”

___

THREE TECHNIQUES

1. Make an organ-shaped “scaffold” from collagen, then seed it with cells from the patient. Urinary bladders have been implanted in people.

2. Wash cells from an organ, leaving behind its natural scaffold, then seed with cells from the patient. Researchers have re-created rat hearts.

3. Go scaffold-free by “printing” clumps of cells into the shape of an organ, layer by layer. Vessels similar to veins and arteries have been created.

Pembroke Pines Center Helps Cancer Patients Feel Beautiful Again

By Kathleen Kernicky, South Florida Sun-Sentinel

May 18–Patti Ershowsky had been through the thinning hair, dry mouth and chipped fingernails. When she developed an annoying case of acne that made her feel like a teenager stuck in puberty, the 51-year-old soccer mom went looking for relief.

“I was so depressed. I was feeling so bad about myself,” said Ershowsky, of Cooper City, who is on her third regimen of chemotherapytreatment since she was diagnosed with colon cancer more than a year ago.

Although she rarely wore makeup, Ershowsky decided it was time for a mini-makeover at the Image Recovery Center. Its full-range of beauty services and skin-care products are designed for patients battling the side effects of chemotherapy and radiation.

Opened in March by the Memorial Cancer Institute in Pembroke Pines, it is the first center of its kind in South Florida catering exclusively to cancer patients, said Trish Alonso, a cancer survivor and the center’s manager.

“I felt the best I’d felt in a whole year,” Ershowsky said after a recent visit for a haircut and makeup session. “It makes such a difference.”

A licensed cosmetologist, Alonso teaches women how to pencil in eyebrows to replace those they’ve lost, use concealer to hide dark circles, or add color to make their cheeks look fuller or thinner.

“You want to feel you can leave the house, and no one’s going to look at you funny,” Alonso said. “You want to feel like you have control over what’s happening.”

Such side effects as hair loss, dry or discolored skin and brittle nails can be devastating to women already overwhelmed by a cancer diagnosis, she says.

Alonso has been there. After a cancer diagnosis seven years ago, she had six months of chemo and six months of radiation. She lost her hair. She remembers sitting in the “wig room,” and shaking.

“It was very frightening,” she said. “Most of what I learned, I learned as I went along. … My background was beauty and all of a sudden, it was all gone. It was very humbling.”

Designed with a spa-like atmosphere, the center offers makeup and skin-care sessions, therapeutic manicures and pedicures (no cutting, and a bright array of polish colors), haircuts and wigs, and mastectomy products and fitting services. There’s an acupuncturist, and Alonso plans to add massage therapy and facials.

The center sells makeup, hair and skin-care products designed for chemotherapy patients. The makeup and skin-care items are made without chemical preservatives or perfumes. A bee-pollen shampoo “calms the scalp” and relieves the pain that occurs when roots die and hair falls out. Another helps the hair grow back when treatment is over.

When Donna Demirgian, 49, of Miami Lakes, was diagnosed with breast cancer six years ago, doctors could tell her all about her cancer. But they couldn’t tell her why her scalp hurt when her hair fell out, that her hair would fall out first in strands, and later in clumps, or how to buy the right wig.

“To lose your hair, I won’t say it’s as traumatic as losing a breast, but it’s right up there,” Demirgian said.

Now cancer-free, Demirgian came to the center with her sister, Diane Mogel, 54, who was diagnosed with breast cancer this year.

Mogel, an accountant from Pembroke Pines, takes a no-fuss approach to her makeup and sports a ponytail most of the time. She wasn’t convinced she wanted a makeover.

At the center, Alonso cut her shoulder-length brown hair into a short, stylish bob — a strategy Alonso uses to help women prepare for the loss of their hair. Mogel starts chemotherapy soon.

Mogel tried out different hair colors and styles, modeling wigs for her longtime boyfriend, before settling on a light-brown style with a “messy layered look.”

“I said, ‘OK, I’ll do it,'” she said. “And I felt so much better when I left, without my hair in a ponytail.”

Ershowsky, a respiratory therapist, went home with a new line of skin-care products to treat the acne.

The mother of two girls, ages 15 and 20, she was used to spending time outdoors, especially on the soccer fields. Her younger daughter plays on a travel team. Until she got sick, Ershowsky rarely missed a game.

When the most recent drug treatment left tiny bumps across her nose and cheeks, she was embarrassed to go out.

After trying the new products, her acne is beginning to clear. Alonso did her makeup and cut her hair, which had thinned but not fallen out.

“It’s a blessing,” she said of the center. “It was the happiest I’d felt in a year.”

Kathleen Kernicky can be reached at [email protected] or 954-385-7907.

—–

To see more of The South Florida Sun-Sentinel or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.sun-sentinel.com/.

Copyright (c) 2008, South Florida Sun-Sentinel

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Lawsuit Claims Fraud in Teacher Retirement Plan

By LAWRENCE MESSINA

A lawsuit claims teachers and other state employees covered by West Virginia’s only state-run 401(k)-style retirement plan are victims of fraud.

Seeking class-action status, the lawsuit contends enrollees were steered toward an investment that performed only slightly better than some savings accounts, and that some of them had wrongly been lured away from a traditional pension.

The lawsuit targets an investment option known as a VALIC annuity that was offered to enrollees in the Teachers’ Defined Contribution plan. The plan allows members to manage investments to generate future retirement benefits. Enrollees claim they were duped into selecting the VALIC annuity.

“VALIC engaged in a systematic scheme of hiring agents, with whom the teachers, school service personnel and professional staff were familiar,” the lawyers filing the suit said in a news release. “We believe many of the representations made by these VALIC agents were not factually based and were clearly fraudulent in character.”

The annuity also is blamed for the poor returns suffered by many TDC investment accounts. Thousands of plan enrollees are trying to join another state-run pension program as a result.

That program, the Teachers’ Retirement System, offers a guaranteed benefit based on years of service and final salaries. The statement from the Bell & Bands and Webb law firms cites members of that plan who were lured into leaving for TDC.

“Those employees who transferred their funds into the VALIC annuities have had far less returns on their investment than they would have had realized in the ‘old’ TRS,” the lawyers’ release said.

VALIC is now part of insurance giant AIG.

“VALIC offered a fixed annuity product to the plan and we are confident that we met the obligations we were contracted to provide,” AIG Retirement Services spokesman John E. Pluhowski said Thursday night in a statement. “We are proud to be of service to West Virginia educators.”

He declined further comment on the lawsuit.

The lawsuit filed Monday in Marshall County Circuit Court names as defendants AIG Retirement, its VALIC subsidiary and a half-dozen VALIC sales agents. The defendants also include as-yet-unidentified individuals who also allegedly sold TDC enrollees on the annuities.

After meeting with AIG officials last month, Gov. Joe Manchin suggested the company pay some of the potential costs of moving TDC members into the pension plan. AIG balked at accepting such responsibility and defended its track record with TDC.

The state’s Consolidated Public Retirement Board, which oversees TDC, is not named in the lawsuit but was criticized in Thursday’s release. Board Executive Director Anne Lambright said the lawyers behind the suit informed her Wednesday that they plan to sue the board as well.

The lawsuit names a single plaintiff, and the lawyers said they continue to sign up possible class members.

Under a process that ended Monday, TDC members could elect to join the Teachers’ Retirement System. But the voluntary transfers hinge on at least 12,343 enrollees, or 65 percent of eligible members, making that choice. The retirement board expects certified results from the transfer election by the end of the month.

The Associated Press recently analyzed TDC’s performance since it opened in 1991, and found that enrollees have invested more of their funds into VALIC annuities than any other option – as much as three- fourths of all its funds. The AP review also suggests that the annuities’ returns lagged behind other investment options, particularly since 2000.

For the last three years, the annuity has delivered only its 4.5 percent guaranteed return. Complaints about poor returns and spotty help from the program’s managers prompted the Legislature to close TDC to new enrollees in 2005.

Originally published by THE ASSOCIATED PRESS.

(c) 2008 Charleston Daily Mail. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

UPMC for Life is Pennsylvania Sponsor for National Senior Health & Fitness Day

PITTSBURGH, May 16 /PRNewswire/ — UPMC for Life, the Medicare product of UPMC Health Plan, is the Pennsylvania state sponsor for the 15th annual National Senior Health & Fitness Day, which has as its theme, “Fitness … A Lifetime Investment.”

National Senior Health & Fitness Day is scheduled for May 28, 2008. On that day, UPMC for Life will serve as host for three events in Pennsylvania. The theme of each event is “Fitness … A Lifetime Investment.”

“UPMC Health Plan is proud to serve as the Pennsylvania state sponsor for National Senior Health & Fitness Day for a second consecutive year,” said Diane P. Holder, President and CEO, UPMC Health Plan. “Our sponsorship reinforces our commitment to helping our members to keep active and fit, regardless of age. We always want to do what we can to encourage our members to take advantage of the many health resources offered in their communities.”

In Pittsburgh, the event will be held at the Pittsburgh Zoo & PPG Aquarium from 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. Included among the fitness activities for older adults that day will be an exercise session conducted by a team of fitness experts from “Leslie Sansone’s In-Home Walking Program” at 10:30 a.m. and 11:30 a.m.

KDKA-TV personalities will serve as emcees for this event, which also features representatives from America On the Move in Pittsburgh, health screenings, and health information workshops.

UPMC for Life members will be admitted to the event at no charge. Members are also entitled to bring one Medicare-eligible guest. The guest must bring his or her Medicare card.

In Erie, UPMC for Life is sponsoring a free event at the Presque Isle Cookhouse Pavilion at 10 a.m. A variety of fitness-related activities will be offered, including an exercise demonstration by a representative of Silver&Fit(TM).

In Altoona, UPMC for Life is sponsoring an event in conjunction with Blair County Senior Services on the campus of Penn State Altoona, starting at 10 a.m. The event will feature an exercise demonstration by PEPPI (Peer Exercise Program Promotes Independence).

National Senior Health & Fitness Day is an annual event held on the last Wednesday in May. On that day, more than 150,000 older adults across the country are expected to participate in organized health and fitness events. UPMC Health Plan is one of over 1,000 organizations nationwide that are sponsoring fitness events for older adults that day.

UPMC for Life is available in 25 Pennsylvania counties including Allegheny, Beaver, Butler, Armstrong, Westmoreland, and Washington,

About UPMC Health Plan

UPMC Health Plan, the second-largest health insurer in Western Pennsylvania, is owned by the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center (UPMC), one of the nation’s top-ranked health systems. The integrated partner companies of the UPMC Insurance Services Division — which includes UPMC Health Plan, UPMC Work Partners, EAP Solutions, UPMC for You (Medical Assistance), and Community Care Behavioral Health — offer a full range of group health insurance, Medicare, CHIP, Medical Assistance, behavioral health, employee assistance, and workers’ compensation products and services to nearly 1.2 million members. Our local provider network includes UPMC as well as community providers, totaling more than 80 hospitals and more than 7,600 physicians in a 29-county region. For more information, visit http://www.upmchealthplan.com/.

UPMC Health Plan

CONTACT: Gina Pferdehirt, Director, Public Relations & CommunityRelations of UPMC Health Plan, +1-412-454-4953, [email protected]

Web site: http://www.upmchealthplan.com/

Boston Scientific’s SpyGlass(R) Direct Visualization System to Be Prominently Featured at Digestive Disease Week(R)

NATICK, Mass., May 16 /PRNewswire-FirstCall/ — Boston Scientific Corporation today announced that results from an international, multi-center patient registry documenting the safety and clinical utility of the SpyGlass(R) Direct Visualization System will be presented at Digestive Disease Week(R) (DDW), which runs from May 17-22 in San Diego, CA. Registry results will be announced in three separate scientific oral presentations scheduled for Tuesday, May 20. In addition, a total of 15 abstracts on the clinical utility of the SpyGlass System will be presented at the conference, underscoring its widespread acceptance in physician practices.

The SpyGlass patient registry reports on clinical data from 296 patients at 15 U.S. and European medical centers who required peroral cholangioscopy (PO) for the treatment or diagnosis of biliary stones or indeterminate strictures with suspected pathology.

The SpyGlass System is the first single-use direct visualization system that requires only a single physician operator and provides four-way steerability in a four lumen single-use catheter. The catheter provides two dedicated irrigation channels in addition to a 1.2 mm working channel through which diagnostic and therapeutic devices can be used in the biliary ducts. The system includes a miniature 6,000-pixel fiber optic probe attached to a camera that provides physicians with a direct view of a patient’s bile ducts, overcoming some of the visual challenges of conventional endoscopic retrograde cholangiography (ERC) procedures.

“We are excited that DDW provides an opportunity to highlight the safety and therapeutic benefits of the SpyGlass System at the one-year anniversary of its worldwide launch,” said Michael P. Phalen, President, Boston Scientific Endoscopy. “We have received positive feedback from the GI community regarding the ability of the SpyGlass System to provide excellent direct visual access to the bile ducts. We have nearly 300 patients enrolled in our comprehensive patient registry, which enables us to build further evidence of the clinical utility of cholangioscopy using the SpyGlass System.” Schedule of SpyGlass Patient Registry Presentations:

   Tuesday, May 20th (all times are PT)   -- Peroral Cholangioscopy Using a Disposable Steerable Single Operator      Catheter for Biliary Stone Therapy and Assessment of Indeterminate      Strictures - A Multi-Center Experience      Yang K. Chen, M.D., Division of Gastroenterology and Hepatology,      University of Colorado at Denver and Health Sciences Center, and      primary principal investigator of the SpyGlass registry, will present      results that document the performance and utility of PO using the      SpyGlass System over a 12-month period.  The presentation will take      place at 4:00 p.m. in Room 1 at the San Diego Convention Center.   -- Peroral Cholangioscopy Guided Stone Therapy - Report of an      International Multi-Center Registry      Mansour Parsi, M.D., Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, The      Cleveland Clinic Foundation, and principal investigator in the SpyGlass      registry, will present results on a subset of patients that underwent      PO using the SpyGlass System to determine its effectiveness in the      treatment of difficult-to-remove biliary stones and assess its utility      for the detection of missed stones by ERC.  The presentation will take      place at 4:36 p.m. in Room 1 at the San Diego Convention Center.   -- Biopsy of Indeterminate Biliary Strictures - Does Direct Visualization      Help?      Kenneth F. Binmoeller, M.D., Interventional Endoscopy Services,      California Pacific Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, and principal      investigator in the SpyGlass registry, will present results on a subset      of patients with indeterminate biliary strictures or filling defects      that underwent ERC followed by PO using the SpyGlass System and the      SpyBite(R) Biopsy Forceps.  The lead author of the analysis is Douglas      Pleskow, M.D., Division of Gastroenterology, Beth Israel Deaconess      Medical Center, Boston, MA, and principal investigator in the SpyGlass      registry.  The presentation will take place at 5:00 p.m. in Room 1 at      the San Diego Convention Center.    

The SpyGlass Direct Visualization System will be available for demonstrations at Boston Scientific’s booth #3314. The Company will also offer hands-on demonstration sessions in its Simulated Clinical Endoscopy Suite for the following products: WallFlex(R) Stents, Polyflex(R) Esophageal Stents, Radial Jaw(R) 4 Biopsy Forceps, Resolution(R) Clip, CRE(TM) Balloon Dilators and the RX Biliary System(TM).

About Digestive Disease Week(R)

DDW is the largest international gathering of physicians, researchers and academics in the fields of gastroenterology, hepatology, endoscopy and gastrointestinal surgery. Jointly sponsored by the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases, the American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) Institute, the American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy and the Society for Surgery of the Alimentary Tract, DDW takes place May 17-22, 2008, at the San Diego Convention Center, San Diego, CA. The meeting showcases approximately 5,000 abstracts and hundreds of lectures on the latest advances in GI research, medicine and technology. For more information, visit http://www.ddw.org/.

About Boston Scientific

Boston Scientific is a worldwide developer, manufacturer and marketer of medical devices whose products are used in a broad range of interventional medical specialties. For more information, please visit: http://www.bostonscientific.com/.

About Boston Scientific Endoscopy

Boston Scientific Endoscopy develops innovative technology for less invasive, more efficient gastrointestinal procedures. We stand beside our physicians, surgeons and nurses, providing comprehensive support locally and through hands-on education and industry sponsorships, to help improve patient outcomes.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements may be identified by words like “anticipate,””expect,””project,””believe,””plan,””estimate,””intend” and similar words. These forward- looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and estimates using information available to us at the time and are not intended to be guarantees of future events or performance. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements regarding clinical trials, scientific activities, product performance, competitive offerings and growth investment. If our underlying assumptions turn out to be incorrect, or if certain risks or uncertainties materialize, actual results could vary materially from the expectations and projections expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. These factors, in some cases, have affected and in the future (together with other factors) could affect our ability to implement our business strategy and may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the statements expressed in this press release. As a result, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any of our forward- looking statements.

Factors that may cause such differences include, among other things: future economic, competitive, reimbursement and regulatory conditions; new product introductions; demographic trends; intellectual property; litigation; financial market conditions; and, future business decisions made by us and our competitors. All of these factors are difficult or impossible to predict accurately and many of them are beyond our control. For a further list and description of these and other important risks and uncertainties that may affect our future operations, see Part I, Item 1A- Risk Factors in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which we may update in Part II, Item 1A – Risk Factors in Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q we have filed or will file thereafter. We disclaim any intention or obligation to publicly update or revise any forward- looking statements to reflect any change in our expectations or in events, conditions, or circumstances on which those expectations may be based, or that may affect the likelihood that actual results will differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. This cautionary statement is applicable to all forward-looking statements contained in this document.

    CONTACT: Paul Donovan             508-650-8541 (office)             508-667-5165 (mobile)             Media Relations             Boston Scientific Corporation              Larry Neumann             508-650-8696 (office)             Investor Relations             Boston Scientific Corporation  

Boston Scientific Corporation

CONTACT: Media Relations, Paul Donovan, +1-508-650-8541 (office),+1-508-667-5165 (mobile), or Investor Relations, Larry Neumann,+1-508-650-8696 (office), both of Boston Scientific Corporation

Web site: http://www.bostonscientific.com/http://www.ddw.org/

Vitamin D Update

We know that vitamin D helps the bones by preventing osteoporosis and fractures, but did you know that vitamin D also plays an important role in the prevention of many other diseases, including cancer, heart disease, autoimmune diseases like MS and type 1 diabetes, arthritis, infections, chronic pain and muscle weakness? Here is the latest research on this versatile vitamin:

_Vitamin D helps pain control. A fascinating study from the Mayo clinic published last month online in the journal Pain Medicine looked at vitamin D levels in people with chronic pain. They found that those patients who had low vitamin D levels required almost twice as much narcotic pain medication compared to those with normal levels. The vitamin D deficient folks also perceived their health as poor. Another study from the Mayo Clinic in 2003 looked at the prevalence of vitamin D deficiency in people aged 10-65 with chronic pain syndromes like fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue _ 93 percent of them were found to be vitamin D deficient.

_Vitamin D helps the heart. A study published last month in the journal Circulation looked at the impact of vitamin D blood levels on heart health in people with high blood pressure. Participants in the study with low vitamin D levels were two times as likely to have angina, a heart attack, heart failure and stroke compared to those with normal vitamin D levels.

_Vitamin D reduces the risk of falls. Another study from the Archives of Internal Medicine published in March of this year looked at the effect of vitamin D supplements on falls in older women. A team of researchers in Australia gave 1,000 IU of vitamin D per day to 300 women aged 70-90, all of whom had low blood levels of D and who had also fallen in the past year. They found that in those women who had fallen once in the past year, vitamin D supplementation reduced the risk of falls, but only in the winter months when the sun’s rays are weaker and less vitamin D is made in the skin. In women who had fallen multiple times, vitamin D did not seem to help, possibly because these women were more frail and were falling for other reasons.

Who is deficient in vitamin D? Perhaps you are! Multiple studies of adults have suggested a widespread incidence of low vitamin D blood levels of less than 30 ng/ml. An adequate blood level is probably at least 40-60 ng/ml. It is estimated that 25 to 100 percent of adults are deficient, depending on the population and time of year; many children are deficient as well.

Primitive people used to rely on sun exposure for all of their vitamin D; nowadays however, most of us work inside, and when we do go out, we slather on the sun screen which impairs our ability to make vitamin D. Older folks, people of color and people who live at higher latitudes are also at higher risk of deficiency. Most vitamin D in food, such as dairy products, does not occur naturally; it is added as a supplement, and is not considered a reliable form of intake as amounts may vary from product to product. The old recommended amounts of 200-400 IU/day are no longer considered adequate; most of us need at least 800-1,000 units per day.

Bottom line? It may help you to take supplemental vitamin D 1,000 IU per day of vitamin D3 (cholecalciferol) should do the trick.

Role of Ocular Melanin in Ophthalmic Physiology and Pathology

By Hu, Dan-Ning Simon, John D; Sarna, Tadeusz

ABSTRACT The mammalian eye consists of several layers of pigmented tissues that contain melanin. The eye is a unique organ for pigment cell research because one can isolate and compare melanosomes from different tissues and embryonic origins. Retinal, iris and ciliary pigment epithelial cells are derived from the neural ectoderm, more specifically from the extremity of the embryonic optical cup, which is also the origin of the retina. In contrast, the pigment-generating cells in the choroid and in the stroma of the iris and ciliary body, uveal melanocytes, are developed from the neural crest, the same origin as the melanocytes in skin and hair. This review examines the potential functions of ocular melanin in the human eye. Following a discussion of the role of melanins in the pigment epithelium and uveal melanocytes, three specific topics are explored in detail-photo-screening protective effects, biophysical and biochemical protective effects, and the biologic and photobiologic effects of the two main classes of melanins (generally found as mixtures in ocular melanosomes)- eumelanin and pheomelanin.

INTRODUCTION

The wall of the human eye consists of three layers, the transparent cornea and opaque white sciera, the uveal tract and the retina (1). The uveal tract, a highly vascularized connective tissue, is further composed of three parts, from anterior to posterior-the iris, the ciliary body and the choroid. The choroid supports and nourishes the retina, which is located on the inner side of the choroid. The retina further consists of two layers-the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) and the neural retina. The neural retina contains photoreceptor cells, which are involved in the primary processes of visual transduction, and other neurons, which encode and transfer the visual information to the brain. The RPE (derived from the neuroectoderm), a monolayer of postmitotic pigment cells that lies between the uveal tract and the neural retina, is responsible for important metabolic support for the entire retina and is involved in phagocytosis of the photoreceptor outer segment disks, which are constantly being shed (2). The RPE extends to and is contiguous with the iris pigment epithelium (IPE) and ciliary pigment epithelium. A sagittal horizontal section of the adult human eye is shown in Fig. 1.

Melanin is found in several of these tissues. Pigmented cells are of two different types-the uveal melanocytes located in the uveal tract, and the pigment epithelial cells (1-4). The uveal melanocytes in the uveal tract are derived from the neural crest and can be divided into iridal, ciliary and choroidal melanocytes (1-4). Melanocytes in the iris and ciliary body are located in the stroma. Melanin is also found in all three of the pigment epithelium cell types, of which the RPE is the most studied.

The function of melanin in these various tissues is not fully elucidated. Melanin tends to protect the eye against several ocular diseases that can cause blindness, including uveal melanoma and age- related macular degeneration (AMD) (4-6). However, the exact mechanism by which melanin protects the eye, whether the protective function depends on the type of the melanin, and whether the melanin- related protection changes with age, remains mostly unknown. This article examines the current hypotheses for the role melanin plays in the physiology and pathology of the eye. Because many of these hypothesized roles are linked to its interaction with light, we first summarize the accessibility and exposure of ocular different pigment cells to sunlight and UV radiation (7).

Environmental light impinging on the eye consists of the visible and UV regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. The UV region is further subdivided into UVA, UVB and UVC. According to the International Commission on Illumination, the wavelength ranges of the regions in the UV are-UVC: 100-280 nm, UVB: 280-315 nm and UVA: 315-400 nm. Definitions based on biologic effects modify these rangesUVC: 180-290 nm, UVB: 290-320 nm and UVA: 320400 nm. UVC in sunlight is normally completely screened by stratospheric ozone, but it is important to note that artificial light sources can also produce UVC.

Not all wavelengths of light impinging on the surface of the eye illuminate the various melanin-containing cells in the eye. The iridal melanocytes are located behind the cornea and anterior chamber (containing the aqueous humor). The cornea is transparent to visible light, but it absorbs all of the UVC, part of the UVB (22- 73% at 320-300 nm) and a very small amount of UVA (6-20% at 400-330 nm) (8). Therefore, in vivo the iridal melanocytes are exposed only to visible light, UVA and some of the UVB spectrum. The ciliary body and choroidal melanocytes are covered internally by the retina and densely pigmented ciliary and retinal pigment epithelia and externally by thick and nontransparent sciera. In infancy and in early childhood, there is a window of transmission of nearly 8% of UV radiation around 320 nm through the lens, and about 30% of the transmitted UV is absorbed by the RPE before impinging upon the uveal melanocytes (8,9). As a result of the transmission properties of the cornea and lens, only visible light reaches the RPE in the adult human eye (7).

Figure 1. A sagittal horizontal section of the adult human eye. Reprinted with permission from http://www.webvision.med.utah.edu.

The remainder of this review is organized as follows. First we briefly review the chemistry of melanins and the melanogenesis of ocular melanosomes. Second, we focus on the iris, examining the relationship between iris color and melanin composition, and eye diseases. This is followed by a general discussion of the role ocular melanin might play in the physiology and pathology of the eye. Three specific topics are explored-photo-screening protective effects, biophysical and biochemical protective effects, and the biologic and photobiologic effects of the two main classes of melanins (generally found as mixtures in ocular melanosomes)- eumelanin and pheomelanin.

MELANIN AND OCULAR MELANOGENESIS

There are different types of melanin present in the pigment epithelia and uveal melanocytes. The pigment epithelium is densely pigmented in all races and in all eye colors. Melanin in the pigment epithelium is mainly eumelanin, which is a brownblack substance derived from tyrosine or dopa. Eumelanin is formed in a series of oxidation and tautomerization reactions catalyzed by several enzymes, with the end product being a complex oligomeric material exhibiting a distinct particle nature (10-13). Key intermediates in the biosynthesis of eumelanin are 5,6-dihydroxyindole and 5,6- dihydroxyindole-2-carboxylic acid, as well as their oxidized forms.

Formation of melanosomes occurs in the RPE early in fetal development, then ceases within a few weeks (14). Polymerization of melanin within these melanosomes continues until, at approximately 2 years of age in humans, the RPE contains only mature melanosomes (14). Whether melanogenesis occurs in the RPE after approximately 2 years has not been definitely established. Premelanosomes, or partially melanized melanosomes, which are indicative of ongoing melanogenesis, have not been observed in adult human RPE. In addition, very little or no tyrosinase activity could be detected in adult bovine RPE cells (15,16). The melanin content of the RPE decreases significantly in aged human eyes (17-20). Therefore, melanin biosynthesis either is absent in adult human RPE cells or occurs only at a very slow rate; and whether there is turnover of RPE melanosomes remains unknown.

In uveal melanocytes, the quality and quantity of melanin vary with race and iris color. In the uveal pigments, pheomelanin is often present in addition to eumelanin (21-23). Pheomelanin is a lighter colored, yellowish pigment that is formed when cysteine or glutathione is present during the oxidation stage of dopa (24). 1,4- benzothiazynylalanine, derived from cysteinyldopas, is proposed to be a key intermediate in the biosynthesis of pheomelanin (24). The quantity of uveal melanin in eyes with dark-colored irides is greater than that in light-colored eyes (21,23,25). Uveal melanocytes contain both eumelanin and pheomelanin. In cells from eyes with dark-colored irides (brown and dark brown in color), the amount of eumelanin and the ratio of eumelanin/pheomelanin is significantly greater than that from eyes with light-colored irides (hazel, green, yellow-brown and blue in color) (23). The quantity of pheomelanin in uveal melanocytes from eyes with light-colored irides is slightly greater than that from dark-colored irides, although the difference is not statistically significant (23).

The ocular melanin content differs among species. For example, Liu et al. (22) reported that pheomelanin content in bovine eyes is low in the choroid and RPE and moderate in the iris (containing both iridal melanocytes and IPE). In cultured human uveal melanocytes, the quantity and type of melanin in iridal melanocytes are not significantly different from that in choroidal melanocytes (23).

Both uveal melanocytes and pigment epithelium cells can be isolated and cultured in vitro (26-30). Human uveal melanocytes produce melanin to maintain a constant level of melanin in vitro. Cultured uveal melanocytes isolated from eyes with different iris colors maintain their inherent capacity for melanogenesis (31). Adult human pigment epithelium cells do not produce melanin in vitro and perhaps not in vivo either (32). The melanin content of cultured RPE decreases rapidly and in proportion to cell division. No melanin production could be demonstrated in cultured RPE under standard culture circumstances (27,30,32-34). Several authors have reported that cultured human adult RPE may produce melanin under special circumstances or when induced by certain stimulators (35-37). These reports have not provided a quantitative measurement of melanin in the cultured RPE cells, have proven difficult to replicate by others, and have not established that the pigment produced is the same as that naturally found in the cells. IRIS-RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN COLOR, MELANIN COMPOSITION AND DISEASE

The IPE is located at the posterior surface of the iris. The IPE is pigmented in all races and colors. The pigment in the IPE provides only a background tint, receiving and reflecting light only through the filter of stroma arranged in front of this tissue (21,38- 41). The iris color is determined by the variation in pigmentation of the melanocytes in the stroma.

The quantity and types of melanin in the iridal melanocytes vary with iris color (21,23,42). However, it is important to emphasize that the iris color visible through the cornea results from different optical phenomena, such as multiple light scattering on pigment granules and other components of the connective tissue forming the stroma, as well as light absorption by various chromophores (26). Studies of human donor eyes under light and electron microscopes revealed that the difference in iris color is determined by the variation of the melanosome structure and composition within the iridal melanocytes, not by the number of iridal melanocytes present (38,40,41). Darker indes have larger melanin granules and greater granule density (38). In pathologic conditions, e.g. albinism, where the melanin content in the pigment epithelium is markedly decreased or even absent, very light-colored irides may vary from yellow to a pink color.

The incidence of two important eye diseases, uveal melanoma and AMD, appears to be correlated with the color of the iris. Uveal melanoma is the most common intraocular malignant tumor in human adults. A population-based study on the relationship between racial/ ethnic group and incidence of uveal melanoma found that the incidence of uveal melanoma is highest in non-Hispanic whites, followed by Hispanics, Asians and blacks, with a white/black incidence ratio of uveal melanoma of 18:1 (43). These epidemiologic data suggest that the light-colored eye is at higher risk for the occurrence of uveal melanoma. In fact, several studies have shown that light-colored irides (blue, hazel, etc.) have a higher incidence of uveal melanoma (44-46). Recently, a meta-analysis based on 10 studies (1732 cases) revealed that a blue or gray iris is a statistically significant risk factor for the development of uveal melanoma (47).

AMD is a common ocular disease that is the major cause of blindness among the elderly in developed countries. AMD is at least an order of magnitude (48) more prevalent in the white population than in darkly pigmented races, suggesting that melanin may be protective against AMD development (49-52). Several authors have found an association between light-colored irides and the occurrence or progress of AMD, although the relationship between iris color and AMD is not so conclusive as that in uveal melanoma (20,50,53-57).

PROTECTIVE EFFECTS OF OCULAR MELANIN

The detrimental effects of UV radiation are a cause of the cellular gene mutation that leads to cutaneous melanoma. Reactive oxygen species (ROS), both UV-induced and biochemically produced, also play a role in the malignant transformation of uveal melanocytes. ROS can be either stable diamagnetic molecules or free radicals; when they are produced in the choroid and RPE they can damage the RPE and lead to the degeneration of photoreceptors in the neural retina, e.g. AMD.

The protective effects of melanin on the ocular cells and tissues occur by both physical and biochemical mechanisms; the pigment acts as a photo-screen and as an antioxidant, respectively (6). The photo- screening effect, purely physical in nature, dominates in the anterior segment (the iris), which is exposed to sunlight and UV radiation. The posterior segment is exposed to limited amounts of light and UV radiation. Visible light reaches RPE melanosomes but the exposure of choroidal melanosomes to light is very limited. In these regions the sole mechanism of protection must be biochemical (58). We now examine each of these effects in more detail.

Photo-screening protective effects

Melanin absorbs near-infrared, visible light and UV radiation with absorption increasing at the shorter wavelengths (6). In the anterior segment of the eye, the pigment epithelium and the melanocytes in the iris absorb and block both visible light and UV radiation, thus protecting the rest of the eye from the deleterious effects of these wavelengths. A significant amount of light escapes the absorption by photoreceptor cells, and so even in the posterior segment of the eye (e.g. RPE), melanosomes absorb light. In fact, absorption by the RPE is believed to aid in minimizing spurious signals that may appear because of light reflection and scatter from the fundus (5). Based on experimental measurements, it has been estimated that the absorbance of the RPE, resulting mostly from absorption by RPE melanosomes, is in the range 0.2-0.9. Thus, the amount of light reaching the choroidal melanocytes is much lower than that reaching the iris and RPE, but remains a concern. These uveal melanosomes may still act as a photo-screen, but this may not be the major role they play here in mitigating the onset or progression of uveal melanoma or AMD.

Paradoxically, it has been reported that solar radiation causes a decrease in the incidence of uveal melanoma (59). This is consistent with the dual effect of UV radiation on the occurrence of other malignant tumors. Recently, it has been reported that solar radiation reduces the risk and/or mortality of various systemic malignant tumors that are not exposed to sunlight, e.g. non- Hodgkin’s lymphoma, and prostate, breast, colon and ovarian cancers. These beneficial effects occur because UV radiation increases vitamin D synthesis in the skin; vitamin D then converts to 1,25- dehydroxyvitamin D3, which inhibits growth and induces apoptosis in various malignant tumor cells both in vitro and in experimental animal models. Therefore, sunlight has dual effects on malignant tumors-a direct mutagenic effect on tissues exposed to the sunlight and an indirect protective effect on tissues not exposed to sunlight (59).

Cutaneous and conjunctival melanocytes are mainly exposed to solar radiation, and in their tissues the direct effect of UV radiation predominates and causes an increase in tumor incidence with decreasing latitude (increasing solar radiation). Uveal melanocytes, mainly the choroidal and ciliary body melanocytes, are not directly exposed to solar radiation, so no direct effect of solar radiation would be expected to occur in these locations. Therefore, the indirect protective effect of solar radiation causes a decrease in uveal melanoma (59).

The lower incidence of AMD in darkly pigmented eyes may be related to lower light intensity that is transmitted to the retina. This is because darkly pigmented indes (with more iridal melanin) will more efficiently attenuate the light that reaches the eye fundus. The spectrum of light transmitted by differently pigmented indes depends on the color of the indes. So if one hypothesizes that the actual damage that triggers the cellular processes leading to AMD is in the RPE, then melanin in the RPE can offer some protection against light-related phenomena. Indeed, there is a growing body of experimental evidence suggesting that AMD actually originates in the pathologic changes in the RPE (60).

The photo-screening effect of melanin can also play a role in melanoma of the iris. Iris melanoma is much rarer and less malignant than ciliary body and choroidal melanomas. The melanocytes of the iris are located in the eye’s anterior surface and exposed to solar radiation. Iris melanoma tends to occur in the inferior sector of the iris, where exposure to sunlight is the greatest (61), indicating that its occurrence is related to exposure to UV radiation. The lower incidence of iridal melanoma in dark-colored eyes (61) might be related to the photo-screening effect provided by their more abundant iridal melanin.

Biophysical/biochemical protective effects

The choroid, located in the posterior segment of the eye, is highly vascularized and therefore is at elevated risk of experiencing significant oxidative stress. Choroidal melanin, an antioxidant and a weak free radical scavenger, may deactivate ROS and protect the retina from oxidative damage (30,59). However, with age, the constant exposure of pigment cells to high levels of oxygen may diminish the antioxidant properties of melanin. In this case, melanin may even become a pro-oxidant, which may lead to the damage of photoreceptors and cause AMD (5,30,59). Uveal melanocytes in eyes with dark-colored irides contain a greater amount of melanin and therefore can resist ROS and protect the tissues until a later point in the aging process. This effect could explain the decrease in the incidence of AMD in the dark-colored eye.

Biochemical protective effects in the RPE may also play a role in the occurrence of AMD. Melanin in the RPE can act against ROS and protect the neural retina (62,63). With age, the constant exposure of the RPE to high levels of oxygen and light might diminish the antioxidant properties of melanin (64-67). Under these conditions melanin may become pro-oxidant, adding to the accumulation of the singlet-oxygen-producing pigment lipofuscin in the cytoplasm of aged RPE cells and ultimately leading to AMD (5,6,14,17-19,30,62,63,68). Uveal melanin, especially in the ciliary body and choroid, can also protect melanocytes from oxidative stress and reduce the malignant transformation of uveal melanocytes. Melanocytes in dark-colored eyes have a high quantity of melanin, which is more protective than that in light-colored eyes, consistent with the higher incidence of uveal melanoma in the light-colored eye (23,47,59).

BIOLOGIC AND PHOTOBIOLOGIC EFFECTS OF EUMELANIN COMPARED TO PHEOMELANIN

Several studies have compared the reactivity of eumelanin and pheomelanin and found that both melanins act as free radical scavengers and inhibit UV-induced lipid peroxidation (69-72). However, the antioxidant properties of melanin are related to the type of melanin-the greater the ratio of eumelanin to pheomelanin, the more antioxidative the pigment (69,70). Pheomelanin complexed with Fe (III) stimulates UV-induced lipid peroxidation, whereas eumelanin does not (71,72). Cultured melanocytes with high levels of eumelanin show a better survival rate after irradiation with UVB (73). UV irradiation of melanin also generates ROS, and this photosensitization is greater for pheomelanin than for eumelanin (72,73).

Takeuchi et al. (74) examined the induction of DNA lesions and apoptosis upon UV exposure of congenic mice with black, yellow and albino coats. UVB-induced cyclobutane dimerization and apoptosis measured by sunburn cells or keratinocytes containing active caspase- 3 was strain independent. Combining the results of measurements on TUNEL-positive cells with the concentration of pigments in different mice revealed that compared to eumelanin, the presence of pheomelanin induces a three-fold greater activity. This result strongly supports the conclusion that pheomelanin sensitizes apoptosis (via caspase-3 activation) in adjacent cells at a frequency greater than that induced by direct DNA absorption. Studies using free-electron laser photoelectron emission microscopy, femtosecond time-resolved absorption spectroscopy and electron spin resonance oximetry reveal that unlike eumelanosomes, pheomelanosomes exhibit a second threshold potential of 3.8 eV, corresponding to photons with wavelengths as long as 326 nm (75,76). The data suggest that pheomelanosomes may be more susceptible to adverse reactions induced by solar radiation.

Uveal melanin in dark-colored eyes contains more eumelanin than that in light-colored eyes (23). Because both melanins are protective and eumelanin is less photoreactive than pheomelanin, the high level of eumelanin in dark-colored eyes suggests that dark- colored eyes would have a lower incidence of uveal melanoma and AMD, consistent with the results of epidemiologic studies (43,47-52).

REFERENCES

1. Snell, R. S. and M. A. Lemp (1998) Clinical Anatomy of the Eye. Wiley, New York.

2. Bumstead, K. M. and C. J. Barnstable (2000) Dorsal retinal pigment epithelium differentiate as neural retina in microphthalmia(mi/mi) mouse. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 41, 903- 908.

3. Dulac, C. (1993) The embryonic development of melanocytes and its pathology. M. S-Med Sci. 9, 417-424.

4. Hu, D. N. (2005) Photobiology of ocular melanocytes and melanoma. Photochem. Photobiol. 81, 506-509.

5. Sarna, T. (1992) Properties and function of the ocular melanin: A photobiophysical view. J. Photochem. Photobiol. 12, 215- 258.

6. Sarna, T. and H. A. Swartz (1998) The physical properties of melanin. In The Pigment System: Physiology and Pathophysiology (Edited by J. J. Nordland, R. E. Boissy, V. J. Hearing, R. A. King and J.-P. Ortonne) pp. 333-358. Oxford University Press, Oxford.

7. Sliney, D. H. (2005) Exposure geometry and spectral environment determine photobiological effects on the human eye. Photochem. Photobiol. 81, 483-489.

8. Kurzel, R. B., M. L. Wolbarsht and B. S. Yamanashi (1977) Ultraviolet radiation effects on the human eye. Photochem. Photobiol. Rev. 2. 133-167.

9. Singh, A. D., I. G. Rennie, S. Seregard, M. Giblin and J. McKenzie (2004) Sunlight exposure and pathogenesis of uveal melanoma. Surv. Ophthalmol. 49, 419-428.

10. Wakamatsu, K. and S. Ito (2002) Advanced chemical methods in melanin determination. Pigment Cell Res. 15, 174-183.

11. Clancy, C. M. R. and J. D. Simon (2001) Ultrastructural organization of eumelanin from Sepia officinalis measured by atomic force microscopy. Biochemistry 40, 13353-13360.

12. Liu, Y. and J. D. Simon (2003) Isolation and biophysical studies of natural eumelanins: Applications of imaging technologies and ultrafast spectroscopy. Pigment Cell Res. 16, 606-618.

13. Meredith, P. and T. Sarna (2006) The physical and chemical properties of eumelanin. Pigment Cell Res. 19, 572-594.

14. Boulton, M. (1998) Melanin and the retinal pigment epithelium. In The Pigment Epithelium. Function and Disease (Edited by M. F. Marmor and T. Wolfensberger), pp. 68-85. Oxford University Press, New York.

15. Dryja, T. P., M. O’Neil-Dryja, J. M. Pawelek and D. M. Albert (1978) Demonstration of tyrosinase in the adult bovine uveal tract and retinal pigment epithelium. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 17, 511-514.

16. Nakazawa, M., M. Tsuchiya, S. Hayasaka and K. Mizuno (1985) Tyrosinase activity in the uveal tissue of the adult bovine eye. Exp. Eye Res. 41, 249-258.

17. Sarna, T., J. M. Burke, W. Korytowski, M. Rozanowska, C. M. Skumatz, A. Zareba and M. Zareba (2003) Loss of melanin from human RPE with aging: Possible role of melanin photooxidation. Exp. Eye Res. 76, 89-98.

18. Boulton, M. and P. Dayhaw-Barker (2001) The role of the retinal pigment epithelium: Topographical variation and ageing changes. Eye 15, 384-389.

19. Schmidt, S. Y. and R. D. Peisch (1986) Melanin concentration in normal human retinal pigment epithelium: Regional variation and age-related reduction. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 27, 10631067.

20. Weiter, J. J., F. C. Delori, G. L. Wing and K. A. Fitch (1985) Relationship of senile macular degeneration to ocular pigmentation. Am. J. Ophthalmol. 99, 185-187.

21. Prota, G., D.-N. Hu, M. R. Vincensi, S. A. McCormick and A. Napolitano (1998) Characterization of melanins in human irides and cultured uveal melanocytes from eyes of different colors. Exp. Eye Res. 67, 293-299.

22. Liu, Y., L. Hong, K. Wakamatsu, S. Ito, B. B. Adhyaru, C. Y. Cheng, C. R. Bowers and J. D. Simon (2005) Comparisons of the structural and chemical properties of melanosomes isolated from retinal pigment epithelium, iris and choroid of newborn and mature bovine eyes. Photochem. Photobiol. 81, 510-516.

23. Wakamatsu, K., D. N. Hu, S. A. McCormick and S. Ito (2008) Characterization of melanin in human iridal and choroidal melanocytes from eyes with various colored irides. Pigment Cell Res. 21, 97-105.

24. Slominski, A., D. J. Tobin, S. Shibahara and J. Wortsman (2004) Melanin pigmentation in mammalian skin and its hormonal regulation. Physiol. Rev. 84, 1155-1228.

25. Wielgus, A. R. and T. Sarna (2005) Melanin in human irides of different color and age of donors. Pigment Cell Res. 18, 454-464.

26. Hu, D. N., R. Ritch, S. A. McCormick and K. Pelton-Henrion (1992) Isolation and cultivation of human iris pigment epithelium. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 33, 2443-2453.

27. Flood, M. T., P. Gouras and H. Kjeldbye (1980) Growth characteristics and ultrastructure of human retinal pigment epithelium in vitro. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 19, 1309-1320.

28. Hu, D. N., S. A. McCormick and R, Ritch (1993a) Studies of human uveal melanocytes in vitro: Growth regulation of cultured human uveal melanocytes. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 34, 22202227.

29. Hu, D. N. (2000) Regulation of growth and melanogenesis of uveal melanocytes. Pigment Cell Res. 13 (Suppl. 8), 81-86.

30. Hu, D. N., H. Savage and J. E. Roberts (2002) Uveal melanocytes, ocular pigment epithelium and Mueller cells in culture: In vitro toxicology. Int. J. Toxicol. 21, 465-472.

31. Hu, D. N., S. A. McCormick, S. J. Orlow, S. Rosemblat, A. Y. Lin and K. Wo (1995) Melanogenesis in cultured human uveal raelanocytes. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 36, 931-938.

32. Lu, F., D. Yan, X. Zhou, D. N. Hu and J. Qu (2007) Expression of melanin-related genes in cultured adult human retinal pigment epithelium and uveal melanoma cells. Mol. Vis., 13, 2066-2072.

33. Newsome, D. A. (1983) Retinal pigment epithelium culture. Current application. Trans. Ophthalmol. Soc. UK 103, 458-466.

34. Smith-Thomas, L., P. Richardson, A. J. Thody, A. Graham, I. Palmer, L. Flemming, M. A. Parsons, I. G. Rennie and S. MacNeil (1996) Human ocular raelanocytes and retinal pigment epithelial cells differ in their melanogenic properties in vivo and in vitro. Curr. Eye Res. 15, 1079-1091.

35. Kurtz, M. J. and R. B. Edwards (1991) Influence of bicarbonate and insulin on pigment synthesis by cultured adult human retinal pigment epithelial cells. Exp. Eye Res. 53, 681-684.

36. Pfeffer, B. A. (1991) Improved methodology for cell culture of human and monkey retinal pigment epithelium. In Progress in Retinal Research (Edited by N. Osborne and G. Chader), pp. 251291. Pergamon Press, Oxford.

37. Rak, D. J., K. M. Hardy, G. J. Jaffe and B. S. McKay (2006) Ca(+ +)-switch induction of RPE differentiation. Exp. Eye Res. 82, 648-656.

38. Eagle, R. C., Jr (1988) Iris pigmentation and pigraented lesions: An ultrastructural study. Trans. Am. Ophthalmol. Soc. 84, 581687.

39. Feeney, L., J. A. Grieshaber and M. J. Hogan (1965) Studies on human ocular pigment. In Eye Structure. II. Symposium (Edited by J. W. Rohen), pp. 535-548. Schattauer-Verlag, Stuttgart.

40. Imesch, P. D., C. D. Bindley, Z. Khademian, B. Ladd, R. Gangnon, D. M. Albert and I. H. L. Wallow (1996) Melanocytes and iris color: Electron microscope findings. Arch. Ophthalmol, 114, 443- 447. 41. Wilkerson, C. L., N. A. Syed, M. R. Fisher, N. L. Robinson, I. H. L. Wallow and D. M. Albert (1996) Melanocytes and iris color: Light microscopic findings. Arch. Ophthalmol. 114, 437-442.

42. Wakamatsu, K., R. Kavanagh, A. L. Kadekaro, S. Terzieva, R. Sturm, S. Leachman, A. Abdel-Malek and S. Ito (2006) Diversity of pigmentation in cultured human melanocytes is due to differences in the type as well as quantity of melanin. Pigment Cell Res. 19, 154- 162.

43. Hu, D. N., G. P. Yu, S. A. McCormick, S. Schneider and P. T. Finger (2005) Population-based incidence of uveal melanoma in various races and ethnic groups. Am. J. Ophthalmol. 140, 612617.

44. Holly, E. A., D. A. Aston, D. H. Char, J. J. Kristiansen and D. K. Ahn (1990) Uveal melanoma in relation to ultraviolet light exposure and host factors. Cancer Res. 50, 5773-5777.

45. Pane, A. R. and L. W. Hirst (2000) Ultraviolet light exposure as a risk factor for ocular melanoma in Queensland, Australia. Ophthalmic Epidemiol. 7, 159-167.

46. Vajdic, C. M., A. Kricker, M. Giblin, J. McKenzie, J. Aitken, G. G. Giles and B. K. Armstrong (2001) Eye color and cutaneous nevi predict risk of ocular melanoma in Australia. Int. J. Cancer 92, 906- 912.

47. Weis, E., C. P. Shah, M. Lajous, J. A. Shields and C. L. Shields (2006) The association between host susceptibility factors and uveal melanoma: A meta-analysis. Arch. Ophthalmol. 124, 54-60.

48. Age-Related Eye Disease Study Research Group (2000) Risk factors associated with age-related macular degeneration: A case- control study in the age-related eye disease study: Age-Related Eye Disease Study Report Number 3. Ophthalmology 107, 22242232.

49. Friedman, D. S., J. Katz, N. M. Bressler, B. Rahmani and J. M. Tielsch (1999) Racial differences in the prevalence of age- related macular degeneration: The Baltimore Eye Survey. Ophthalmology 106, 1049-1055.

50. Klein, R., M. L. Rowland and M. I. Harris (1995) Racial/ ethnic differences in age-related maculopathy. Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey. Ophthalmology 102, 371-381.

51. Klein, R., B. E. Klein, E. K. Marino, L. H. Kuller, C. Furberg, G. L. Burke and L. D. Hubbard (2003) Early age-related maculopathy in the Cardiovascular Health Study. Ophthalmology 110, 25-33.

52. Klein, R., B. E. Klein, M. D. Knudtson, T. Y. Wong, M. F. Cotch, K. Liu, G. Burke, M. F. Saad and D. R. Jacobs Jr (2006) Prevalence of age-related macular degeneration in 4 racial/ethnic groups in the multi-ethnic study of atherosclerosis. Ophthalmology 113, 373-380.

53. Frank, R. N., J. E. Puklin, C. Stock and L. A. Canter (2000) Race, iris color, and age-related macular degeneration. Trans. Am. Ophthalmol. Soc. 98, 109-115.

54. Hyman, L. G., A. M. Lilienfeld, F. L. Ferris 3rd and S. L. Fine (1983) Senile macular degeneration: A case-control study. Am. J. Epidemiol. 118, 213-227.

55. Mitchell, P., W. Smith and J. J. Wang (1998) Iris color, skin sun sensitivity, and age-related maculopathy: The Blue Mountains Eye Study. Ophthalmology 105, 1359-1363.

56. Mitchell, P., J. J. Wang, S. Foran and W. Smith (2002) Five- year incidence of age-related maculopathy lesions: The Blue Mountains Eye Study. Ophthalmology 109, 1092-1097.

57. Sandberg, M. A., A. R. Gaudio, S. Miller and A. Weiner (1994) Iris pigmentation and extent of disease in patients with neovascular age-related macular degeneration. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 35, 2734-2740.

58. Hong, L., J. D. Simon and T. Sarna (2006) Melanin structure and the potential functions of uveal melanosomes. Pigment Cell Res. 19, 465-466.

59. Hu, D. N., S. A. McCormick and G. P. Yu (2008) Latitude and incidence of uveal melanoma. Ophthalmology in press.

60. Bok, D. (2005) Evidence for an inflammatory process in age- related macular degeneration gains new support. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 102, 7053-7054.

61. Shields, J. A. and S. C. Shields (1992) Intraocular Tumor: A Text and Atlas, pp. 54-306. W. B. Saunders, Philadelphia.

62. Peters, S., T. Lamah, D. Kokkinou, K. U. Bartz-Schmidt and U. Schraermeyer (2006) Melanin protects choroidal blood vessels against light toxicity. Z. Naturforsch. 61, 427-433.

63. Wang, Z., J. Dillon and E. R. Gaillard (2006) Antioxidant properties of melanin in retinal pigment epithelial cells. Photochem. Photobiol. 82, 474-479.

64. Zareba, M., M. W. Raciti, M. M. Henry, T. Sarna and J. M. Burke (2006) Oxidative stress in ARPE-19 cultures: Do melanosomes confer cytoprotection? Free Radic. Biol. Med. 40, 87-100.

65. Zareba, M., T. Sarna, G. Szewczyk and J. M. Burke (2007) Photobleaching of melanosomes from retinal pigment epithelium: II. Effects on the response of living cells to photic stress. Photochem. Photobiol. 83, 925-930.

66. Zadlo, A., M. Rozanowska, J. M. Burke and T. Sarna (2007) Photobleaching of retinal pigment epithelium melanosomes reduces their ability to inhibit iron-induced peroxidation of lipids. Pigment Cell Res. 20, 52-60.

67. Burke, J. M., M. M. Henry, M. Zareba and T. I. Sarna (2007) Photobleaching of melanosomes from retinal pigment epithelium: I. Effects on protein oxidation. Photochem. Photobiol. 83, 920-924.

68. Weiter, J. J., F. C. Delori, G. L. Wing and K. A. Fitch (1986) Retinal pigment epithelial lipofuscin and melanin and choroidal melanin in human eyes. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 27, 145-152.

69. Chedekel, M. R., P. P. Agin and R. M. Sayre (1980) Photochemistry of pheomelanin: Action spectrum for superoxide production. Photochem. Photobiol. 31, 553-555.

70. Chedekel, M. R., S. K. Smith, P. W. Post, A. Pokora and D. L. Vessell (1978) Photodestruction of pheomelanin: Role of oxygen. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 75, 5395-5399.

71. Krol, E. S. and D. C. Liebler (1998) Photoprotective actions of natural and synthetic melanins. Chem. Res. Toxicol. 11, 1434- 1440.

72. Takeuchi, S., W. Zhang, K. Wakamatsu, S. Ito, V. J. Hearing, K. H. Kraemer and D. E. Brash (2004) Melanin acts as a potent UVB photosensitizer to cause a novel mode of cell death in murine skin. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 101, 15076-15081.

73. de Leeuw, S. M., N. P. Smit, M. Van Veldhoven, E. M. Pennings, S. Pavel, J. W. Simons and A. A. Schothorst (2001) Melanin content of cultured human melanocytes and UV-induced cytctoxicity. J. Photochem. Photobiol. B, Biol. 61, 106-113.

74. Takeuchi, S., W. Zhang, K. Wakamatsu, S. Ito, V. J. Hearing, K. H. Kraemer and D. E. Brash (2004) Melanin acts as a potent UVB photosensitizer to cause an atypical mode of cell death in murine skin. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 101, 15076-15081.

75. Samokhvalov, A., L. Hong, Y. Liu, J. Garguilo, R. J. Nemanich, G. S. Edwards and J. D. Simon (2005) Oxidative potentials of human eumelanosomes and pheomelanosomes. Photochem. Photobiol. 81, 145-148.

76. Ye, T., L. Hong, J. Garguilo, A. Pawlak, G. S. Edwards, R. J. Nemanich, T. Sarna and J. D. Simon (2006) Photoionization thresholds of melanins obtained free-electron laser photoelectron emission microscopy, femtosecond transient absorption spectroscopy, and EPR measurements of oxygen photoconsumption. Photochem. Photobiol. 82, 733-737.

Dan-Ning Hu*1,2, John D. Simon3 and Tadeusz Sarna4

1 Tissue Culture Center, Department of Pathology, The New York Eye and Ear Infirmary and New York Medical College, New York, NY

2 Department of Ophthalmology, Show Chwan Memorial Hospital, Taiwan

3 Department of Chemistry, Duke University, Durham, NC

4 Department of Biophysics, Jagiellonian University, Krakow, Poland

Received 29 October 2007, accepted 4 January 2008, DOI: 10.1111/ j.1751-1097.2008.00316.x

[dagger] This invited paper is part of the Symposium-in-Print: Melanins.

* Corresponding author email: [email protected] (Dan-Ning Hu)

(c) 2008 The Authors. Journal Compilation. The American Society of Photobiology 0031-8655/08

Copyright American Society for Photobiology May/Jun 2008

(c) 2008 Photochemistry and Photobiology. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Teachers’ Perceptions of ELL Education

By Batt, Ellen G

Since implementation of No Child Left Behind (NCLB) mandates, much attention has been focused on the education of the rapidly growing English language learners (ELLs) in U.S. schools. Disaggregated accountability reports for subgroups are required as a result of NCLB. Schools must report yearly progress in ELL students’ growth in English proficiency, reading, and math tests, and schools must assure that all students are taught by highly qualified teachers. Rural school districts are especially challenged to provide inservice teachers with face to face professional development to meet the needs of increasing numbers of English learners (Sehlaoui, Seguin, & Kreicker, 2005). Background

Demographics

During the academic year 2003-2004, 5.5 million students in the U. S. were limited English proficient (LEP), and 80 percent of these LEP students spoke Spanish as their first language (U.S. Department of Education, 2004). Hispanics continue to be the largest and fastest-growing minority group in the U.S. (Bernstein, 2006). The critical concern for effective linguistic minority education in the rural state of Idaho corresponds closely to the nationwide challenge.

Idaho’s growth in limited English proficient students from the 1990 to 2000 census was greater than 200 percent (Office of English Language Acquisition, Enhancement, and Academic Achievement for LEP Students, 2004). Over 80 percent of Idaho’s English learners come from Spanish-speaking backgrounds (Idaho State Board of Education, 2005), and the percentage of youth nineteen and younger in the Hispanic population is greater than the percentage of the same age group in the non-Hispanic population. Furthermore, the infant mortality rate of Hispanics in Idaho is slightly lower than the rate for non-Hispanics (Idaho Commission on Hispanic Affairs, 2004).

ELL Academic Achievement

Rapid growth in the ELL and Hispanic student populations demands attention among educators and teacher education programs, as the academic success rate of Hispanic students nationwide and in Idaho has consistently lagged well behind the rest of the student population (Bergman, 2005). From fall 1993 through spring 2004, Idaho’s Hispanic cohort dropout rate estimates ranged between 42.61 percent and 23.19 percent. The actual number of dropouts in grades nine through twelve reported by school districts to the state department of education during this time period totaled 7,358 students (Idaho State Department of Education, 2004).

Recent school reports in the state clearly indicate that a gap exists between academic achievement rates of Idaho’s Latino students and majority students. Data for the Idaho Standards Achievement Tests (ISAT) compiled by the state department of education following the 2004-2005 academic year reveal discrepancies in achievement for Idaho’s largest LEP ethnic subgroup in all three areas tested by the ISAT: reading, language usage, and mathematics (Idaho State Department of Education, 2005).

Teacher Supply and Qualifications

As in the nation as a whole, Idaho educators with the requisite knowledge and skills to work effectively with linguistic minority students have been in short supply. During the 2002-03 school year 5.64 percent of the state’s ESL and bilingual teachers were not fully certified, which represented a higher percentage of non- certificated teachers than all other teaching areas (Stefanic, 2002). Reports indicate that ESL positions have consistently been among the most difficult for schools to fill between the 2002-03 and 2005-06 academic years (Howard, Stefanic, & Norton, 2006). Seventy- two percent of the school districts in the state with vacancies in ESL in 2005-06 reported the positions were hard to fill or very hard to fill (Balcom, 2006).

The majority of ELL teachers of academic content have been education assistants rather than certified teachers, and the state’s consulting evaluator who issued the report in 2002 for ELL education in Idaho surmised that most of the ELL certified content teachers had received ESL strategies through workshops or inservice rather than through ongoing, sustained professional development or coursework in their pre-service certification programs (Hargett, 2002).

Purpose

Concern for the status of linguistic minority education in Idaho provided motivation to investigate the perceptions of the inservice educators who work most closely with a large proportion of ELLs in the rural state’s public schools. The study sought to learn directly from the state’s ELL educators what they perceived as the greatest challenges and needs for improvement of ELL education.

The investigation aimed to directly solicit solutions and priorities from participants in order to design professional development for the short term, and to rethink teacher education in a proactive mode for the long term. The major questions of the study were: (1) What are the greatest challenges impeding effective education for the state’s ELLs? (2) What areas of professional development are needed to overcome these challenges?

Methodology

Both quantitative and qualitative methods were utilized in the research project. A focus group consisting of the board of directors of the state association of ESL and bilingual educators initially brainstormed questions for a survey to investigate educators’ perceptions of greatest challenges and potential solutions regarding ELL education in the state. The board members also generated multiple anticipated responses to survey questions, reflective of their experiences and opinions in their own educational contexts. Responses of “other” with space provided on the survey were added in order to assure that ideas not generated in the focus group would not be precluded. The researcher refined and formatted the survey, which was then approved by a university institutional research board.

Quantitative analysis of the survey provided a demographic description of the sample, as well as frequencies of multiple responses. Open-ended survey responses and transcriptions of focus group comments and interviews were written into a database and analyzed through a qualitative process. Recorded sentences, paragraphs, and ideas were coded to conceptualize the data and create categories of major concern and proposed solutions. (Strauss & Corbin, 1990; Yin, 1994). Frequencies of the coded categories were tallied to ascertain the central issues and most compelling priorities across the sample of survey respondents.

Participants

The participants for this study were purposefully selected to attain a maximum, all-inclusive sample of the rural state’s educators with a primary role in ELL education. The two criteria for selection were: (1) The participants were educators working closely with a large percentage of ELLs in their schools and (2) The participants were motivated to voluntarily provide thoughtful input for improvement in ELL education.

The study sample consisted of a total of 161 participants, including 157 educators from Idaho and four from a bordering rural county in Oregon. The educators represented 26 counties. The ethnic makeup of the participants was predominantly White (57 percent) and Hispanic (40 percent).

Various educator roles were represented in the study: ESL and bilingual program directors and coordinators, ESL and bilingual education teachers, paraprofessionals, and mainstream teachers who teach a large number of ELLs in their classrooms. Twenty-three participants indicated they perform more than one educational role. This paper reports selected findings on the perceptions of the disaggregated group of 102 certified teachers in the survey database.

Among the 102 certified teachers, 80 indicated English as their first language, 21 indicated Spanish as their first language, and one teacher was from a different language background. Fifty-four respondents indicated English as their second language, 22 indicated Spanish as their second language, 7 indicated a language other than English or Spanish, and 19 indicated they did not have a second language. Seventy of the 102 teachers surveyed indicated they hold endorsements in ESL and 31 do not; 39 hold bilingual education endorsements and 60 do not. Some teachers hold both endorsements.

The certified teachers work in a variety of linguistic minority education models, and some teachers split their workday, teaching in multiple models within their school or district. Seventy-nine percent of the teachers indicated they teach in ESL models (52 percent in pullout models, and 27 percent in content-based ESL). Thirty percent of the teachers indicated they teach in bilingual education programs (13 percent in transitional programs, 6 percent in developmental bilingual programs, and 11 percent in two-way bilingual programs.) Twenty-one percent of the teachers work in mainstream classrooms where the average number of ELL students range between 23 and 43 percent.

Procedure

A survey was given to 165 educators in attendance of the annual conference of the Idaho Association for Bilingual Education (IABE), whose primary mission is to provide professional development for educators of English learners during the state’s designated inservice days each fall. During and after the IABE conference, the researcher also conducted focus groups and interviews. In addition to the 106 surveys collected during the conference (a 64 percent rate of return), the survey was mailed to an additional 157 teachers in the state who had been teaching ESL or bilingual education during the previous year; 55 respondents returned the mailed surveys (a 35 percent rate of return), for a 50 percent rate of return overall. To gain an understanding and specific illustrations of teachers’ perspectives in educating ELLs, space to write “other” responses in addition to or instead of those explicitly listed as multiple choices on the questionnaire was provided. The survey also included open-ended questions, and the final question solicited “additional comments.”

Survey responses were entered into an SPSS database for descriptive quantitative analysis, and respondents’ open comments and quotes from interviews and focus groups were transcribed into a database, analyzed, and coded by the researcher to categorize the central issues communicated. A bilingual education colleague read the database comments and validated the codes. Frequencies of each code were then calculated to establish teacher consensus regarding the most compelling issues and to rank the priorities voiced by the educators on the whole.

Findings and Results

Greatest Challenges Affecting ELL Education

Educators’ Qualifications: Teachers perceived that not all educators who work with ELLs in their schools were qualified to work with linguistic minority students. In response to the question whether all staff members in their school who serve ELLs are highly qualified for their positions, thirty-nine percent of the respondents indicated “no” and 55 percent of the respondents indicated “yes.” Six percent did not respond to the question.

One of the open-ended questions on the survey asked: “What are the three greatest challenges you face in educating ELLs?” Twenty percent of the respondents indicated that the lack of colleagues’ knowledge and skills in educating ELLs was one of their three greatest challenges. Many teachers indicated that their colleagues lacked an understanding of diversity or multicultural education. The following respondents’ comments reflect frustration with the level of skills and support contributed by mainstream teachers and administrators:

“The problem in our school is that the mainstream teachers and administrators don’t understand LEP needs and how to teach them.””We need some help here! The district’s ESL program just doesn’t have the staff resources, not to mention an adequate budget to do it alone. Everybody needs to own these kids.””Require all staff members to attend classes on how to work with ESL and ELL students. I have people in my building that refer to my kids as ‘them’.””We need more consistency in our district from school to school. More..?support from mainstream teachers toward ELL teacher & students. We still have a high number of staff who say things like ‘They shouldn’t be here,’ ‘Send them back to Mexico,’ etc.”

The LEP Migrant Programs director of the state department of education observed needs for training of mainstream teachers also, and she solicited the state professional association to assist mainstream teachers:

I would like IABE to be more proactive in helping districts develop and implement professional development for all classroom teachers. As I visit the State, I find that ESL and migrant staff are very well informed on how to work with LEP children. However, most classroom teachers have no training. How can we encourage more classroom teachers to attend the IABE conference? (personal communication, July 31, 2004)

Understaffing of ESL and Bilingual Educators

Participants in the study indicated there was an insufficient number of ESL and bilingual educators employed in their schools. The teachers reported that an average of 2.97 ESL and bilingual staff were employed in their schools, whereas an average of 4.40 were needed. Many teachers voiced their feelings about being stretched too thin. One respondent wrote: “I am the ESL provider for 6 different schools. All grades and travel between the schools. Supposedly getting the job done in 5 1/2 hours per day” [sic].

Extra Duties

ELL specialists’ extra duties in addition to their instructional roles constrain teachers’ effectiveness and create much pressure and personal stress. The responsibilities of ELL education is driving some teachers to leave the fields of ESL and bilingual education, which are already areas of teacher shortage. Bilingual educators reported that they performed many extra duties in addition to their teaching role. Eighteen percent of the respondents specified that allocated time in the workday to accomplish the workload demanded of them was one of their greatest challenges.

One teacher indicated the time factor as her single greatest challenge: “Finding time to teach the English language along with all other things that are expected of me [is my greatest challenge,] such as: translation, lesson plans, program coordinator, conferences, phone calls…”

Additional insight was gained from the study participants through two of the survey open-ended questions: (1) “If you hold an ESL or Bilingual Ed endorsement, but are not teaching ESL or Bilingual Ed, why not?” and (2) “If you were teaching ESL or Bilingual Ed, but you left the field, why did you leave?” Candid responses echoed an overwhelming feeling of the stress involved in performing a big job solo and in tandem with many extra duties.

Referencing paperwork as an extra duty, one teacher commented, “I’ll let you know next year [whether I will remain in ELL education] and my impression is I’ll leave because according to my calculations, I spend three hours on paperwork to every 1 hour of my teaching and prep time.” Likewise, other teachers voiced doubtful sentiments about remaining in the field as an ESL educator: “The huge amount of paperwork required by federal and state government to teach in this area-I haven’t left yet, but I do intend to leave the field soon.” Another respondent voiced similar frustration:

I may leave after this year because it is too overwhelming, too much to do and little to no support from administrators! The NCLB & ISAT are changing the rules, but no one is helping to change the program for the students.

Proposed Solutions

Professional Development Needed

The teacher respondents identified priorities for professional development. The top six ranked areas in which they expressed need for professional development were: parent involvement (30 percent); ESL curriculum development (29 percent); Spanish language class (28 percent); first and second language literacy methods (26 percent); sheltered English instruction (25 percent); ESL methods (24 percent); and how to establish a newcomer center (24 percent).

Restructuring Needed

The ELL practitioners also recommended restructuring solutions to improve ELL education. In order of priority ranking, they proposed for their school to: hire more ESL or Bilingual Education certified teachers (75 percent); create an ESL consulting teacher position (52 percent); hire more bilingual education assistants (45 percent); create a Sheltered English academy (44 percent); provide effective professional development (41 percent); group students by the same language proficiency levels (30 percent); change the ESL curriculum (20 percent); and use a different education model (14 percent).

Discussion

In consideration of the aim to leave no English language learner behind, ESL and bilingual educators need the collaboration and assistance of mainstream teachers and administrators to help meet the many challenges inherent in educating ELLs. In order to be academically successful, the ELL subgroup that faces greater challenges in mastering academic content in a second language requires a greater number of teachers with language-teaching skills than are presently in place in their schools. Because hiring more specialized educators in areas of critical shortage poses a very difficult challenge regardless of budgetary constraints, an alternative must be devised to create a general workforce with the skills needed.

Retention of qualified ESL and bilingual endorsed educators to work with the greatest number of ELLs is critical. When the workload demands outweigh the allocated time in the workday to accomplish teaching duties and extra duties, these educators with added-on skills have the option to move over or out to seek an educational context with fewer ELLs, less paperwork, less testing, and less translating and interpreting to distract them from their central role of teaching students. Administrators should be realistic about the effectiveness of teachers who are overwhelmed with extra duties, and hire interpreters and clerical assistants so certified ESL and bilingual teachers can focus on teaching their students effectively.

Dialogue between professionals in schools and in teacher education programs is a necessary first step toward narrowing the gap between the skill set that teacher education currently imparts to pre-service teachers and the skills educators need in today’s schools. As the linguistic minority population increases, teacher education must give higher priority to include coursework in diversity issues and ESL methods for all teachers. If teacher education programs fail to supply educators with the subset of critical skills needed for today’s students, administrators are left with the costly and logistically difficult recourse of providing professional development to overcome the deficiency in skills needed by inservice educators to help ELLs succeed academically.

Educators no longer have the luxury of time for students to acquire English in isolated ESL programs before they are required to perform on high stakes academic assessments. Integration of language and content of the core curriculum throughout the ELL’s time in school is paramount. Whereas research indicates students have typically taken five to seven years to become proficient in academic language to perform on academic tests in English (Cummins, 1981b), or seven to ten years for language learners who have had little or no instruction in their native language (Collier & Thomas, 2002), statistics of these studies must be improved upon. All educators must rise to the challenge to decrease the number of years in school needed by ELLs to demonstrate language proficiency and academic achievement. By learning and utilizing instructional language- teaching methods and best practices, mainstream teachers can make a significant contribution to the linguistic and academic growth of English learners.

Recommendations

Some of the highly prioritized solutions for ELL education posited by participant consensus in this study may not be logistically or fiscally feasible, given the ESL and bilingual teacher shortage and schools’ budgetary constraints, such as hiring more ESL or bilingual education certified teachers, hiring more bilingual education assistants, and creating an ESL consulting teacher position. These recommendations should, however, be taken into consideration by school administrators for improvement of ELL education in their school contexts.

Three of the highest professional development priorities named by practitioners in the study were ESL methods, sheltered instruction, and first and second language literacy methods. These priorities could be addressed through inservice professional development for the short term to overcome gaps in teacher preparation to serve ELLs. Inclusion of sheltered instruction concepts and strategies in an undergraduate course, or teaching the entire SIOP model (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol) developed by Echevarria, Vogt, & Short (2004) could potentially address these articulated needs for the long term. Collaboration with foreign language or educational linguistics professors to design and teach a course for all pre-service teachers across the content areas could be the critical beginning to impart an understanding of second language acquisition and strategies needed to teach ELLs effectively in schools today.

Extensive coursework in the areas identified by participants is required for individuals seeking degrees or endorsements in ESL or bilingual education in colleges having such programs. Too often teacher candidates view their program’s minimum requirements as maximum requirements. Teacher educators could positively help remedy the challenges articulated in this study by advising pre-service teachers into courses that may already exist, but are not required per se in the general education core or the teacher certification process.

One prioritized need for professional development identified was Spanish class. Because language acquisition requires substantial time and commitment, a foreign language would be more appropriately acquired during the undergraduate experience than through professional development if teachers hope to gain a meaningful level of proficiency. Teacher education advisors would benefit their teacher candidates by advising them into language courses as a means of gaining a useful skill for their future teaching career, especially in areas where ELLs come predominately from one common language background.

Even if pre-service teachers could not continue language study to the level of superior fluency, they could gain an understanding and appreciation of the minority culture and a degree of empathy for language learners. Furthermore, the instructional modeling and the methods experienced as a student of foreign language study could impart an understanding of the language acquisition process and language learners’ instructional needs for comprehensible instruction. The nearly 20 percent of teachers in this study who indicated they had no second language and who work with their schools’ largest percentage of ELLs are certainly disadvantaged by never having learned a second language themselves.

Conclusion

This study of teachers’ perceptions of ELL education in a rural state identifies their greatest challenges in linguistic minority education as well as ranked recommendations for solutions. Inservice practitioners need professional development to compensate for knowledge and skills not obtained during the teacher certification process, yet needed in today’s educational context. Practitioners voiced a need to hire more specialists, and to provide all educators a multicultural education and training in ESL methods as a means to acquire more assistance from mainstream teachers.

As demographics of English learners increase and shortages of ESL and bilingual educators continue, all educators need the requisite knowledge and skills to effectively educate linguistic minority students. Teacher education programs can proactively impact ELL challenges by modifying course offerings to include minority parent involvement, ESL methods, and sheltered instruction for all pre- service teachers. The success of ELL students cannot remain the sole responsibility of ESL and bilingual educators in the era of No Child Left Behind.

References

Balcom, F. (2006). Final evaluation report of the Idaho state improvement grant: Improving results initiative. Boise, ID: Evaluation report to the Idaho State Department of Education. Retrieved July 6, 2006 from http://www.sde.state.id.us/SpecialEd/ docs/ SIG/FinReportIdahoSIG.pdf

Bergman, M. (March 28, 2005). College degree nearly doubles annual earnings. Washington, DC: U.S. Census Bureau News, U.S. Department of Commerce. Retrieved July 5, 2006 from http:// www,census.gov/Press- Release/www/reeleases/archives/adeucation/ 004214.html

Bernstein, R. (2006). Nation’s population onethird minority. Washington, DC: U.S. Census Bureau News. Retrieved July 5, 2006 from www.census.gov/Press-Release/www/releases/ archives/population/ 006808

Collier, V.P. & Thomas, W. P. (2002). A national study of school effectiveness for language minority students’ long-term academic achievement. Santa Cruz, CA: University of California, Santa Cruz, Center for Research on Education, Diversity, and Excellence.

Cummins, J. (1981b). Age on arrival and immigrant second language learning in Canada: A reassessment. Applied Linguistics, 2, 132- 149.

Echevarria, J., Vogt, M.E., & Short, D.J. (2004). Making content comprehensible for English learners: The SIOP model (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Hargett, G. (2002). Idaho research report on LEP student achievement. Boise, ID: Idaho State Department of Education.

Howard, M., Stefanic, M., & Norton, L. (July 2006). Educator supply and demand in Idaho: 20th annual report. Boise, ID: Idaho Department of Education. Retrieved July 3, 2006 from http:// www.sde.id/us/certification/ documents/ EDUCATORSUPPLYANDDEMANDINIDAHO20052006. doc

Idaho Commission on Hispanic Affairs. (2004). Hispanic profile data book for Idaho. Boise, ID: Idaho Commission on Hispanic Affairs. Retrieved July 7, 2006 from http://www2/ state.id.us/icha/ menus/profile.asp

Idaho State Board of Education. (June 2005). Limited English Proficient (LEP) subcommittee final report and recommendations. Boise, ID: Idaho State Board of Education. Retrieved July 3, 2006 from http://www.idahoboardofed. org/lep/documents/ LEPSubCoimmitteeFinalReportandRec5- 05_001.pdf

Idaho State Department of Education. (2004). Public school finance estimated Hispanic dropout rates 1993-2004. Boise, ID: Idaho State Department of Education. Retrieved July 3, 2006 from http:// www.sde.state.id.us/ Finance/docs/dropout/hispanicdropout.pdf

Idaho State Department of Education. (2005). Student performance on state proficiency standards: 2005 state results for reading, language usage & mathematics. Boise, ID: Idaho State Department of Education. Retrieved July 7, 2006 from htto://www/ boardofed.idaho.gov/saa/isat/ISAT-SPo5_ UPDATE/ State%20Proficiency%20-%20RL- M%20x%20Ethnic.pdf

Office of English Language Acquisition, Language Enhancement, and Academic Achievement for Limited English Proficient Students. (December 2004). Idaho rate of growth 1993/1994-2003/2004. [Brochure]. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education.

Sehlaoui, A., Seguin, C. A., & Kreicker, K. (2005). Facing the challenge of online ESOL teacher education in an era of accountability: A collaborative model. 173-189. In Research on alternative and non-traditional education: Teacher education yearbook XIII, ed. J.R. Dangel & E.M. Guyton. Lanham, MD: ScarecrowEducation.

Stefanic, M. (2002). Idaho state report of Title II waivers. Boise, ID: Idaho State Department of Education. Retrieved July 3, 2006 from https://www/title2.org/Title2DR/Waivers. asp

Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1990). Basics of qualitative research: Grounded theory procedures and techniques. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

U.S. Department of Education. (Feb. 19, 2004). Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education. Fact sheet: NCLB provisions ensure flexibility and accountability for limited Emglish proficient students. Retrieved July 8, 2006 from http://www/ed/gov/nclb/ accountability/ schools/factsheet-english.html

Yin, R.K. (1994). Case study research: Design and methods. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Ellen G. Batt is an associate professor of modern foreign languages and education at The College of Idaho, Caldwell, Idaho.

Copyright Caddo Gap Press Spring 2008

(c) 2008 Multicultural Education. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Medical Students Committed to Underserved Local Communities Win Awards

Kaiser Permanente awarded mentoring scholarships to 12 medical students committed to providing quality and sensitive care to Southern California’s uniquely diverse patient population. Each awardee will participate in a mentoring program with a Kaiser Permanente clinician, complete a 4-6 week clinical rotation at a Kaiser Permanente facility, and receive a $5,000 scholarship for their education.

The Kaiser Permanente Oliver Goldsmith, MD, Scholarship program is dedicated to the promotion and advancement of culturally responsive care, and it is named after Dr. Goldsmith, who championed this issue throughout his career at Kaiser Permanente before he retired in 2003 as the medical director of the Southern California Permanente Medical Group (SCPMG). With this year’s awardees, the program, which was established in 2004, will have given out 41 awards and a total of $205,000 to assist medical students.

Jeffrey Weisz, MD, executive medical director of SCPMG, created this program, and said, “I am honored to bestow these awards on such an impressive group of young medical students. They have already demonstrated a commitment to serving all population groups, especially those that have traditionally been underserved. Hopefully, this program will nurture them even more before they start practicing in Southern California.”

Kaiser Permanente continues Dr. Goldsmith’s instrumental efforts in developing culturally responsive care by maintaining initiatives that ensure doctors are prepared to meet the clinical, cultural, and linguistic needs of patients, and that ensure physicians are aware of the varying epidemiologic incidence of disease among different racial, ethnic, and cultural groups. This year’s awardees have demonstrated a commitment to diversity through community service, clinical volunteering, or research.

The mentoring scholarship recipients are a diverse group. Nearly all have roots in Southern California and most are attending local medical schools.

For example, one recipient is Jose Luis Ocampo. Jose is a student in the Drew/UCLA Medical Education Program, where he is a mentorship coordinator for the Latino Medical Student Association. Jose has served as planning coordinator for both the Lennox Health Fair and the Harbor-UCLA Summer Urban Fellowship Health Fair. At the Harbor-UCLA fair, he conducted research in community needs assessment and learned how to implement and evaluate programs that empower medically underserved communities.

Jose said he has a “desire to not only address many of the health issues and medical conditions that disproportionately affect minorities and the poor, but also a desire to advance the science and practice of medicine,” a sentiment that is shared by his fellow mentoring scholarship recipients.

Attached is a sheet that gives brief profiles of the 12 Kaiser Permanente Oliver Goldsmith, MD, Scholarship program awardees.

Kaiser Permanente is one of the nation’s leading integrated health plans. Founded in 1945, it is a nonprofit, group practice prepayment program with Southern California headquarters in Pasadena, California. Kaiser Permanente serves the health care needs of 3.3 million members in Southern California. Today it encompasses the nonprofit Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc., Kaiser Foundation Hospitals and their subsidiaries, and the for-profit Southern California Permanente Medical Group. Kaiser Permanente’s Southern California Region includes more than 55,800 technical, administrative and clerical employees and caregivers, and more than 6,400 physicians representing all specialties. More information about Kaiser Permanente can be found at www.kaiserpermanente.org.

OLIVER GOLDSMITH, MD, SCHOLARSHIP BRIEF PROFILES

OF THE 12 AWARDEES (listed alphabetically)

Ms. Negin Agange

UC Irvine School of Medicine

A student at the University of California, Irvine School of Medicine, Negin Agange is coordinator and founding leader of a student-run free clinic project at UCI. She also helped establish a course elective for the medical school aimed at sustaining the clinic volunteer base and the principles behind the community clinic. In addition to her leadership and community work, Negin is a student in the Medical Education for the Latino Community program, a combined-degree program dedicated to providing the highest quality care to the medically underserved.

Ms. Paola Case

UC Irvine School of Medicine

A student at the University of California, Irvine School of Medicine, Paola Case is secretary of the Latino Medical Student Association and a volunteer for the UC Irvine student-run free clinic. She has a long history of community volunteerism and health education, which has been pivotal in shaping her understanding of culturally competent health care. Paola was also a community mentor at a women’s clinic, which exposed her to the linguistic barriers encountered by patients. Having emigrated from Mexico, Paola uses her bicultural perspective to support culturally relevant, quality medical care, and hopes to enhance her linguistic and clinical skills while training with the Southern California population.

Mr. David Chao

Michigan State University College of Human Medicine

David Chao is a student at Michigan State University, College of Human Medicine. He is the National Hepatitis B Director for the Asian Pacific American Medical Student Association (APAMSA), where he works to improve Hepatitis B awareness and research, and to encourage chapters to reach out to recent immigrant and refugee populations. David is also APAMSA’s chapter president for his medical school, where he focuses on recruitment, diversity education, fundraising, and community-building. He is active on several community initiatives, including serving as a medical student volunteer at Friendship Clinic, where he helps provide basic health care services for low income individuals and families.

Mr. Edward Seung Lee

UCLA School of Medicine

Edward Seung Lee is a student at the David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA. He is active in learning about community development in different cultures and settings: his pursuit has taken him around the world–from rural Dominican Republic to urban San Jose–working with Latino farmers and Vietnamese immigrants. Edward is a founding Board member and currently chairman of the Board of Directors of the Los Angeles Mission Community Clinic, which gives him an opportunity to use what he’s gained from his unique experiences and to bring about positive health care changes for the underserved and disadvantaged.

Mr. Jose Luis Ocampo

Drew/UCLA Medical Education Program

Jose Luis Ocampo is a student in the Drew/UCLA Medical Education Program, where he is a mentorship coordinator for the Latino Medical Student Association. Jose has served as planning coordinator for both the Lennox Health Fair and the Harbor-UCLA Summer Urban Fellowship Health Fair; at the latter fair, he conducted research in community needs assessment and learned how to implement and evaluate programs that empower medically underserved communities. Jose is co-president of the Family Medicine Interest Group and the Pediatrics Interest Group, where he organizes a lecture series on topics such as covering the uninsured. As a UCLA Mobile Clinic Volunteer, Jose continues to hone his clinical skills in culturally-sensitive medicine.

Mr. Chul-Kyun Park

UC Davis School of Medicine

Chul-Kyun Park is pursuing his medical degree at the University of California at Davis Medical School. He is co-director of the Paul Hom Asian Clinic, a free student-run clinic where he organizes preceptors, medical students, and patient advocates to serve the underserved population in Sacramento County. Since 2005, he has been a Catholic Medical Volunteer, where he helps with the annual health fair, educates people about diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia, administers flu shots, and performs Dexa-scans for bone density. An immigrant, Chul-Kyun’s commitment to caring for the underserved extends to other countries as well. He is scheduled to serve a small community in Nicaragua during his fourth year of medical school.

Mr. Ricardo Salas

Drew/UCLA Medical Education Program

Ricardo Salas is a student of the Drew/UCLA Medical Education Program. He is a former class president for the UCLA School of Medicine and is currently a medical student representative of the Latino Medical Student Association. Ricardo, who also has a Master of Public Health degree, comes from a family of farm workers. He was an outreach advocate for the San Diego County Cancer Navigator, where he was responsible for advocating the treatment of individuals living with cancer. Many of these individuals were undocumented, and their cases required Ricardo to collaborate with various health care agencies, organizations, and hospitals to help get these individuals proper access to health care.

Mr. Luis Salazar

USC Keck School of Medicine

Luis Salazar is a student at USC’s Keck School of Medicine. He has served in numerous roles for the Latino Medical Student Association, including regional conference coordinator and co-president. He is currently one of only five medical students serving on the Keck School of Medicine Admissions Committee, where he is an advocate for underrepresented minority students. In the community, Luis has taught and mentored students of all ages, promoting science and the medical field for underrepresented groups.

Ms. Mariamawit Tamerat

USC Keck School of Medicine

Mariamawit Tamerat is a student at USC’s Keck School of Medicine. She is co-president of the Student National Medical Association Keck School of Medicine Chapter, where she organizes programs to educate students of color about the medical profession and raise awareness about health issues in underserved communities. Once a month, Mariamawit volunteers for the Tom Bradley Mini Medical School, where she facilitates discussions with fourth grade students about medical topics, such as nutrition and diabetes. Globally, she has worked as a medical volunteer in Ethiopia for Hiwot HIV/AIDS Prevention, where she designed a format for assessing the health of at-risk youth in Ethiopia and taught health education classes.

Mr. Christopher Tang

UCLA School of Medicine

A student at the David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Christopher Tang is the former national vice president of the Asian Pacific American Medical Student Association (APAMSA). In that role, he worked on national media campaigns that helped build public awareness of Asian Americans’ prevalence for diseases such as tuberculosis and Hepatitis B. Christopher also has established a long history of organizing health fairs, mentoring undergraduate minority students, and helping to start a school cultural diversity policy. Internationally, Christopher has traveled to Mexico on medical missions to provide care in poor regions.

Mr. Andres Turner

University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine

Andres Turner is a student at the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, where he is a peer advisor for medical students. He has held several leadership roles, including serving as student co-coordinator for Pittsburgh’s only Spanish-speaking free clinic, where he designed and led the first interpreter training and screening program to improve patient safety and quality interpreting services. Andres also founded the “shadowing program” for future volunteer Spanish interpreters at the clinic. His commitment to eradicating health disparities and working with the underserved is also evidenced through his service as a volunteer Spanish medical interpreter in the U.S. and abroad.

Mr. Jesus Ulloa

UC Irvine School of Medicine

A student at the University of California, Irvine School of Medicine, Jesus Ulloa is in the Medical Education for the Latino Community program, a combined-degree program dedicated to providing the highest quality care to the medically underserved. Jesus has worked to strengthen health awareness in disadvantaged communities by serving as a heath promoter, both through Latino Health Access in Santa Ana and with the “Support Team for Health and Community Education” in the Mexican State of Chiapas. In these programs, he recruited and trained people to be health advocates for their communities. Along with classmates, Jesus presented his experiences to the UC Irvine School of Medicine, inspiring fellow classmates to advocate for underserved communities.

Ask.com Purchases Dictionary.com

In a move to set itself apart from rival Google Inc., Internet reference firm Ask.com has announced its purchase of Lexico Publishing Group LLC.

Ask made the acquisition, which includes Dictionary.com, Thesaurus.com and Reference.com, in hopes of growing the user base to more than 145 million unduplicated monthly unique users (UUs) worldwide, an increase of 11%, according to March 2008 comScore data.

“I can’t imagine a better home for Lexico sites than Ask.com, given its leadership in search technology and product innovation,” said Brian Kariger, CEO and Co-Founder of Lexico.

“This integration will give the Lexico sites a better consumer experience and even more useful for finding answers.”

Dictionary.com is the most popular site to be sold to Ask.com. Dictionary alone drew 22.1 million users in March.

Jim Safka, CEO of Ask.com, said “Ëœdictionary’ was the second-most searched term on Ask.com last year.

“At the same time, Lexico’s consumers frequently seek out a search engine immediately before and after using one of Lexico’s sites,” Safka said. “This acquisition expands Ask.com’s reach and aligns perfectly with our customers’ needs.”

“We want to ‘super serve’ those people,” he added.

However, Safka insisted that the new acquisition doesn’t represent a change in direction for the Oakland-based firm. He added that the Web site would also take measures to highlight more information about entertainment and health issues.

In March, Ask reduced its workforce by 8 percent and indicated that it would revert back to its founding idea of answering questions for its users when it began as AskJeeves.com. Ask officials also said the search engine would start catering to its core audience of women.

Ask plans to plant some of its search engine results on the reference sites in an effort to expose its technology to an even wider audience.

Information from Dictionary.com will also be integrated into Ask.com’s search engine results.

While Ask has been largely reliant on Google’s advertising methods for much of its revenue for years, it has been investing heavily in upgrades aimed at positioning its search engineer as a “smarter” alternative to Google.

Although many of Ask’s innovations have impressed analysts, the efforts haven’t changed the competitive landscape.

Google ended March with a 60 percent share of the U.S. search market, while Ask ranked a distant fifth with a less than a 5 percent share of the market, comScore said.

On the Net:

Ask.com

Dictionary.com

FDA Says Baby Bottles Safe

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration said Wednesday it would not advise consumers to stop using products, such as some baby bottles, that are made with the chemical bisphenol A (BPA).

The chemical, found in many plastic items, has become controversial out of safety concerns following studies that showed a variety of health problems in laboratory animals exposed to BPA.

But for now, the FDA maintains the chemical is safe.

“At this time, FDA is not recommending that anyone discontinue using products that contain BPA while we continue our risk assessment process. However, concerned consumers should know that several alternatives to polycarbonate baby bottles exist, including glass baby bottles,” the agency wrote in an update to its website Wednesday.

Norris Alderson, the FDA’s associate commissioner for science and head of an agency task force currently reviewing BPA safety concerns, said “a large body of available evidence” demonstrates that products made with it are safe.

Testifying before a U.S. Senate subcommittee, Alderson defended the agency’s confidence on two industry-funded studies that found products containing BPA are safe. Some senators faulted the FDA and the Consumer Product Safety Commission, saying the agencies had failed to protect consumers from both BPA and phthalates, a class of chemicals used to increase the flexibility of plastics.

In March, the Senate passed legislation imposing a nationwide ban on phthalates in children’s toys and products.

“The FDA could hardly be doing less,” Senator John Kerry (D-MA) told Alderson.

Sen. Charles Schumer (D-NY) said the FDA was “looking the other way” on concerns about the safety of BPA.

“Parents always err on the side of caution when it comes to their kids’ health. We think that the law should do the same,” he said.

In April, Kerry, Schumer and other Democratic senators introduced a bill that would ban BPA in children’s products, and would direct the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to study health effects of BPA in adults and children.

Critics and consumer groups alike say the FDA has fallen under industry pressure and has not properly act on BPA’s safety concerns and other issues.

But Alderson said the review is ongoing, and the FDA has no reason to recommend that consumers stop using products made with BPA.

Alderson said the FDA is reviewing a draft report issued in April by the National Toxicology Program, part of the U.S. government’s National Institutes of Health (NIH), that indicated concern about BPA’s potential to cause neural and behavioral problems in fetuses, infants and children.

The report relied on animal studies, and said there was evidence that suggested a link between BPA exposure and early puberty, prostate and breast cancer in humans. The warning makes the National Toxicology Program the first federal agency to embrace these concerns.

For now, federal regulatory agencies have joined the chemical industry in defending BPA’s safety. Alderson said it the FDA review determines BPA is not safe it would take appropriate action to protect the public. In the meantime, some retailers such as Toys R Us and Wal-Mart are planning to stop selling certain products made with BPA.

BPA is used to make polycarbonate plastic, a clear shatter-resistant material in items such as baby bottles, water bottles, medical devices and sports safety equipment. It is also used to produce durable epoxy resins often used as coating in dental fillings and most food and beverage cans. Humans can be become exposed to BPA as it leaches out of plastic into liquids such as water, baby formula or food inside a container.

On the Net:

FDA

Sonoanatomy of the Lumbar Spine in Patients With Previous Unintentional Dural Punctures During Labor Epidurals

By Lee, Yung Tanaka, Motoshi; Carvalho, Jose C A

Background and Objectives: Preprocedural lumbar ultrasound is a valuable tool to assess anatomical landmarks and predict the depth of the epidural space. Variations of the ligamentum flavum sonoanatomy are occasionally observed; however, no literature is available as to their incidence or clinical significance. We hypothesize that abnormal sonoanatomy of the lumbar spine detected by ultrasound can be associated with an increase in unintentional dural punctures. This study was undertaken to determine if the sonoanatomy of the lumbar spine of patients who had documented unintentional dural punctures differs from that of patients with a history of uneventful epidural placement for labor analgesia. Methods: Ultrasound of the entire lumbar spine was performed on 18 patients with a documented history of unintentional dural punctures, and 18 volunteers with a history of uneventful labor epidurals. At each interspace, we studied the quality of the ligamentum flavum (normal or abnormal), the symmetry of the bony structures (symmetric or asymmetric), and the distance from the skin to the ligamentum flavum. These parameters were compared in both groups.

Results: The incidence of asymmetric sonoanatomy and the distance from the skin to the ligamentum flavum was similar in both groups. The incidence of abnormal ligamentum flavum sonoanatomy was higher in the dural puncture group (overall odds ratio for the 5 interspaces was 8.21, 95% confidence interval 3.07-22.0, P

Conclusions: Abnormal sonoanatomy of the ligamentum flavum may represent anatomical variations of this structure, which may be related to an increased incidence of unintentional dural punctures during epidural placements. Reg Anesth Pain Med 2008;33:266-270.

Key Words: Unintentional dural puncture, Epidural anesthesia, Ligamentum flavum, Spinal sonoanatomy, Spinal ultrasound.

Epidural analgesia is the most common technique used to control labor pain. Although it has a high success rate, it is associated with some complications, notably unintentional dural punctures, ranging from 0.6% to 1.6%.1,2 Unintentional durai punctures might be related to the operator’s skill or to the individual’s anatomical variations. There are limited data in the literature to suggest the relative contribution of either factor.

The presence of a normal ligamentum flavum is fundamental to successfully identifying the epidural space when the loss of resistance technique is used during epidural needle placement. However, many studies have reported the presence of ligamentum flavum midline gaps, and implicated them as a potential cause of failure to recognize the loss of resistance.3,4 It is unknown whether these midline gaps and other ligamentum flavum abnormalities play a clinically significant role by increasing the risk of unintentional durai punctures.

Ultrasound has recently been introduced to facilitate the placement of epidurals, and the sonoanatomy of the lumbar spine is usually quite distinct and easily identified.5,6 Sometimes, however, some of the distinguishing elements of the pattern are not present, notably the ligamentum flavum. The exact significance of these abnormal patterns is unknown. There have been no previous reports correlating abnormal sonoanatomy of the lumbar spine with technical difficulties or complications during epidural insertion.

We hypothesize that abnormal sonoanatomy of the lumbar spine can be detected by ultrasound, and can be associated with an increase in complications of epidural placement. This study was undertaken to determine if the sonoanatomy of the lumbar spine of patients who had documented unintentional durai puncture is different than that of patients with a history of uneventful epidural placement for labor analgesia.

Methods

This case-control study was conducted after obtaining approval from the Mount Sinai Hospital Research Ethics Board and signed informed consent from the participants.

For the study group, the cases were selected from a database of 94 patients who had previously experienced a documented unintentional durai puncture during their labor epidurals. For the control group, staff volunteers working on the labor and delivery unit who had received uneventful epidurals in the past were recruited. All participants with known/visible spinal deformities, and those with previous lumbar spine surgery, were excluded from the study. In all the patients, the unintentional durai puncture had occurred during a midline approach.

Each of the participants underwent a Ll-Sl spine ultrasound scan with the aid of a portable MicroMaxx Ultrasound System equipped with a 2-5 MHz curved array probe (Sonosite Canada Inc, Markham, Ontario, Canada). All three investigators had been using ultrasound routinely for the placement of epidurals for at least 6 months. Images were obtained with the participants in the sitting position. The scanning consisted of a longitudinal approach to locate the interspaces L5- S1 to Ll-2, and a transverse approach for each of the interspaces. First, a paramedian longitudinal scan was performed by positioning the ultrasound probe vertically and perpendicularly to the long axis of the spine. The probe was initially placed over the sacrum, 3 cm to the left of the midline. At this point, a continuous hyperechoic line representing the ultrasound image of the sacrum was visualized. The probe was then moved cephalad until a hyperechoic saw-like image representing the articular processes and the interspaces was seen on the ultrasound screen. The exact level of each of the interspaces was pen-marked on the skin. Once the interspaces were determined, a transverse scanning of each individual interspace was performed. The spinous process, corresponding to the midline of the spine, was identified as a hyperechoic signal immediately underneath the skin, and continuing as a long vertical triangular hypoechoic acoustic shadow. The probe was then moved cephalad or caudad to capture a view of an acoustic window (interspace), which contained the ligamentum flavum, dorsal dura, durai sac, ventral dura, posterior longitudinal ligament, and vertebral body. Within the interspace, on the midline, a hyperechoic band corresponding to the ligamentum flavum and the dorsal dura was visualized. A second hyperechoic band, parallel to and deeper than the first band, corresponded to the ventral dura, posterior longitudinal ligament, and vertebral body unit. In addition to these midline structures, paramedian hyperechoic structures corresponding to the transverse and articular processes on each side were visualized on the same screen.

For each interspace, the best possible image of the transverse approach was captured and saved. At least 2 out of the 3 investigators were present and agreed upon the best images for each of the patients enrolled. Upon completion of all the cases, the 3 investigators reviewed and analyzed each image obtained for the presence of normal ligamentum flavum, and symmetry of the structures. The conclusion was based on at least 2 investigators agreeing on the images. The investigators were not blinded to the study groups or to each other’s assessments.

The primary outcome of this study was the presence of an abnormal ligamentum flavum, as seen in the transverse approach. Sonoanatomy of the ligamentum flavum was described as either normal or abnormal. It was considered normal if a hyperechoic midline band, aligned with the hyperechoic signals of the transverse processes, was present and continuous (Fig 1). Conversely, it was defined as abnormal if a hyperechoic midline band was either absent or grossly discontinuous (Fig 2). When the ligamentum flavum was described as normal, the image was frozen and the ligamentum flavum depth was measured using a built-in caliper. This measurement was a secondary outcome of our study. The other secondary outcome was the symmetry of structures in relation to the midline. At each interspace, symmetric anatomy was described if the distances measured from the left and right articular processes and the transverse processes to the midline appeared to be the same, and the size and location of the articular and transverse processes also appeared to be similar on each side (Fig 1). When one of the above conditions was not satisfied, the interspace was considered asymmetric (Fig 3).

Fig 1. Normal lumbar spine sonogram with symmetric anatomy and typical ligamentum flavum (LF). AP, articular process; TP, transverse process; VB, vertebral body.

Statistical Analysis

For abnormal and asymmetric outcomes, exact (mid-P adjusted) P values and 95% confidence intervals (CI) of the odds ratios (OR) were calculated using StatXact Version 3 software (Cytel Software Corp, Cambridge, MA). The overall OR for each of these binary outcomes (with 95% CI and P value) was estimated by modeling the data using a generalized estimating equation (GEE) approach and an autoregressive (AR(I)) covariance structure to model the within- subject correlation using Proc GENMOD in SAS Version 9.1.3 (SAS Institute, Gary, NC).

Skin-ligamentum flavum depth data were log transformed to make the variances at each interspace independent of the means, so relative differences between groups are estimated. SAS Proc MIXED was used to model the data using a mixed linear model with an autoregressive covariance structure and heterogeneity between groups, as there was some evidence of a greater variance in the control group. At each interspace, the unequal variances f test was used to test for differences between groups using the SAS Proc TTEST. Fig 2. Abnormal lumbar spine sonogram with discontinuous ligamentum flavum (LF). AP, articular process; TP, transverse process; VB, vertebral body.

Fig 3. Abnormal lumbar spine sonogram with asymmetric articular processes (AP) and only a partial view of the vertebral body (VB). LF, ligamentum flavum; TP, transverse process.

Results

For the study group, the information was sent to 94 potential participants by regular mail, but only 41 could be reached by telephone. Of the 41 reached, 24 agreed to participate but only 18 came to the appointment. For the control group, 18 staff volunteers were recruited. Patients were recruited between March 22 and July 23, 2007.

The mean +- SD for age, height, and weight in the study and control groups respectively were 35 +- 4 years and 42 +- 10 years; 160 +- 13 cm and 162 +- 5 cm; and 59 +- 12 kg and 61 +- 9 kg.

The incidence of asymmetric sonoanatomy and abnormal ligamentum flavum, and the ligamentum flavum depth as measured by ultrasound, are presented in Table 1. Both groups were similar with respect to the incidence of asymmetric sonoanatomy, and the distance from the skin to the ligamentum flavum. No patient had a distance from the skin to the ligamentum flavum less than 3 cm (range 3.42-7.21 cm). The incidence of abnormal ligamentum flavum sonoanatomy was significantly higher in the group of patients that had experienced durai punctures, especially at the levels of L4-5 and L3-4 (overall OR 8.21, 95% CI 3.07-22.0, P

Discussion

Cork et al.7 and Currie8 were the first to observe a strong correlation between the depth of the epidurai space as estimated by ultrasound and the actual depth as confirmed by the epidural needle insertion. Further to those publications. Grau et al.6,9-12 and Arzola et al.5 also used ultrasound to assist epidurals, and proved its efficacy and consistency for localizing the site of needle insertion, and predicting the depth of the epidural space. All ultrasound estimations of the epidural space depth in the aforementioned studies relied on the presence of a clear ultrasound image of the ligamentum flavum. However, the image of this fundamental structure is sometimes grossly abnormal or entirely missing. There have been no previous reports on either the incidence of these abnormal patterns, or on the correlation of these abnormal patterns with technical difficulties or complications.

Table 1. Incidence of Asymmetric Anatomy and Abnormal Ligamentum Flavum and Skin-Ligamentum Flavum Distances at Different Interspaces

The present study compared the lumbar sonoanatomy of patients, who had previous documented unintentional durai punctures, to that of volunteers, who had uneventful labor epidurals. The results clearly indicated a higher incidence of abnormal sonoanatomy in the durai puncture group. While 72% of the study group sonograms showed abnormal patterns at level L4-5, only 17% of the control group images were abnormal at the same interspace. Significant discrepancies between the 2 groups were also observed at L3-4 and L5- S1.

The differences between the groups with respect to asymmetric sonoanatomy, and depth of the ligamentum flavum, conversely, were not significant. Asymmetric spine anatomy and “shallow” epidural space are commonly associated with a higher incidence of unintentional durai punctures, although a systematic correlation has never been established. In the general population, the distance from the skin to the epidural space, on the midline, varies from 4.23 cm to 4.93 cm on average, depending on the spinal level.13 The skin to ligamentum flavum distances measured in the present study were consistent with those findings.

Ligamentum flavum midline gaps have been documented in many anatomical and radiological studies, and are believed to be a cause of failure to recognize the loss of resistance to air or saline.3,4 Anatomical studies involving the direct dissection of embalmed cadavers showed the presence of ligamentum flavum midline gaps in variable frequencies at cervical and high thoracic,14 low thoracic,3 and lumbar4 levels. Hogan investigated cadavers by cryomicrotomy and also found, at the lumbar levels, a variable incidence of ligamentum flavum midline gaps.15 Lirk et al. were the first to document the frequency of lumbar spine ligamentum flavum midline gaps.4 Their results showed a frequency of up to 22.2%, with a higher incidence in the upper lumbar interspaces. In contrast to their results, our study showed a higher incidence of abnormal ligamentum flavum sonoanatomy at the lower lumbar interspaces. At this point in time, we can only suggest that the abnormal sonoanatomy does not necessarily reflect midline gaps, but rather something else to be further clarified.

Modern advances in medical imaging, such as computerized tomography and magnetic resonance imaging,16-18 have made it possible to evaluate the lumbar spine anatomy, ligamentum flavum included, without the potential for causing artifacts, such as in cadaver dissection. Further studies comparing images obtained by ultrasound and these other methods should be performed to clarify our results.

This study has limitations. First, the investigators were not blinded to the groups. We tried to minimize this factor by having all 3 investigators review the images. The final decision for each image was based on at least 2 agreeing on the assessment. second, this is the first study to investigate abnormal sonoanatomy patterns of the lumbar spine, and we are uncertain about the clinical relevance of our findings. Moreover, we are unable to rule out technical artifacts inherent in the imaging method as the cause of our results. In any case, there is a clear difference between normal and abnormal sonoanatomy, and this is what is clinically accessible at the bedside to guide clinicians.

In our opinion, lumbar spine ultrasound is a very useful clinical tool to facilitate epidural needle placement. It may be possible that, by detecting abnormal sonoanatomy, we can decrease complications such as unintentional durai punctures. Further prospective studies are necessary to prove our hypothesis. Until that happens, we suggest that clinicians should choose the interspace with the clearest sonoanatomy whenever ultrasound is being used to facilitate epidural placement.

Acknowledgments

The authors acknowledge Mr. Robert K. Parkes, B.Math, M.Sc., Senior Biostatistician, Samuel Lunenfeld Research Institute, Mount Sinai Hospital, for the statistical analysis.

References

1. Pan PH, Bogard TD, Owen MD. Incidence and characteristics of failures in obstetric neuraxial analgesia and anesthesia: A retrospective analysis of 19,259 deliveries. Int J Obstet Anesth 2004:13:227-233.

2. Okell RW, Sprigge JS. Unintentional durai puncture: A survey of recognition and management. Anaesthesia 1987;42:1110-1113.

3. Lirk P, Colvin J, Steger B, Colvin HP, Keller C, Rieder J, Kolbitsch C, Moriggl B. Incidence of lower thoracic ligamentum flavum midline gaps. Br J Anaesth 2005; 94:852-855.

4. Lirk P, Moriggl B, Colvin J, Keller C, Kirchmair L, Rieder J, Kolbitsch C. The incidence of lumbar ligamentum flavum midline gaps. Anesth Analg 2004;98: 1178-1180.

5. Arzola C, Davies S, Rofaeel A, Carvalho JCA. Ultrasound using the transverse approach to the lumbar spine provides reliable landmarks for labor epidurals. Anesth Analg 2007; 104:1188-1192.

6. Grau T, Leipold RW, Conradi R, Martin E, Motsch J. Efficacy of ultrasound imaging in obstetric epidural anesthesia. J Clin Anesth 2002; 14:169-175.

7. Cork R, Kryc J, Vaughan R. Ultrasonic localization of the lumbar epidural space. Anesthesiology 1980;52: 513-516.

8. Currie JM. Measurement of the depth to the extradural space using ultrasound. Br J Anaesth 1984;56: 345-347.

9. Grau T, Leipold RW, Conradi R, Martin EO, Motsch J. Ultrasound imaging facilitated localization of the epidural space during combined spinal and epidural anesthesia. Reg Anesth Pain Med 2001;26:64-67.

10. Grau T, Leipold RW, Horter J, Conradi R, Martin EO, Motsch J. Paramedian access to the epidural space: The optimum window for ultrasound imaging. J Clin Anesth 2001;13:213-217.

11. Grau T, Leipold RW, Horter J, Conradi R, Martin EO, Motsch J. The lumbar epidural space in pregnancy: Visualization by ultrasonography. Br J Anaesth 2001; 86:798-804.

12. Grau T, Leipold RW, Conradi R, Martin E. Ultrasound control for presumed difficult epidural. Acta Anaesth Scand 2001;45:7660 – 771.

13. Harrison GR, Clowes NWB. The depth of the lumbar epidural space from the skin. Anaesthesia 1985;40: 685-687.

14. Lirk P, Kolbitsch C, Putz G, Colvin J, Colvin HP, Lorenz I, Keller C, Kirchmair L, Rieder J, Moriggl B. Cervical and high thoracic ligamentum flavum frequently fails to fuse in the midline. Anesthesiology 2003;99:1387-1390.

15. Hogan QH. Epidural anatomy examined by cryomicrotome section. Influence of age, vertebral level, and disease. Reg Anesth 1996;21:395-406.

16. Harrison GR. Topographical anatomy of the lumbar epidural region: An in vivo study using computerized axial tomography. Br J Anaesth 1999;83:229-234.

17. Westbrook JL, Renowden SA, Carrie LES. Study of the anatomy of the extradural region using magnetic resonance imaging. Br J Anaesth 1993;71:495-498.

18. Grenier N, Kressel HY, Schiebler ML, Grossman RL Dalinka MK. Normal and degenerative posterior spinal structures: MR imaging. Radiology 1987;165:517-525.

Yung Lee, M.D., Motoshi Tanaka, M.D., and Jose C. A. Carvalho, M.D., Ph.D., F.A.N.Z.C.A., F.R.C.P.C.

From the Department of Anesthesia and Pain Management (Y.L., M.T., J.C.A.C.), and Obstetrics and Gynecology (J.C.A.C.), Mount Sinai Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

Accepted for publication December 19, 2007. Financial source: Departmental funds. Disclosures: None of the authors has any conflict of interest relative to this project.

Reprint requests: Jose C. A. Carvalho, M.D., Department of Anesthesia and Pain Management, Mount Sinai Hospital, 600 University Avenue, Room 781, Toronto, Ontario M5G 1X5, Canada. E-mail: [email protected]

(c) 2008 by the American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine.

1098-7339/08/3303-0001$34.00/0

doi:10.1016/j.rapm.2007.12.002

Copyright Churchill Livingstone Inc., Medical Publishers May/Jun 2008

(c) 2008 Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Ultrasound-Guided Anterior Sciatic Nerve Block Using a Longitudinal Approach

By Tsui, Ban C H Ozelsel, Timur J-P

To the Editor: Ultrasound-guided anterior sciatic nerve block has been described using a medially positioned curved array probe to scan the nerve transversely at the anterior proximal thigh (Fig I).1 The ultrasound image of sciatic nerve in cross section is typically seen as an oval-to-circular hyperechoic structure deep to the adductor muscles (Fig 2).1,2,3 It is often vaguely delineated or appears isoechoic to the surrounding muscles (anisotropic), the latter particularly if using a tangential ultrasound beam plane.2 In our experience, identification of the sciatic nerve with the sole use of transverse scanning is usually difficult if not impossible in most patients, particularly in those who are obese and when using a portable ultrasound system (MicroMaxx, SonoSite Inc., Bothell, WA). This may be due to the fact that the sciatic nerve is deep to relatively thick muscles and is potentially hidden behind the acoustic shadow of the femur, depending on the rotation of the leg. We felt that the imaging technique for this block needed improvement to increase the reliability of nerve localization.

Fig 1. Schematic diagram of the probe positioning and movements during scanning to identify the sciatic nerve. (A) The probe (rectangle) is placed to capture a transverse view of nerve. (B) The sagittally placed probe can be tilted medially or laterally to optimize the longitudinal view of the nerve.

The sciatic nerve is the largest nerve of the body; however, blocking this deep nerve remains one of the most challenging procedures for an ultrasound-guided approach. The nerve exits through the sciatic notch and passes anteriorly to the piriformis muscle to then lie between the ischial tuberosity and the greater trochanter of the femur. It curves caudally and descends the posterior thigh adjacent and almost parallel to the femur (Fig 1). From the anterior aspect, the sciatic nerve continues its longitudinal course deep to the adductor magnus muscle, superficial to the biceps femoris muscle, and immediately adjacent to the lesser trochanter of the femur. Based on the distinct anatomical course of the sciatic nerve from the anterior perspective, we have discovered that the nerve can be more consistently visualized along its longitudinal axis when compared with its transverse axis. In contrast to the small oval shadow in transverse view, the nerve appears as a long cable-like structure with a characteristic fascicular pattern in longitudinal view. This maximizes the amount of nerve exposed under the ultrasound beam. In this view, we find it easier to identify the sciatic nerve not only as a more hyperechoic, linear structure deep to the clearly delineated adductor magnus muscle, but also without the influence of the position of the lesser trochanter (Fig 2).

To perform a longitudinal ultrasound-guided approach for an anterior sciatic nerve block, one needs to use a low-frequency curved ultrasound transducer (e.g., C-60, MicroMaxx, Sonosite, Bothell, WA). In general, a longitudinal view of the nerve can be immediately obtained by directly placing the probe sagittally/ longitudinally over the medial side of the upper midthigh at a level similar to the typical anterior block needle insertion site, in the gap between the sartorius and rectus femoris muscles.4 The image can be further optimized by tilting the scanner medially and laterally (Fig 1). The nerve is typically located medial to the femur bone and approximately 6 to 10 cm deep to the skin. If uncertainty remains as to where the muscle gap is, rotating the probe to the transverse axis may be helpful. In this transverse view, one can simply place the hyperechoic femur shadow at the lateral edge of the screen and the transducer is then rotated back 90 degrees to obtain a longitudinal image of the target structure. With this maneuver, a clear view of the distinct cable-like fascicular structure crossing from one side to the other is often obtained with ease.

Fig 2. Images of the sciatic nerve (indicated by arrowheads) in the anterior thigh. (A) Cross-sectional and (B) longitudinal views of a thigh in a cadaver. The sciatic nerve (SN) is medial to the femur (F) and its consistent cable-like structure deep to the adductor magus (AM) muscle continues during the majority of its course in the thigh. Ultrasound images from a live adult using corresponding (C) transverse and (D) longitudinal views. The large cable-like structure of the sciatic nerve in the longitudinal view is more readily identifiable than the small oval shadow in the transverse view. (A) and (B) were generated with permission using Visible Human Visualization Software.3

Once accurately positioning the needle in plane (aligned) to the ultrasound beam’s longitudinal axis, one is able to view the entire needle during its trajectory (to improve the safety of the block) and then confirm the nerve’s identity using an optimal nerve stimulation threshold (0.4-0.5 mA). From experience, we have had an easier time following the course of the needle tip when directing the needle from cephalad to caudad. More often than not, a fascial “click” can be felt when the needle tip passes through the posterior fascia of the adductor magnus. After nerve localization, local anesthetic solution can be injected. In this longitudinal view, it is also very reassuring to be able to observe the spread of local anesthetic solution along the sciatic nerve. We have found this approach to be very practical and now have little trouble performing these blocks using in plane real time ultrasound guidance. As technology advances and we gain more experience with the application of ultrasound in regional anesthesia, there will be a continual search for “expanding the view” using different angles or approaches in visualizing the target nerve.

References

1. Chan VW, Nova H, Abbas S, McCartney CJL, Perlas A, Xu DQ. Ultrasound examination and localization of the sciatic nerve: A volunteer study. Anesthesiology 2006;104:309-314.

2. Chantzi C, Saranteas T, Zogogiannis J, Alevizou N, Dimitriou V. Ultrasound examination of the sciatic nerve at the anterior thigh in obese patients. Ada Anaesthesiol Scand 2007;51:132.

3. Visible Human Visualization Software, courtesy Ecole Polytechnique Federale de Lausanne, http://visiblehuman.epfl.ch.

4. Meier G, Buettner J. Proximal sciatic nerve block. In: Meier G, Buettner J, eds. Peripheral Regional Anesthesia: An Atlas of Anatomy and Techniques. New York: Thieme; 2006:126-158.

Accepted for publication November 28, 2007.

doi: 10.1016/j.rapm.2007.11.008

Ban C.H. Tsui, M.D., M.Sc., F.R.C.P.(C)

Timur J.-P. Ozelsel, M.D., D.E.S.A.

Department of Anesthesiology and Pain Medicine

University of Alberta Hospital

Edmonton, Alberta, Canada

Copyright Churchill Livingstone Inc., Medical Publishers May/Jun 2008

(c) 2008 Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Overworked Nurses Acknowledge Making Medication Errors in Caring for Patients

By Sheryl Ubelacker, THE CANADIAN PRESS

TORONTO – Nearly one-fifth of the nurses in hospitals across the country acknowledge making errors when giving patients medications, with understaffing and working too much overtime primarily blamed for the likelihood of those mistakes occurring, a report by Statistics Canada says.

In its report released Wednesday, Statistics Canada said that in settings in which nurses ended up working beyond their regular shifts due to understaffing and inadequate resources, patients were more likely to receive the wrong medication or dosage.

The study is based on findings from a 2005 survey of 19,000 nurses, which found 19 per cent of respondents reported having made “occasional” or “frequent” drug errors in the previous year while caring for patients.

The study found there was a strong link between medication mistakes and workplace organization and environment, including covering some nursing shifts through overtime, increasing workload, perceived staffing shortages, unsupportive colleagues and poor on-the-job relations with doctors.

“The study is very clear that these errors are not related to the nurses’ experience or level of education and that these are truly related to aspects of the work environment,” said Lisa Little, acting director of public policy for the Canadian Nurses Association.

“And these aspects are things around role overload, which means that nurses are caring for many more patients than they used to,” she said Wednesday from Ottawa.

“So nurses may have had five patients in a medical ward to look after and now they’re looking after eight or nine patients. And what does that mean about the time that you have to spend with patients and the quality of care and how rushed you are that can lead to those kinds of errors happening?”

The survey found that nurses face a broad range of physical and emotional challenges in a demanding and often hectic workplace.

“It validates what we know that nursing work environment is inadequate to support quality patient care, so too often nurses are having to work in situations where they’re understaffed, where they’re working overtime, where they may not have the resources they need,” said Prof. Diane Doran, who specializes in patient health at the University of Toronto’s faculty of nursing.

“So your workload is higher than what is optimal, and it’s a combination of those factors that leads to bad outcomes like medication errors,” she said.

The study found that among registered nurses who routinely worked overtime, 22 per cent reported making medication mistakes, compared with 14 per cent of those who did not work extra hours.

“Nurses who are, I don’t want to say forced, but are strongly encouraged to come in on their days off and work overtime because they’re short-staffed, there’s an element of fatigue that probably comes into play on this,” said Little, adding that appropriate levels of work hours for nurses need to be looked into.

Dealings with physicians also appeared to affect performance: among nurses whose working relations with doctors were least favourable, 27 per cent reported medication error, compared with 12 per cent among those with good nurse-doctor interactions.

Little said the study showed that most respondents reported good on-the-job rapport with doctors.

“I think that perhaps when there is not a good collegial relationship, the nurses may not feel comfortable to go back and approach the physician to say: ‘I’m not really sure what you said there. Can you clarify that.”‘

The study also found that nurses who perceived they were not getting enough support from co-workers were significantly more likely to report medication errors than were those who felt more bolstered by colleagues.

Low co-worker support might result from inadequate staffing as busy and stressed nurses may be less able or unwilling to help their colleagues, the study authors suggested.

Linda McGillis Hall, associate dean of research for the University of Toronto’s nursing department, said she is in the midst of studying the impact of interruptions faced by hospital RNs as they care for patients.

Those concentration-destroying disturbances can include questions from co-workers, meeting demands from patients and the general hubbub of a hospital ward – from the sounds of call bells and pages to noisy equipment.

“When a nurse is preparing a medication and trying to think it through and drawing it up, if you have all kinds of environmental noise, that can cause interruptions as well,” McGillis Hall said.

“One of the things we found when I did a pilot test was when nurses were interrupted it was leading to medication errors or delays in procedures or treatments or delays in medication.”

Little said there is a nursing shortage across the country that affects hospitals and other health-care facilities, both large and small.

“It’s systemic,” she said.

“Nurses are telling us it’s not healthy for the patients, it’s not healthy for them … they’re committed to their patients, but they need the support of the employer and work environment to help them do their jobs safely and effectively.”

McGillis Hall said the fact that nurses are admitting to medication errors should be seen as a good thing by the public.

“I think it’s really important that we have a climate or a culture where people do come forward and identify errors,” she said.

“It means that health-care workers, nurses in particular, are becoming more transparent, and that means they’re reporting them and organizations are trying to respond and do something about it.”

Texas Community Care Supports the Community in El Paso

EL PASO, Texas, May 14 /PRNewswire/ — Texas Community Care, a subsidiary of Arcadian Health Plan, has provided Medicare Advantage plans for the El Paso community for three years. Although their business is healthcare, Texas Community Care’s local involvement goes beyond serving that one section of the community.

When expanding a portion of their corporate operations, Texas Community Care looked first to the community they serve. Since November of 2007, the Member Services team supporting all of Arcadian Health Plan’s national operations has maintained a staff location in El Paso. This decision was made in hopes of supporting the economic development of the area by providing jobs in the community, and Texas Community Care has been greatly pleased by the talent they have found in El Paso.

Texas Community Care feels fortunate to be able to contribute to the economy of such a vibrant area. “It has been exciting to be a part of the Arcadian Health Plan expansion in El Paso,” says Diana Mauk, Manager of Member Services in El Paso. “Our customer care representatives take pride in walking our members through Medicare every step of the way.”

One of the original Arcadian Health Plan markets, Texas Community Care provides El Paso’s Medicare-eligible population with an alternative option for Medicare coverage (called Medicare Advantage Plans, or Medicare Part C). Their health plans help Medicare beneficiaries keep their costs low by offering more benefits than original Medicare and lower copays on many essential benefits such as routine physical exams. Texas Community Care serves a membership of over 7,000.

“Arcadian Health Plan’s goal has always been to choose mid-size to smaller markets to enter so that we’re able to interact with members and health care providers on a personal level,” said Garrison Rios, Chief Marketing Officer for Arcadian Health Plan.

A long-term player in the El Paso community, Texas Community Care looks forward to serving their members and the El Paso community as a whole through 2008 and beyond.

Please contact Garrison Rios for more information on Texas Community Care’s involvement in the El Paso community. 800-699-5125 ext. 1042.

Arcadian Health Plan

CONTACT: Garrison Rios, 1-800-699-5125, ext. 1042, for Arcadian HealthPlan

Web site: http://www.texascommunitycare.com/

Minerals From the Iron Deposits of New York State

By Lupulescu, Marian

The principal goal of this article is to present the impor- tant minerals from the New York State iron deposits. Not all the minerals identified in these deposits can be seen by the naked eye; some are found only in thin sections, and others are not aesthetically impressive, making them of limited collector interest. In general, these will not be noted here, except for those that represent very rare occurrences; they will be mentioned along with their localities, but with no detailed descriptions. To write an article about the iron deposits of New York State and their minerals is a difficult task. There are numerous old and interminable debates about their origin and tectonic setting that one must consider and incorporate before pre- senting one?s own hypotheses. There are also some excellent papers about some of the deposits, and I do not want to repeat what those authors have already described. Further, there is considerable information, sometimes conflicting, that has to be assembled in a logical and understandable way. And there are a lot of other topics to be discussed!

Here I will try to present reasonably concise information about the history, geology, and origin of the iron deposits and occurrences. Where a mineral or a group of minerals has been previously described, I will refer the reader to the original paper and only add my own observations as a supplement. Thus, the reader will find detailed descriptions of some of the mineral species that were not well documented until now and only short references for those minerals that were previously described in full. This is the case for the Tilley Foster mine (Putnam County), which was well described by Nightingale in a series of articles that appeared in Matrix in summer 2001, and the geology and mineralogy of the Sterling mine, Antwerp (Jefferson County), which were well documented by Robinson and Chamberlain (1984). In such cases, I will present only some photomicrographs of a few minerals from these old mines that may help complete the previous mineral descriptions.

History

Iron mining in New York State has a long history. There are two main regions where iron mining was developed: the Hud- son Highlands in the south and the Adirondack Mountains in the north (fig. 1). Smock (1889) completed the first report on the iron ores in New York State and the first classification based on a ?geologico- geographical arrangement.? His clas- sification included almost all the iron occurrences known at that time and all the major ore types (magnetic iron, hematite, limonite, and carbonates).

The first discovery of iron ore deposits in the Hudson Highlands dates back to around 1730 (Lenik 1996) or 1750 (Horton 1837). Since then, but especially from the middle of the eighteenth to the end of the nineteenth centuries, many iron occurrences were found and mined in the Hudson High- lands. Horton (1837) recorded the iron mines that operated at that time and made the first substantial contribution to the geology of the iron mines of the Hudson Highlands. He listed in his report the minerals identified not only from the iron mines but also from all other known occurrences in Orange County. During his time as the assistant geologist for the First District he collected and exhibited 2,888 specimens of minerals and rocks illustrating the mineralogy and geology of this county (Horton 1837).

Horton?s information about the discovery and production of the iron ore from the highlands came from Peter Townsend, Esq., ?one of the oldest iron masters of our country; he was born in the vicinity of an iron furnace, and has engaged in this business during a long life he cast the first cannon in this country.? The Sterling mine (fig. 2) was perhaps the most important deposit found in the highlands. It was discovered in 1750 (Horton 1837) and was named after Lord Sterling. Horton also mentioned that the first anchor made in New York was in 1773 at the Sterling forge, and the great chain of 186 tons, with each link weighing from 140 to 150 pounds, that extended across the Hudson River at West Point during the Revolutionary War was also made at Sterling, using ?equal parts? of iron ore mined from the Sterling and Long mines (Horton 1837).

Mining at the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County) started in 1810 when James Townsend obtained the mining rights in the area (Nightingale 2001), and the first report that listed the Tilly Foster mine as a mineral locality was that of Bridenbaugh (1873).

The most significant regions with iron deposits in the Adirondack Mountains are in the northwestern area that includes the Antwerp- Keene hematite belt (Sterling mine), extending from Jefferson County into St. Lawrence County, and the Jayville and Clifton mines (St. Lawrence County); the central region with the Benson mines (St. Lawrence County) and the Tahawus deposit (Essex County); and the northeastern region with the Mineville?Port Henry group of mines (Essex County) and the Ausable and Lyon Mountain mines (Clinton County). The earliest discoveries and mining operations of iron ores in the Adirondack Mountains were in the eastern part (Linney 1943).

The northeastern part of New York State was a significant supplier of large quantities of iron ore used in developing the resources and industries of the United States through the first part of the nineteeth century. The iron ore was mined on the eastern side of the Adirondack Mountains between Lake Champlain and the Adirondacks as early as 1804 (Birkinbine 1890). At the end of the nineteenth century, three main areas were mined for iron in this region: (1) Mineville?Port Henry, (2) the Chateaugay mine at Lyon Mountain where the iron ore was known as early as 1850 (Gallagher 1937), and (3) the Ausable district (fig. 1). The most prolific producers were the mines in the Mineville area, with a reported total production of 9,530,000 tons by 1889 (Birkinbine 1890), but the oldest producer was the Ausable district where iron ore was discovered in 1806 (Postel 1952). The first record of mining in Mineville?Port Henry was in 1775 at a location that later would be called the Cheever mine (Farrell 1996). The Mineville iron mining district had a sinuous pattern of boom and decline in its more than 150-year mining history, during which the various mines were repeatedly opened and shut down following the historical events, economic changes, and ownership interests in the country and in the world. The Mineville mines were mainly important and continuous producers of iron, but they were also known for their apatite byproduct and for the beauty and specific forms of the magnetite crystals that can be seen today in many museums.

The Benson iron deposit in the central region of the Adirondack Mountains was discovered around 1810 when engineers working on a military road between Albany (Albany County) and Ogdensburg (St. Lawrence County) were surprised by the magnetic effect of the iron ore on their compasses; systematic mining began in 1907 as open-pit work (Crump and Beutner 1970). The Tahawus (Sanford Lake) deposit was discovered in 1826 when an Indian directed a team of prospectors into the region (Gross 1970).

Mining operations commenced in the northwestern region in the Antwerp-Keene hematite belt as early as 1812 and continued until 1880, after which only small-scale workings were developed (Robinson and Chamberlain 1984). Beck (1842) and Emmons (1842) also mentioned some mineral specimens from this group of mines.

The Jayville iron deposit was opened for mining in 1854 and operated until 1888, when it was abandoned because of the discovery of the Little River (now Benson mines) deposit. The Clifton mine deposit was known before 1840, but mining operations began in 1865, ceased in 1870, re-opened in 1941, and were finally shut down in 1952 (Leonard and Buddington 1964).

Regional Geology

The rocks that make up the basement of New York State are metamorphic rocks formed during the Grenville Orogenic Cycle, 1.3?1.0 billion years ago, when continental plates collided with proto?North America and generated mountains. The Grenville rocks in New York are buried under younger units but crop out in the Adirondack Mountains and Hudson Highlands.

The Hudson Highlands region of New York is an uplifted area of metamorphic rocks with a northeast-southwest structural trend. Together with the New Jersey Highlands and Pennsylvania?s Reading Hill they form a geological province called the Reading Prong that connects the Blue Ridge (Virginia) and the Green Mountains (Vermont) as part of the Appalachians (Gates et al. 2004). The Hudson Highlands are divided into three major regions that are separated by old faults. The rocks from the central and eastern areas?initially sedimentary rocks deposited in a shallow sea environment (shales, limestones, and sandstones), igneous rocks (gabbro and granite), and volcanic rocks?were metamorphosed during the Grenville Orogenic Cycle and host iron deposits. Limestones, sandstones, and volcanics were the pre-metamorphic rocks of the western region. After metamorphism, the limestones became what we know today as the Franklin Marble, host for the wonderful suite of minerals from the Franklin and Sterling Hill mines (New Jersey) and from Edenville, Amity, and other famous localities in Orange County, New York.

The Adirondack Mountain region is morphologically and geologically divided into the Adirondack Highlands and Adirondack Lowlands; the two areas are separated by a wide zone of deformation called the Carthage-Colton Mylonite Zone. Rocks of igneous origin, such as anorthosites, gabbros, and granites, form the Adirondack Highlands. These rocks were metamorphosed to granulite facies between 1,090 to 1,050 Ma during the Ottawan Orogeny (McLelland et al. 1988) of the Grenville Orogenic Cycle; the peak metamorphic conditions occurred at depths of around 25 kilometers and 750?C (Bohlen, Valley, and Essene 1985). The Lyon Mountain Gneiss of 1,070 to 1,050 Ma age (McLelland et al. 1988) envelopes the Adirondack Highlands in the northeast and hosts the most important iron deposits in the eastern and northeastern part of the Adirondack Mountains. The southern and southwestern regions of the Adirondack Mountains contain sequences of metasedimentary rocks. The lowlands comprise sequences of marine sediments, volcanics, and igneous rocks that were metamorphosed to upper amphibolite facies, at temperature of 600??650?C and pressure of 6?7 kilobars (Bohlen, Valley, and Essene 1985). The marbles from the lowlands host a varied and beautiful suite of minerals that have attracted the attention of mineral collectors since their discovery.

Classification of the Iron Deposits

A detailed classification of the iron deposits of New York is difficult to prepare, and although not a principal issue of this article, it is necessary to bring to the reader?s attention the character of the deposits and thereby possibly assist in where to look for specific minerals. Based on criteria such as the main commodity of a deposit, mineralogical composition, and host rock, the iron deposits from New York State are as follows:

1. Gneiss-hosted low titanium?iron oxide deposits: these include (A) Adirondack Mountains: Mineville mining district and Skiff Mountain mine (Essex County), Ausable and Lyon Mountain group of mines (Clinton County), Benson mines (St. Lawrence County); and (B) Hudson Highlands: Hogencamp, Hogencamp, Pine Swamp, Greenwood, Boston, Bradley, Redback, Daters, Surebridge, Clove (Wilks), Sterling, Standish, and O?Neil mines (all in the Orange County) and Phillips mine (Putnam County).

2. Anorthosite- and gabbro-hosted high titanium?iron oxide deposits: Tahawus, Split Rock, and Craig Harbor mines (Essex County).

3. Skarn-hosted magnetite and vonsenite (Jayville and Clifton mines, both in St. Lawrence County) and iron oxide (Tilly Foster mine, Putnam County) deposits.

4. Sedimentary-hosted iron deposits (Dutchess and Columbia counties and Clinton-type deposits).

5. Weathering crust-hosted iron oxide and hydrated oxide deposits: Staten Island (Richmond County), Antwerp-Keene belt (Jefferson and St. Lawrence counties), and Chub Lake, Dodge mine, and other similar deposits from St. Lawrence County.

This article focusses mainly on types 1, 2, 3, and 5, because they have provided many beautiful and interesting minerals for more than 150 years.

Mineral Descriptions

Apophyllite-group, KCaO^sub 4^Si^sub 8^O^sub 22^(OH,F)?8H^sub 2^O, has been reported only from the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County) (Trainer 1938, 1942) as millimeter-sized transparent crystals in veinlets (fig. 3).

Aragonite, CaCO^sub 3^, was reported at the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County) (Trainer 1938) as gray to white crusts and radiating aggregates; at the Sterling mine, Antwerp (Robinson and Chamberlain 1984), as white crystals to 1 mm in length; and at the Kearney mine (St. Lawrence County) (Durant and Pierce 1878). I identified aragonite on one of the magnetite specimens in the Philadelphia Academy of Science collection, from the O?Neil mine (Orange County). Here, it occurs as ?cylinders? of fine white prisms to 1 mm on magnetite (fig. 4) and ?jenkinsite? (Fe-rich antigorite).

Barite, BaSO^sub 4^, was mentioned at the Antwerp-Keene belt (Jefferson County) (Hough 1853), and fine specimens have been preserved from the Caledonia mine in this district; it occurs also as veins at Tahawus (Essex County). The most beautiful crystals were found at the Chub Lake prospect (St. Lawrence County), where golden- yellow terminated prisms (fig. 5) to 3 cm in length were collected.

Brucite, Mg(OH)^sub 2^, reported first by Dana (1874) at the Tilly Foster mine, forms pale green to white foliated masses or transparent prismatic crystals (fig. 6).

Calcite, CaCO^sub 3^, occurred as beautiful specimens in the Sterling mine, Antwerp (Jefferson County); Lyon Mountain and Arnold Hill mines (both in Clinton County); and the Mineville mining district (Essex County). Their crystallography was described in detail by Whitlock (1910).

Calcite crystals from the Sterling mine were found in vugs in the hematitic iron ore. Robinson and Chamberlain (1984) described three generations of calcite, including pseudomorphs of stilpnomelane after scalenohedral calcite; translucent, milky rhombohedra; and crystals with a ?nailhead? habit. Whitlock (1910) recognized three types of calcite corresponding to three generations. The first generation contains rhombohedral crystals with lateral edges beveled by scalenohedral planes, and noted basal pinacoids {0001} on some crystals. The crystals of the second generation occur in association with quartz and form parallel aggregates. The calcites belonging to the third generation were described as crystals to 5 mm forming compact aggregates.

Calcite crystals (fig. 7) from the Lyon Mountain mines occurred as 3?25-mm scalenohedra in association with quartz and amphibole, as milky crystals, as crystals embedded in ?byssolite,? as yellow crystals, and as brilliant clear calcite (Whitlock 1910). Few calcite specimens associated with pyrite forming small veins in the host gneisses and the red jasper layers were collected at the Arnold Hill mine (Whitlock 1910). Scalenohedral calcite crystals to 8 mm in size were collected from the Cook shaft, Mineville mining district (Whitlock 1910). Rare scalenohedral and rhombohedral calcite crystals were reported from the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County) (Nightingale 2001); some crystals are fluorescent (Trainer 1938, 1941, 1942).

Carbonate-fluorapatite, Ca^sub 5^(PO^sub 4^,CO^sub 3^)3^sub 3^F, was found at the Sterling mine (Jefferson County) as small, pink, short hexagonal prisms (fig. 8) terminated by basal pinacoids (Robinson and Chamberlain 1984).

Chevkinite-(Ce), (Ce,La,Ca)^sub 4^(Fe^sup 2+^,Mg)^sub 2^(Ti,Fe^sup 3+^)^sub 3^Si^sup 4^O^sub 22^, was found at the Clove (Wilks) mine (Orange County) (Lupulescu and Hawkins 2003) in a pegmatite dike cutting the iron ore. The dark brown mineral occurs as rounded equidimensional or elongated patches to 1 cm. It has a white rim of cryptocrystalline silica, unidentified titanium oxide, and clay minerals and is associated with oligoclase, amphibole, zircon, quartz, and pyrite.

Chondrodite, (Mg,Fe^sup 2+^)^sub 5^(SiO^sub 4^)^sub 2^(F,OH)^sub 2^, is one of the most spectacular minerals from the New York iron deposits. The Tilly Foster mine is the site from which some of the finest chondrodite crystals known (Trainer 1938) were collected (Cook 2007). Bridenbaugh (1873) recognized the chondrodite from this location as ?the most interesting, with respect to both occurrence and composition?; Dana (1875) described this occurrence of chondrodite and in 1876 its optical properties. Over time, chondrodite from the Tilly Foster mine has been the subject of such scientific studies as the high-pressure single-crystal X-ray and powder neutron diffraction (Friedrich et al. 2002) and high- temperature single-crystal neutron diffraction studies (Kunz et al. 2006). The mineral occurs in dark red, dark cinnamon-red (fig. 9), amber-brown, grayish-brown (Jensen 1978), or yellow crystals, mostly associated with clinochlore, magnetite, calcite, and serpentine. I strongly recommend to the reader the 2001 issue of Matrix in which Stephen Nightingale presents the detailed history and mineralogy of the Tilly Foster mine. Gillson (1926) reported another occurrence of small, dark red crystals of chondrodite associated with magnetite at the Mahopac mine (Putnam County).

Clinochlore, (Mg,Fe^sup 2+^)^sub 5^Al(Si^sub 3^Al)O^sub 10^(OH)^sub 8^, has been found in beautiful crystals only at the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County) in association with chondrodite, magnetite, serpentine, and calcite. It occurs as scaly green aggregates, as crystals to 2.5 cm (fig. 10), and as dark emerald- green pseudohexagonal plates (fig. 11), some of which are 12 cm across. Often the clinochlore plates stand on their edges on the matrix.

Chloro-potassichastingsite, KCa^sub 2^(Fe^sup 2^^sub 4^+Fe^sup 3+^)Si^sub 6^Al^sub 2^O^sub 22^Cl^sub 2^, was identified by me at the O?Neil mine (Orange County) in association with diopside and clinoenstatite.

Datolite, CaBSiO^sub 4^(OH), has been found only at the Tilly Foster mine (Trainer 1938; Januzzi 1966), where it occurs as millimeter-sized crystals (fig. 12).

Diopside, CaMgSi^sub 2^O^sub 6^, is common in almost all of the igneous or metamorphic rock-hosted iron deposits of New York together with enstatite (Mg^sub 2^Si^sub 2^O^sub 6^), hedenbergite (CaFe^sup 2+^Si^sub 2^O^sub 6^), and ferrosilite [(Fe^sup 2+^Mg)^sub 2^Si^sub 2^O^sub 6^], but good crystals are known only from the Tilley Foster mine (Putnam County) (fig. 13). The biggest fragment of a diopside crystal (20 cm in length) was found at the Hogencamp mine (Orange County) in the Hudson Highlands (fig. 14). Here, diopside occurs regularly as grains to 1 cm embedded in marble or magnetite.

Dravite, NaMg^sub 3^Al^sub 6^Si^sub 6^O18(BO^sub 3^)3(OH)^sub 3^(OH), was found at the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County) as small, prismatic to acicular crystals in matrix. The old literature (Whitlock 1903; Manchester 1931; Trainer 1938; Januzzi 1966) described the species as schorl. I performed electron microprobe analyses on New York State Museum specimens 12333 and 12337 from the Trainer collection and concluded the species is dravite. Edenite, NaCa^sub 2^Mg^sub 5^Si^sub 7^AlO^sub 22^(OH)^sub 2^, occurs at the Lewis iron mine (Orange County), the Mineville mining district (Essex County), and the Phillips iron mine (Putnam County) (Lupulescu 2008).

Feldspar-group minerals, NaAlSi^sub 3^O^sub 8^ – CaAl^sub 2^Si^sub 2^O^sub 8^, occur at many iron mines from New York State, but not all the locations have provided good specimens for mineral collectors and museums. The ?sunstone? from the Benson mines (Essex County) and Palmer Hill?Arnold Hill mines (Clinton County) offered very good gemlike specimens (Robinson and Chamberlain 2007). Some spectacular specimens of labradorite and labradorite-andesine were available in the large blocks of anorthosite on the mine dumps at Tahawus (Essex County) in the 1960s. Dr. George Robinson personally collected one (in the Canadian Museum of Nature?s collection now) about ?8 inches across that was as good as any material I?ve seen from Labrador or Madagascar? (pers. com., 2007).

Ferro-actinolite, Ca^sub 2^Fe^sub 5^^sup 2+^Si^sub 8^O^sub 22^(OH)^sub 2^, was found as pale blue fibrous aggregates at the Mineville mining district (Essex County) and the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County) (Lupulescu 2008).

Ferropyrosmalite, (Fe^sup 2+^Mn^sup 2+^)^sub 8^Si^sub 6^O^sub 15^(OH,Cl)^sub 10^, was identified in thin section and confirmed by electron microprobe analysis in specimens from the Daters mine (Rockland County) in association with magnetite and actinolite (Lupulescu and Gates 2006).

Fluorapatite, Ca^sub 5^(PO^sub 4^)^sub 3^F, was found as notable occurrences at the Phillips (Putnam County) and Sterling (Orange County) mines, both in the Hudson Highlands; at the Lyon Mountain mines, Arnold Hill, Rutgers, and LaVake mines (all in Clinton County); and at the Mineville mining district (Essex County). Fluorapatite occurs at the Phillips mine as inclusions in the pyrrhotite ore; at the Sterling mine it appears in the quartz and feldspar sequences that alternate with the magnetite ore. Large, pale to dark green or brown to dark green crystals (fig. 15), to 10 cm in length and 3 cm across and associated with magnetite, microcline, and quartz, occur at the Lyon Mountain mines. A geologically significant occurrence is at Mineville, where fluorapatite locally forms quantitatively almost 50 percent of the ore in some magnetite bodies. It was found mostly in the ore from the ?Old Bed? and has unusually high thorium concentration, to 3,000 parts per million, and total REE concentrations sometimes exceeding 10 weight percent. It appears as red, brown, or yellow, small (1?3- mm), hexagonal prisms embedded in magnetite. The red and/or brown color is due to infiltrations or inclusions of hematite along the fractures or within the crystal. McKeown and Klemic (1956) statistically analyzed the fractures in apatite and found two different sets, one subparallel to {0001}, and a second one oblique to the fracture plane developed almost on {0001}. They found that some of the apatite grains display a very narrow rim of 0.05 mm of a reddish-brown aggregate of monazite, bastn?site, and hematite. I examined apatite grains in thin/polished sections under polarizing and scanning electron microscopes and by electron microprobe and found that most of the fluorapatite grains have only inclusions of hematite, not other mineral phases, and only some of them are in contact with quartz; most also show a partial leaching of the REE and a new generation of tiny grains of secondary monazite-(Ce), allanite-(Ce), and thorite. Parts of the ?Old Bed? ore are composed only of magnetite and fluorapatite in variable proportions. The fluorapatite from the Cheever mine dump is green or white and is associated with magnetite and quartz.

Fluorite, CaF^sub 2^, was found at the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County), the Arnold Hill and Lyon Mountain mines (Clinton County), and the Benson and Jayville mines (St. Lawrence County). Bridenbaugh (1873) mentioned the first occurrence of fluorite at the Tilly Foster mine. Here, fluorite occurs as small white, yellow (fig. 16), and purple crystals or as small spherical aggregates of purple to pale purple crystals (fig. 17). Veinlets and disseminated crystals of purple fluorite with microcline and quartz occurred in a pegmatite- like segregation at the Lyon Mountain mines. Pale green to blue fluorite crystals associated with calcite, quartz, and pyrite or vugs with dark to pale purple fluorite with calcite and quartz were found at the Arnold Hill mine in the magnetite- hematite ore. Purple or pale green fluorite with calcite or botryoidal goethite is known from the Jayville deposit. By far, the most notable occurrence of fluorite in New York?s iron deposits, however, is at Benson mines. Here, pale to dark green or yellow to yellow- brown fluorite specimens to 4 cm across, occasionally in parallel growths exceeding 20 cm, were found associated with pyrite cubes.

Two generations of fluorite can be recognized in the iron mines from New York, based on the textural relationship between fluorite and the magnetite ore. The first generation, exemplified at the Jayville mine, is synchronous with the magnetite ore; the occurrence of fluorite in veinlets and vugs at the other mines is evidence for a late hydrothermal event.

Fluoro-edenite, NaCa^sub 2^Mg^sub 5^Si^sub 7^AlO^sub 22^F^sub 2^, occurs as the product of a late metamorphic-hydrothermal event in the magnetite ore at the Rutgers mine (Essex County) and Lyon Mountain mines (Clinton County) (Lupulescu 2008).

Fluorotremolite, Ca^sub 2^Mg^sub 5^Si^sub 8^O^sub 22^F^sub 2^, was found at the Redback mine (Orange County), where it forms clusters of pale green, short prismatic crystals associated with olivine and pyroxene (Lupulescu 2008).

Goethite, FeO(OH), is found as a weathering product in all the iron deposits from New York, replacing magnetite, olivine, and other iron-rich minerals. A spectacular occurrence is at the Sterling mine, Antwerp (Jefferson County), where sprays of acicular crystals (fig. 18) are on quartz and siderite or form ?botryoidal coatings on hematite? (Robinson and Chamberlain 1984).

Descriptions of the other minerals from the Sterling mine such as dolomite [CaMg(CO^sub 3^)^sub 2^]; siderite (fig. 19) (FeCO^sub 3^); talc (fig. 21) [Mg^sub 3^Si^sub 4^O^sub 10^(OH)^sub 2^]; and stilpnomelane (fig. 20) [K(Fe^sup 2+^ MgFe^sup 3+^)^sub 8^(SiAl)^sub 12^(O,OH)^sub 27^], and their specific chemical and morphological features can be found in the same reference. Goethite also forms stalactites (fig. 22) and compact masses with fibrous texture as weathering products in the Taconic iron occurrences of Dutchess County.

Hematite, Fe^sub 2^O^sub 3^, is common in almost all of the investigated iron deposits where it replaces magnetite, but the most important occurrences are at the Sterling mine, Antwerp (Jefferson County), where it occurs in both ?specular and botryoidal forms? (Robinson and Chamberlain 1984), and Chub Lake (St. Lawrence County), where beautiful aggregates of specular hematite were found (fig. 23). There are also some other locations in St. Lawrence County where attractive specimens of specular hematite were collected (e.g., Toothaker Creek prospect and others).

Ilmenite, FeTiO^sub 3^, occurred dominantly in the magnetite- ilmenite deposits from Tahawus, Split Rock, and Craig Harbor mines (Essex County) and as an accessory mineral in some iron mines from the Hudson Highlands. Ilmenite from Tahawus is partially replaced by rutile (TiO^sub 2^). It forms tabular crystals at the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County) (Trainer 1938) and short rusty prisms to 2 cm and bladed crystals at the Benson mines (Essex County).

Isokite, CaMg(PO^sub 4^)F, occurs as short prismatic plates and radial sprays within a 2-cm-wide vein cutting wagnerite at Benson mines (Jaffe, Hall, and Evans 1992).

Ilvaite, CaFe^sub 2^^sup 2+^Fe^sup 3+^OSi^sub 2^O^sub 7^(OH), was identified by me, using the electron microprobe on a specimen from the Tilly Foster mine that is labeled as amphibole in the New York State Museum mineral collection. It is a 5.5-cm vertical black and rusty orthorhombic prism on top of a horizontal group of three smaller prisms (fig. 24).

Magnesiohastingsite, NaCa^sub 2^(Mg^sub 4^Fe^sup 3+^)Si^sub 6^Al^sub 2^O^sub 22^(OH)^sub 2^, occurs at the Wilks, Pine Swamp, Redback, and Boston mines (all in Orange County) and at the Hasenclever mine (Rockland County) (Lupulescu 2008).

Magnesiohornblende, Ca^sub 2^[Mg^sub 4^(AlFe^sup 3+^)]Si^sub 7^AlO^sub 22^(OH), was identified at the Phillips mine (Putnam County) (Lupulescu 2008).

Magnetite, Fe^sub 3^O^sub 4^, has different forms and habits in the iron deposits of New York State. The magnetite from Mineville (Essex County) seems to be by far the most spectacular. Beck (1842) reported: ?The finest crystal of magnetic oxide of iron which I have seen from this State, is in the cabinet of the Albany Institute, and was presented to it many years since by Teunis Van Vechten, Esq. of Albany. It is said to have been found in Essex County.? He described the magnetite crystal as ?cuneiform octahedron but with some edges truncated? and 1.5 inches in length. Remarkably unique specimens were found at the Lover?s Hole pit, Barton Hill mines in 1887 and 1888 (Jensen 1978). The principal crystallographic form of the crystals collected from this location was the octahedron (fig. 25). Birkinbine (1890) reported that Professor Koenig from the University of Pennsylvania described combinations of the octahedron with the rhombic dodecahedron, pentagonal dodecahedron, cube, and icositetrahedron. Not common and very spectacular are the distorted octahedra displaying ?rhombohedral? appearance (fig. 26). The thin stilpnomelane ?layers? covering parting planes (pseudocleavages) make spectacular and unique specimens. White (1979) considered that the exsolution lamellae of ilmenite in magnetite caused the octahedral parting. One of the most spectacular of the magnetite crystals collected here was called the ?Big Diamond? (Farrell 1996). It consists of a ?perfect octahedron with faces of over one inch, resting loosely in the socket? (Birkinbine 1890). It is now in the collection of the A. E. Seaman Mineral Museum, at Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Kemp (1890) reported magnetite crystals displaying combinations of the octahedron and rhombic dodecahedra with striations parallel to the octahedral faces (fig. 27); he interpreted them as pressure-generated pseudocleavages. Gallagher (1937) reported crystals of magnetite, to 10 mm, in the miarolitic cavities from the Lyon Mountain mines (Clinton County). He mentioned that larger crystals were found here and ?one of them was as large as a baseball,? but regrettably they were lost.

Landis (1900) described the occurrence of magnetite at the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County). Magnetite from this location occurs in two different forms: as rhombic dodecahedra (fig. 28) and as rounded crystals (fig. 29). It is mostly associated with clinochlore, chondrodite, serpentine, or, in a few specimens, with calcite and quartz. A careful examination of the larger (to 1.5-cm) rhombic dodecahedra shows the intimate association of smaller (submillimeter to millimeter-sized) rhombic dodecahedra in parallel growth as ?building blocks? for the large ones. Many crystals have pseudostriations parallel to the long axes of the rhombic faces due to multiple parallel growths of octahedral faces. Dana (1874) reported magnetite pseudomorphs after dolomite and chondrodite at this locality.

Beck (1842) wrote that the O?Neil mine (Orange County) ?has long been known as one of the most interesting localities of the crystallized variety of the magnetic iron ore.? He reported that the most common form is the octahedron, but rhombic dodecahedron, cube with octahedron, and rare cube (fig. 30) were also found. Dr. Horton (in Beck 1842) further mentioned the ?cube with the edges truncated.? Clusters of tiny octahedra in parallel growth (fig. 31) are common at this site.

Magnetite occurs at the Sterling mine, Antwerp (Jefferson County), as pseudomorphs after hematite crystals in aggregates or isolated bladed crystals (Robinson and Chamberlain 1984).

Marialite, 3NaAlSi^sub 3^?NaCl, was identified from the Barton Hill mine, Mineville mining district (Essex County), as large greenish crystals associated with magnetite, titanite, and zircon, and from the Hogencamp mine in the Hudson Highlands (Lupulescu and Gates 2006).

Millerite, NiS, has been noted only from the Sterling mine (Jefferson County). Hough found the mineral in 1848 and described it later in Hough and Johnson (1850). It occurs in sprays of very fine acicular crystals (fig. 32) displaying striated prisms, curved crystals, and a spiral growth pattern (Robinson and Chamberlain 1984). Bancroft (1973) suggested that millerite from this location is recognized among the world?s finest mineral specimens.

Molybdenite, MoS^sub 2^, is uncommon in the iron deposits from New York; it occurs at the Jayville and Benson mines (St. Lawrence County), the O?Neil and Greenwood mines (Orange County), and the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County). Spectacular crystals displaying basal pinacoids 5 cm across (fig. 33) were collected at Benson mines (St. Lawrence County), some of which are preserved in the collection of the Canadian Museum of Nature in Ottawa.

Olivine-group, (Mg,Fe)^sub 2^SiO^sub 4^. Minerals from this group are uncommon in the iron deposits from New York, but they were mentioned as pale green crystals at the Mahopac (Gillson 1926) and Tilly Foster mines (Colony 1923; Trainer 1936) (both in Putnam County) and at the Redback mine (Orange County) (Colony 1923). Small, prismatic, and terminated crystals displaying rounded edges and corners (fig. 34) with an intermediate composition bet-ween the two end-members, forsterite (Mg^sub 2^SiO^sub 4^) and fayalite (Fe^sub 2^SiO^sub 4^), occur at the O?Neil mine (Orange County). Here, Brush and Blake (1869) described it as ?hortonolite, a new member of the chrysolite group.? The mineral is covered and partially replaced by goethite and is associated with calcite and magnetite or magnetite and molybdenite.

Pecoraite, Ni^sub 3^Si^sub 2^O^sub 5^(OH)^sub 4^, occurs in vugs (fig. 35) in hematite ore at the Sterling mine (Jefferson County) as a pale yellow to bright green alteration product that partially or entirely replaces millerite sprays. Robinson and Chamberlain (1984) discussed in detail the identity of the mineral based on X-ray diffraction, SEM, and electron probe data.

Potassichastingsite, KCa^sub 2^(Fe^sup 2+^^sub 4^Fe^sup 3+^)Si^sub 6^Al^sub 2^O^sub 22^(OH)^sub 2^, was identified at the O?Neil mine (Orange County) (Lupulescu 2008).

Potassicpargasite, KCa^sub 2^(Mg^sub 4^Al)^sub 5^(Si^sub 6^Al^sub 2^)^sub 8^O^sub 22^(OH)^sub 2^, was first described from Pargas, Finland, by Robinson et al. (1997). I identified this mineral from Monroe and the Hogencamp and Surebridge mines (Orange County). It is associated with magnetite, spinel, pyrrhotite, chalcopyrite, marcasite, and diopside at the Hogencamp mine, with magnetite and diopside at the Surebridge mine, and with large spinel and orthopyroxene crystals at Monroe.

Prehnite, Ca^sub 2^Al^sub 2^Si^sub 3^O^sub 10^(OH)^sub 2^, was mentioned at the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County) (Trainer 1938). It was also found at the Benson mines (St. Lawrence County) as lamellar crystals and as complex globules peppered with tiny cubes of pyrite at Tahawus (Essex County).

Pyrite, FeS^sub 2^, does not commonly form noteworthy crystals or associations of crystals in the iron deposits of New York. It occurs as small grains disseminated in the ore, as rosettes of octahedral crystals (Robinson and Chamberlain 1984) in vugs at the Sterling mine, Antwerp (Jefferson County), or as globular to spheroidal aggregates (fig. 36) at the Caledonia mine, Spragueville (St. Lawrence County). Small (to 1-mm) crystals are common for many other iron deposits from the Hudson Highlands and Adirondack Mountains.

Pyrrhotite, Fe^sub 1-x^S, was found at the Tilly Foster (Bridenbaugh 1873) and Phillips mines (both in Putnam County) and at the Nickel mine (Rockland County). At the Phillips mine pyrrhotite is the dominant metallic mineral, forming masses associated with apatite; the pyrrhotite from the Tilly Foster mine forms spectacular, small (to a few millimeters), tabular to hexagonal crystals (fig. 37).

Quartz, SiO^sub 2^, is common in many of the studied iron deposits, but perhaps the more interesting crystals have been found at the Sterling mine, Antwerp (Jefferson County), Lyon Mountain mines (Clinton County), Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County), and Chub Lake (fig. 38) and Benson mines (St. Lawrence County). Quartz at the Sterling mine displays a dipyramidal habit and occurs in vugs in the earthy hematite ore. In many situations it shows a ?window? effect (fig. 39), with inclusions or the minerals behind the crystal showing through the transparent quartz. At the Lyon Mountain mines, quartz forms groups of prismatic crystals up to a few centimeters. At Benson mines, quartz occurs as prismatic, smoky, or rusty crystals (to 10 cm), terminated with pyramids. Spectacular hexagonal dipyramidal crystals associated with hematite were collected at the Chub Lake prospect, Hermon ore bed, and Lowden mine (fig. 40) (St. Lawrence County). Red jasper can be found at the Arnold Hill mine (Clinton County).

Scheelite, CaWO^sub 4^, is rare in the iron deposits from New York. The original occurrence in the state is at the Tilley Foster mine as small (millimeter-sized) crystals. Scheelite was also collected in 2004 by Robert Ballard of the Capital District Mineral Club, Albany, from the Benson mines dump (St. Lawrence County). The mineral occurs as small white grains in quartz and muscovite and displays blue fluorescence in ultraviolet radiation.

Serpentine, Mg^sub 3^Si^sub 2^O^sub 5^(OH)^sub 4^, was described from the Tilly Foster mine by Dana (1874) and from the O?Neil mine in 1892 (Dana 1892). Spectacular serpentine polymorphs with different colors and habits were collected over the years from the Tilly Foster mine. Besides the known polymorphs (crysotile, lizardite, and antigorite), Aumento (1967) reported an ?unstable polymorph of the serpentine-group minerals? and described its structure. Dana (1874) wrote about the beautiful and diverse serpentine pseudomorphs after chondrodite (fig. 41), dolomite (fig. 43), clinochlore (fig. 42), and so forth. Nightingale (2001) published a comprehensive list of minerals and pseudomorphs accompanied by representative mineral photos from this well-known mineral locality.

Shepard (1852) mentioned a serpentine-group mineral under the name ?jenkinsite? at the O?Neil mine and considered it a new species. Later, the mineral was identified as Fe-rich antigorite.

Sillimanite, Al^sub 2^SiO^sub 5^, has a notable location at Benson mines (St. Lawrence County). Here, it occurs in the magnetite- bearing quartz-feldspar gneisses and in small pegmatite bodies that cut the iron ore; it forms sprays of acicular crystals and striated prisms to 15 cm (fig. 44) that are partially replaced by muscovite.

Spinel-group (other than magnetite). Hercynite (FeAl^sub 2^O^sub 4^), ulvospinel (TiFe^sub 2^O^sub 4^), spinel (MgAl^sub 2^O^sub 4^), and gahnite (ZnAl^sub 2^O^sub 4^) have been identified optically as exsolutions (expelled phase) from magnetite (Lupulescu and Gates 2006). Small octahedral crystals of spinel-group minerals were mentioned at the Tilly Foster mine (Trainer 1938).

Stillwellite-(Ce), (Ce,La,Ca)BSiO^sub 5^ (fig. 45), has a unique occurrence in New York at Mineville (Essex County). Mei et al. (1979) identified the mineral in a sample collected from the ?Old Bed? in the vicinity of a fault on the 2100-foot level, where it occurs as 1?2-mm-wide tabular crystals with waxy luster and pink to reddish color. It is associated with fluorapatite and magnetite. Titanite, CaTiSiO^sub 5^, was described as gem-quality yellow (fig. 46) and green crystals (Whitlock 1903; Manchester 1931; Trainer 1938; Januzzi 1966) at the Tilly Foster mine (Putnam County). Titanite occurs also at the Mineville mines as small, brown or brown- yellow crystals associated with magnetite and zircon or as compact masses in association with zircon, and at the Lyon Mountain mines as brown crystals, to 1 cm, with magnetite and microcline.

Uraninite, UO^sub 2^, occurs in the magnetite ore, host gneiss, and pegmatites at the Phillips mine (Putnam County) and at the Standish mine (Orange County) as subhedral, embayed, and rounded to spherical disseminated crystals 2?10 mm in size. Klemic et al. (1959) reported crystals to 2.5 cm at the Phillips mine. Working with Dr. Joe Pyle from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, I dated one uraninite grain from the Phillips mine at 880 5 Ma, using the U-Th- Pb method. I interpret this age as the timing of the crustal relaxation followed by invasion of deep-seated fluids in the aftermath of the Grenville Orogenic Cycle.

Vonsenite, Fe^sup 2+^Fe^sup 3+^BO^sub 5^. Leonard and Vlisides (1961) described vonsenite at the Jayville and mentioned it at the Clifton iron mines (both in St. Lawrence County), but, as the authors write, the history of its discovery is more complex. In 1947, Leonard found a metallic mineral with strikingly unusual optical properties in the ore from a drill core at the Jayville iron deposit and considered that it might be ilvaite. In 1950, Henderson, from Princeton University, made chemical tests and prepared the mineral for spectrographic analysis and X-ray diffraction. He realized that the mineral was not ilvaite but was unable to identify it. In 1951, Axelrod and Fletcher, from the U.S. Geological Survey, identified the mineral as vonsenite.

Vonsenite occurs as gray to black aggregates of stubby or long prismatic crystals, to 5.5 cm, with metallic luster; it is associated with magnetite, pargasite, phlogopite, fluorite, titanite, diopside, and allanite. Leonard and Vlisidis (1961) reported crystal forms {001}, {010}, {100}, {3.10.0}, {250}, {120}, and {320} for the vonsenite from Jayville.

Wagnerite, Mg^sub 2^(PO^sub 4^)F, was identified at the Benson mines (Jaffe, Hall, and Evans 1992) in compact, vitreous, red-brown lenticular masses in a pegmatite body cutting the iron ore. It is associated with isokite, fluorapatite, and hematite.

Zircon, ZrSiO^sub 4^, is common in many specimens collected from the Mineville and Lyon Mountain groups of mines. The zircon crystals from Mineville (fig. 47) occur as dark, usually metamict tetragonal prisms terminated with tetragonal pyramids. The edge between the prism and pyramid faces is slightly rounded on some crystals. Small (1?2-mm), pink, transparent zircon crystals occur associated with or within magnetite, scapolite, and titanite at Barton Hill mines. The zircon at the Lyon Mountain mines (Clinton County) forms long prismatic, terminated crystals to 3 cm associated with edenite and microcline. The zircon from the Palmer Hill mine (Essex County) is twinned.

Origin of the Gneiss-, Anorthosite-, and Gabbro-hosted Iron Deposits (Types 1 and 2)

The origin of most of the low titanium?iron oxide deposits in the Grenville rocks of New York (gneiss-hosted iron deposits) is still debated in the geological literature. Many hypotheses, with more or less strong arguments, have been discussed for a long time. Wendt (1885) and Ruttman (1887) proposed a sedimentary origin for the iron deposits in the Hudson Highlands. Later, Koeberlin (1909) and Ames (1918) put forward a magmatic hypothesis, and Colony (1923) considered that the iron ore formed by a magma that replaced the host rock. Holtz (1952) and Hagner, Collins, and Clemency (1963) developed the theory of a metasomatic replacement of the host rocks by igneous source or regional metamorphism-derived solutions. Later, Foose and McLelland (1995) elaborated on the hydrothermal hypothesis, and Gundersen (2004) proposed the formation of these deposits by the exhalations from a volcanic source.

The origin of iron deposits in the Adirondack Mountains have also been the subject of many hypotheses for a long time: replacement of the host rock by igneous-derived heated solutions (Kemp 1897; Alling 1925); emplacement of an iron-rich magma (Newland and Kemp 1908); segregation of iron ore from a silicate and metal-rich magma (Kemp and Ruedeman 1910); metamorphosed iron-rich sedimentary sequence (Nason 1922); and hydrothermal or metasomatic-hydrothermal origin (Buddington 1966; Baker and Buddington 1970; Foose and McLelland 1995). Some of these deposits closely resemble Kiruna-type deposits (Rakovan 2007), for which the genetic model is also debated.

By contrast, there is general agreement on the origin of the gabbro-hosted high titanium?iron oxide deposits; they formed through the process called silicate-oxide immiscibility. That means that two magmas, a silicate-rich and an oxide-rich one, that were miscible at high temperature became immiscible, and they separated into two bodies, the silicate host rock (gabbro) and the oxide body (the ore) when the temperature dropped.

As a general feature, the iron deposits were crosscut by small pegmatite bodies dated at 900 to 1,100 Ma (Isachsen 1963) in the Adirondacks and 990 Ma (Volkert, Zartman, and Moore 2005) in the Hudson Highlands.

All the Precambrian iron deposits from the Adirondack Mountains and Hudson Highlands display, at different scale, metamorphic and hydrothermal features that changed the texture and mineral composition and obscured their original character. At this time, all we can say is that there are multiple modes of emplacement for the iron-ore bodies from the Hudson Highlands and Adirondack Mountains.

Most of the minerals from the iron deposits that highlight private or institutional collections formed in the late stages of the geological evolution of the iron deposits at the end of the Grenville Orogenic Cycle, characterized by crustal relaxation, pegmatite intrusion, fracturing, and invasion by deep-derived fluids. Gates, Krol, and Valentino (2000) dated the amphiboles generated in this late event in the Hudson Highlands at 915 to 925 Ma; Lupulescu and Pyle (2004) determined the age of a uraninite grain from the Phillips mine (Putnam County) at around 880 Ma. Thus, the most productive geological range for mineral formation in the Precambrian iron deposits from New York seems to have been between 990 and 880 Ma; the minerals were the result of the favorable mineralogical, chemical, and fluid compositions, and tectonics.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Drs. John Rakovan and George Robinson for their helpful comments that greatly improved the manuscript. I especially appreciate Dr. Steven Chamberlain?s useful comments and help with the ?dirty and boring? work of ?cleaning? the photos.

REFERENCES

Alling, H. L. 1925. Genesis of the Adirondack magnetites. Economic Geology 20:335?63.

Ames, E. W. 1918. Notes on the geology of the forest of Dean mine. Master?s thesis, Columbia University.

Aumento, F. 1967. A serpentine mineral showing diverse strain- relief mechanisms. American Mineralogist 52 (9): 1399?1413.

Baker, D. R., and A. F. Budington. 1970. Geology and magnetite deposits of the Franklin Quadrangle and part of the Hamburg Quadrangle, New Jersey. U.S. Geological Survey professional paper 638.

Bancroft, P. 1973. The world?s finest minerals and crystals. New York: Viking Press.

Beck, L. C. 1842. Mineralogy of New York. Albany, NY: W. and A. White and J. Visscher.

Birkinbine, J. 1890. Crystalline magnetite in the Port Henry, New York mines. Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers 18:747?62.

Bridenbaugh, E. S. 1873. On the minerals found at the Tilly Foster iron mines, N.Y. American Journal of Science, ser. 3, 6:207?13.

Bohlen, S. R., J. W. Valley, and E. J. Essene. 1985. Metamorphism in the Adirondacks. I: Petrology, pressure and temperature. Journal of Petrology 26:971?92.

Brush, G. J., and J. M. Blake. 1869. On hortonolite, a new member of the chrysolite group. American Journal of Science 1:17?23.

Buddington, A. F. 1966. The Precambrian magnetite deposits of New York and New Jersey. Economic Geology 61:484?510.

Colony, R. J. 1923. The magnetite iron deposits of southeastern New York. New York State Museum bulletin 249-250.

Cook, R. B. 2007. Chondrodite, Tilly Foster mine, Brewster area, Putnam County, New York. Rocks & Minerals 82 (6): 484?88.

Crump, M. R., and E. L. Beutner. 1970. The Benson mines ore deposit, Saint Lawrence County, New York. In Ore deposits of the United States, 1933?1967, ed. J. D. Ridge, 49?71. The Graton-Sales vol.

Dana, E. S. 1874. On serpentine pseudomorphs and other kinds from the Tilly Foster iron mine, Putnam County, New York. American Journal of Science, ser. 3, 8:371?81.

_____.1875. On the chondrodite from the Tilly Foster mine, Brewster, New York. American Journal of Science, ser. 3, 10:89?103.

_____.1876. On the optical character of chondrodite of the Tilly Foster mine. American Journal of Science, ser. 3, 11:139?40.

Dana, J. D. 1892. A system of mineralogy. 6th ed. New York: Wiley.

Durant, S. W., and H. W. Pierce. 1878. History of St. Lawrence County, New York. Philadelphia: L. H. Everts and Co.

Emmons, E. 1842. Geology of New York: Part 2, Survey of the Second Geological District. Albany, NY: W. and A. White and J. Visscher.

Farrell, P. 1996. Through the light hole. Utica, NY: North Country Books.

Foose, M. P., and J. M. McLelland. 1995. Proterozoic low-Ti iron- oxide deposits in New York and New Jersey: Relation to Fe-oxide (Cu U Au rare element) deposits and tectonic implications. Geology 23:665?68.

Friedrich, A., G. A. Lager, P. Ulmer, M. Kunz, and W. G. Marshall. 2002. High-pressure single-crystal X-ray and powder neutron study of F, OH/OD-chondrodite: Compressibility, structure, and hydrogen bonding. American Mineralogist 87 (7): 931?39. Gallagher, D. 1937. Origin of the magnetite deposits at Lyon Mountain, N.Y. New York State Museum bulletin 311.

Gates, A. E., M. A. Kroll, and D. W. Valentino. 2000. Dextral strike-slip tectonic escape in the final assembly of Rodinia in the Appalachians, Hudson Highlands, NY. In GSA Northeastern Section, abstracts with programs 32 (1): 20.

Gates, A. E., D. W. Valentino, J. R. Chiarenzelli, G. S. Solar, and M. A. Hamilton. 2004. Exhumed Himalayan-type syntaxis in the Grenville Orogen, northeastern Laurentia. Journal of Geodynamics 37:337?59.

Gillson, J. L. 1926. Optical notes on some minerals from the Mahopac iron mine, Brewster, N.Y. American Mineralogist 11:281?86.

Gundersen, L. C. S. 2004. Tectonics and metallogenesis of Proterozoic rocks of the Reading Prong. Journal of Geodynamics 37:361?79.

Gross, S. O. 1970. Titaniferous ores of the Sanford Lake district, New York. In Ore deposits of the United States, 1933?1967, ed. J. D. Ridge, 141?53. The Graton-Sales vol.

Hagner, A. F., L. G. Collins, and C. V. Clemency. 1963. Host rock as a source of magnetite ore: Scott mine, Sterling Lake, NY. Economic Geology 58:730?68.

Holtz, P. E. 1952. Magnetite deposits of the Sterling Lake, NY?Ringwood, NJ area. U.S. Geological Survey bulletin 982-F.

Hough, F. B. 1853. A history of St. Lawrence and Franklin counties, New York. Albany, NY: Little and Co.

Hough, F. B., and S. W. Johnson. 1850. On the discovery of sulphuret of nickel in northern New York. American Journal of Science, ser. 2, 9:287?88.

Horton, W. 1837. Report of W. Horton to W. W. Mather, on the geology of Orange County. In Geological report of the First District, W. W. Mather, 159?75.

Isachsen, Y. W. 1963. Geochronology of New York State. Empire State Geogram 1?3:1?8. New York State Museum and Science Service.

Jaffe, H. W., L. M. Hall, and H. T. Evans Jr. 1992. Wagnerite with isokite from the Benson mines, west-central Adirondack Highlands, New York. Mineralogical Magazine 56:227?33.

Januzzi, R. E. 1966. A field mineralogy of the Tilly Foster iron mine. Danbury, CT: Mineralogical Press.

Jensen, D. E. 1978. Minerals of New York State. Rochester, NY: Ward?s Natural Science Establishment.

Kemp, J. F. 1890. Notes on the minerals occurring near Port Henry, N.Y. American Journal of Science 40:62?64.

_____.1897. The geology of the magnetites near Port Henry, N.Y. and especially those of Mineville. Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers 27:147?203.

Kemp, J. F., and R. Ruedeman. 1910. Geology of the Elizabethtown and Port Henry quadrangles. New York State Museum bulletin 138.

Klemic, H., J. H. Eric, J. R. McNitt, and F. A. McKeown. 1959. Uranium in Phillips mine?Camp Smith area, Putnam and Westchester counties, New York. Geological Survey bulletin 1074-E.

Koeberlin, F. R. 1909. The Brewster iron district of New York. Economic Geology 4:713?54.

Kunz, M., G. A. Lager, H. B. Buergi, and M. T. Fernandez-Diaz. 2006. High-temperature single-crystal neutron diffraction study of natural chondrodite. Physics and Chemistry of Minerals 33 (1): 17?27.

Landis, E. K. 1900. The Tilly Foster mine (magnetite, Putnam County, New York). In Journal of the Franklin Institute, 223?26.

Lenik, E. J. 1996. Iron mine trails. New York?New Jersey Trail Conference. Butler, NJ: Arkaeoloji Ink.

Linney, R. J. 1943. A century and a half of development behind the Adirondack iron mining industry. Mining and Metallurgy 24:480?87.

Leonard, B. F., and A. F. Buddington. 1964. Ore deposits of the St. Lawrence County magnetite district, northwest Adirondacks, New York. Geological Survey professional paper 37.

Leonard, B. F., and A. C. Vlisidis. 1961. Vonsenite at the Jayville magnetite deposit, St. Lawrence County, New York. American Mineralogist 46:786?811.

Lupulescu, M. 2008. Amphibole-group minerals from New York State. Rocks & Minerals 83:210?19.

Lupulescu, M., and A. E. Gates. 2006. Iron deposits from Hudson Highlands, NY: Systematics, mineralogy, mineral chemistry and tectonic setting. In Environmental geology of the Highlands, ed. S. Macaoay and W. Montgomery, 46?59. Field guide and proceedings, Geological Association of New Jersey, 23rd Annual Conference and Field Trip.

Lupulescu, M., and M. Hawkins. 2003. Chevkinite-(Ce) from Clove (Wilks) Iron mine, Monroe, Orange County, New York, Rocks & Minerals 78 (2):124?25.

Lupulescu, M., and J. Pyle. 2005. Hydrothermal halogen-rich potassic alteration in some iron deposits from Hudson Highlands, NY. In GSA abstracts with programs 73 (1): 63.

Manchester, J. G. 1931. The minerals of New York City and its environs. Bulletin of the New York Mineral Club 3: (1).

McKeown, F. A., and H. Klemic. 1956. Rare-earth-bearing apatite at Mineville, Essex County, New York. U.S. Geological Survey bulletin 1046 B.

McLelland, J. M., J. R. Chiarenzelli, P. R. Whitney, and Y. W. Isachsen. 1988. U-Pb zircon geochronology of the Adirondack Mountains and implications for their geological evolution. Geology 16:920?24.

Mei, L., R. R. Larson, P. J. Loferski, and H. Klemic. 1979. Analyses and description of a concentrate of stillwellite from Mineville, Essex County, New York. U.S. Geological survey open-file report 79 – 847.

Nason, F. L. 1922. The sedimentary phases of the Adirondack magnetic iron ores. Economic Geology 17:633?54.

Newland, D. H., and J. F. Kemp. 1908. Geology of the Adirondack magnetic iron ores with a report on the Mineville?Port Henry group. New York State Museum bulletin 119.

Nightingale, S. L. 2001. The Tilly Foster iron mine, southeast Putnam County, New York. Matrix 9 (2): 51?77.

Postel, A. W. 1952. Geology of Clinton County magnetite district, New York. Geological Survey professional paper 237.

Rakovan, J. 2007. Nelsonite and Kiruna-type deposits. Rocks & Minerals 82 (3): 249?51.

Robinson, G. W., and S. C. Chamberlain. 1984. The Sterling mine, Antwerp, New York. Mineralogical Record 15:199?216.

Robinson, G. W., J. D. Grice, R. A. Gault, and A. E. Lalonde. 1997. Potassicpargasite, a new member of the amphibole-group from Pargas, Turku-Pori, Finland. Canadian Mineralogist 35:1535?40.

_____. 2007. Gazetteer of major New York State mineral localities. Rocks & Minerals 82 (6): 472?83.

Ruttman, F. S. 1887. Notes on the geology of the Tilly Foster ore body, Putnam County, New York. Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers 15:79?90.

Shepard, C. U. 1852. Two new minerals from Monroe, Orange County, N.Y. American Journal of Science, ser. 2, 13:392.

Smock, J. C. 1889. First report on the iron mines and iron-ore districts in the state of New York. New York State Museum bulletin 7.

Trainer, J. N. 1938. Tilly Foster up-to-date. Rocks & Minerals 13 (10): 291?303.

_____. 1941. The fifth year at Tilly Foster. Rocks & Minerals 16 (4): 122?26.

_____. 1942. The sixth year at Tilly Foster. Rocks & Minerals 17 (1): 8?9.

Volkert, R. A., R. E. Zartman, and P. B. Moore. 2005. U-Pb zircon geochronology of Mesoproterozoic postorogenic rocks and implications for post-Ottawan magmatism and metallogenesis, New Jersey Highlands and contiguous areas, USA. Precambrian Research 139:1?19.

Wendt, A. F. 1885. The iron mines of Putnam County, New York. Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers 13:478?88.

White, J. S. 1979. Boehmite exsolution in corundum. American Mineralogist 64:1300?1302.

Whitlock, H. P. 1903. List of New York mineral localities. New York State Museum bulletin 70.

_____. 1910. Calcites of New York. New York State Museum memoir 13.

Dr. Marian Lupulescu is curator of geology at the New York State Museum.

MARIAN LUPULESCU

3140 CEC

Research and Collections

New York State Museum

Albany, New York 12230

[email protected]

Copyright Heldref Publications May/Jun 2008

(c) 2008 Rocks and Minerals. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

El Camino Hospital Launches Maternal Outreach Mood Services Program

It’s the number one complication of pregnancy, affecting an estimated 10 to 15 percent of new mothers, according to a recently-released analysis by the CDC. But until El Camino Hospital in Mountain View, California opened its Maternal Outreach Mood Services Program this month, there wasn’t a single hospital program in Northern California devoted to diagnosis and treatment of perinatal mood disorders.

The hospital’s new regional program serving all of Northern California provides free assessment, and outpatient referral to community-based counseling and support services. It also offers a day treatment program, including group and individual counseling and evaluation by the program’s medical director, Dr. Nirmaljit Dhami.

The program was born of a response to growing concerns about the substantial unmet mental health needs affecting pregnant and postpartum women in the community. El Camino Hospital’s departments of Maternal Child Health and Behavioral Health Services convened a multi-disciplinary task force in November 2006 to look at the problem, and found not a single other hospital in Northern California had a program addressing this need. And even though a majority of obstetricians said they screen for postpartum depression, many said they need help identifying referral and treatment resources for their patients, with nearly two-thirds citing an insufficient number of psychiatrists with expertise in postpartum mood disorders.

“There’s a huge need for education about this problem–even in the physician community,” said Kris Peterson, MFT, Perinatal Mood Specialist. “Problems often are dismissed by family members, primary care physicians, and even obstetricians as ‘just baby blues.’ But while many new mothers may experience a short period of weepiness and worry, anything that lasts longer than about two weeks is more than baby blues. Postpartum depression is most easily treated when it is caught early and our program is designed to provide intensive, focused treatment to prevent the progression of symptoms.”

According to Dr. Dhami, many physicians are frustrated and reluctant to identify depression when they have few options for helping patients deal with it. “Unfortunately, untreated maternal depression and anxiety can cause significant problems for the babies involved, ranging from attachment disorders to cognitive and language delays, and emotional and behavioral problems in childhood and adolescence,” she said. “This is a health issue that has important long term implications.”

The confidential, therapy-based El Camino Hospital program starts with a free assessment and referral to a community provider or support group, if possible. If more intense support is needed, the hospital’s day treatment program is covered by most insurance plans through the mental health coverage. Outpatient moms and infants spend up to five hours a day in intensive individual and group therapy, treated separately from other behavioral health patients.

“For many women, this is the first time they have experienced any significant feelings of depression or anxiety,” Peterson said. “These moms simply don’t fit neatly into the rest of our patient base and treating them together with other patients isn’t a good solution, so we have tailored a program specifically for them.”

Although it can happen to any woman, regardless of prior history or demographics, there are several risk factors that increase vulnerability to mood disorders, including a personal or family history of depression, anxiety or bipolar disorder; marital and financial problems; major recent life changes such a move or job loss or change; inadequate social support; or fertility problems. Teen mothers appear to have an elevated risk, too.

“The good news is that it’s a very treatable condition with a high successful outcome rate,” Peterson said. “Our goal is to prevent progression.”

For more information or to schedule a complimentary consultation, call 650-988-7841. Details about Maternal Outreach Mood Services may also be viewed online at http://www.elcaminohospital.org/body.cfm?id=1444.

To learn more about El Camino Hospital and its services, visit the web site at www.elcaminohospital.org. For a physician referral, visit our web site or call the El Camino Health Line at 800-216-5556.

Myocor, Inc. Implants First iCoapsys Device

Myocor, Inc. announced that its percutaneous iCoapsys™ device was successfully implanted by Dr. Wes Pedersen, an interventional cardiologist with the Minneapolis Heart Institute Foundation at Abbott Northwestern Hospital, on May 7, 2008.

iCoapsys is one of two Myocor devices designed to treat patients with mitral valve insufficiency caused by heart failure and coronary artery disease (CAD). It is the subject of the Valvular and Ventricular Improvement Via iCoapsys Delivery (VIVID) study, which was conditionally approved for investigational use by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration on November 3, 2007.

According to Dr. Pedersen, “The iCoapsys device offers patients — especially those patients with mitral regurgitation who are not good candidates for major heart surgeries — an innovative, less invasive option designed to treat a debilitating condition. This device and the percutaneous implant procedure, delivered without open-heart surgery, offer the hope of a significant improvement in the patient’s quality of life.”

Reshaping Therapy

The Coapsys® and iCoapsys devices represent two delivery options for a single reshaping therapy designed to address mitral valve regurgitation. Both devices consist of two pads that are positioned on the outside of the heart and connected by a flexible cord. They are designed to reshape the geometry of the heart and to realign the leaflets of the mitral valve to restore valve integrity and function. The original, surgically implanted Coapsys device is currently being evaluated in the RESTOR-MV (Randomized Evaluation of a Surgical Treatment for Off-pump Repair of the Mitral Valve) clinical trial.

Myocor CEO Jim Hickey said, “This first human implant of our iCoapsys device is a significant milestone and a great step forward for the patients who will have the option of a less invasive therapy.”

According the Dr. Pederson, “We are seeing a surge of interest in percutaneous valve procedures. As we demonstrate the safety and efficacy of percutaneously implanting the iCoapsys device, we expect greater interest on the part of primary care physicians and cardiologists. There are significant numbers of patients with functional mitral regurgitation who could eventually benefit from this therapy.”

Dr. Pedersen has significant clinical research experience in percutaneous valve procedures and has been a practicing cardiologist at the Minneapolis Heart Institute since 1991.

About the technology:

The Coapsys® and iCoapsys™ devices are designed to deliver the only complete, less invasive reshaping therapy for Functional Mitral Regurgitation and left ventricle dysfunction. These products are currently for investigational use only.

About the company:

Myocor is a Minneapolis-based, clinical-trial stage medical device company. Its primary focus is on developing pioneering therapies that restore heart geometry and function. By addressing both ventricular and valvular issues, Myocor’s therapies offer a complete reshaping solution for the millions of people worldwide who suffer from debilitating functional mitral regurgitation.

About the Minneapolis Heart Institute Foundation:

Through groundbreaking clinical research and innovative education programs, the Minneapolis Heart Institute Foundation is creating a world without heart disease. Using more effective diagnostic techniques and treatment protocols, the Foundation is improving individuals’ health and reducing the mortality rate associated with cardiovascular disease.

Americare Services, Value Health Plus Form Alliance

Americare Services, Inc. today announced Value Health Plus will offer as an ancillary service to its comprehensive package of discount healthcare programs for individuals, employees and families Americare’s CallMD physician phone consultation service, a network of physicians available 24/7/365 to answer medical questions and provide non-emergency medical advice.

“VHP’s mission is to provide a comprehensive, practical program that makes it easy for individuals, businesses and families to secure the peace of mind that comes with having access to quality healthcare services at an affordable price. We believe VHP’s value shines forth as gold against today’s backdrop of spiraling healthcare costs and the alarming and growing number of uninsured and underinsured,” said Dwight Dowell, vice president of business development for Value Health Plus. “Americare’s CallMD service is a perfect complement to VHP’s comprehensive menu of healthcare products. We’re always on the lookout for ways to deliver further value to our customers, and we anticipate an enthusiastic response to the CallMD service.”

“CallMD is the answer for people with a non-emergency medical question, or who need a non-narcotic prescription, and would like a doctor’s advice at a time that’s convenient for them — without missing work, or spending hours waiting at the doctor’s office. Our network of licensed medical physicians is available for personal one-on-one phone consultations 24/7/365,” said Edward Mandel, chairman of Americare Services, Inc. “We are very pleased to join ranks with Value Health Plus in making convenient and affordable quality healthcare services available to individuals, families, businesses and organizations. The synergy between our organizations is strong. We are equally committed to providing healthcare programs and services that stand out as timely and relevant options that make quality medical care more accessible to millions, particularly to individuals and businesses most afflicted by our nation’s acute healthcare crisis.”

About Value Health Plus

Value Health Plus, an affiliate of Benefit Plans of America, a discount medical plan organization, provides individuals, families and businesses an affordable, bundled package of healthcare programs, including: the VHP discount medical program for physician office visits, lab services, prescription medications, dental and vision; VBA’s Value Health &Value ER limited benefit insurance plans for inpatient hospital coverage, surgery/anesthesia coverage and ER coverage; and The C.A.R.E. Hospital Program, providing a specially trained case manager to minimize hospital hassles and maximize the value of insurance dollars. For more information visit www.valuehealthplus.com.

About Americare Services, Inc.

Americare Services, Inc. offers an affordable, single-source portfolio of health support services to meet the supplemental healthcare needs of every company, association member, organization, family and individual. Americare’s product offerings include: CallMD, a national physician network for affordable and convenient phone consultation medical advice; CallRN, on-call registered nurses available by phone 24/7/365; FileMD, an online electronic health record (EHR) for secure storing and easy retrieval of up-to-date personal medical information; and DocsServe, an automated, HIPAA-compliant medical and care-related data management service. For more information visit www.americareservicesinc.com.